ML16089A386: Difference between revisions

From kanterella
Jump to navigation Jump to search
(Created page by program invented by StriderTol)
(StriderTol Bot change)
 
(8 intermediate revisions by the same user not shown)
Line 2: Line 2:
| number = ML16089A386
| number = ML16089A386
| issue date = 03/22/2016
| issue date = 03/22/2016
| title = Surry 2014-301 Section 6
| title = 301 Section 6
| author name =  
| author name =  
| author affiliation = NRC/RGN-II
| author affiliation = NRC/RGN-II
Line 15: Line 15:


=Text=
=Text=
{{#Wiki_filter:Surry 2014-301 Quadrant Power Tilt Calculation               Page 1 of 9 U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission Surry Power Station   SR14301 Administrative Job Performance Measure G2.1.7   Applicant________________________________     Start Time___________________
{{#Wiki_filter:Surry 2014-301 Quadrant Power Tilt Calculation Page 1 of 9 U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission Surry Power Station SR14301 Administrative Job Performance Measure G2.1.7 Applicant________________________________
Examiner_______________________________  
Start Time___________________
Examiner_______________________________
Date ___________________________________
Stop Time___________________
Title Perform a Quadrant Power Tilt Calculation.
K/A: G.2.1.7 Ability to evaluate plant performance and make operational judgments based on operating characteristics, reactor behavior, and instrument interpretation.
Applicability Estimated Time Actual Time RO/SRO(D)/SRO(U) 15 Minutes Conditions Task is to be PERFORMED in the classroom.
Standards Correctly calculates Quadrant Power Tilt for given core conditions on the Calculation of Excore Quadrant Power Tilt Ratios, Attachment 6 of 0-AP-1.00, Rod Control Malfunction.
Initiating Cues A dropped rod has occurred on Unit 1.
A Quadrant Power Tilt Calculation needs to be performed as directed by 0-AP-1.00. Rod Control System Malfunction.
When you have determined the Quadrant Power Tilt, inform the examiner.
Terminating Cues Applicant has completed the QPTR Calculation.
Tools and Equipment Calculator NIS Setpoints and Power Range Currents Data Sheet Safety Considerations None


Date ___________________________________  Stop Time___________________  Title  Perform a Quadrant Power Tilt Calculation. K/A: G.2.1.7 Ability to evaluate plant performance and make operational judgments based on operating characteristics, reactor behavior, and instrument interpretation. Applicability      Estimated Time  Actual Time  RO/SRO(D)/SRO(U)    15 Minutes                        Conditions Task is to be PERFORMED in the classroom. Standards Correctly calculates Quadrant Power Tilt for given core conditions on the Calculation of Excore Quadrant Power Tilt Ratios, Attachment 6 of 0-AP-1.00, Rod Control Malfunction. Initiating Cues A dropped rod has occurred on Unit 1. A Quadrant Power Tilt Calculation needs to be performed as directed by 0-AP-1.00. Rod Control System Malfunction. When you have determined the Quadrant Power Tilt, inform the examiner. Terminating Cues Applicant has completed the QPTR Calculation. Tools and Equipment Calculator  NIS Setpoints and Power Range Currents Data Sheet  Safety Considerations None Surry 2014-301 Quadrant Power Tilt Calculation               Page 2 of 9 Initial Conditions:   Unit 1 operating at 100% power. o Control Rod D-10, Control Bank B, Group 1 dropped and is currently indicating 0 steps. Initiating Cues   Control Rod D-10, Control Bank B, has dropped on Unit 1. A Quadrant Power Tilt Calculation needs to be performed as directed by 0-AP-1.00, Rod Control System Malfunction, Step 15. The Shift Manager directs you to perform the Quadrant Power Tilt Calculation in accordance with Attachment 6, Calculation of Excore Quadrant Power Tilt Ratios. You are to perform these calculations to 4 significant digits. You are provided a copy of the Power Range Currents from the NIS Data Book providing Normalized Values. When you have determined the Quadrant Power Tilt, inform the examiner.
Surry 2014-301 Quadrant Power Tilt Calculation Page 2 of 9 Initial Conditions:
Notes   Actual detector currents taken from the Power Range NIs: N-41 Upper Detector Current 120.5 N-41 Lower Detector Current 124.2 N-42 Upper Detector Current 96.5 N-42 Lower Detector Current 94.23 N-43 Upper Detector Current 114.7 N-43 Lower Detector Current 115.5 N-44 Upper Detector Current 119.1 N-44 Lower Detector Current 121.8 Surry 2014-301 Quadrant Power Tilt Calculation              Page 3 of 9  PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST  Notes to the Evaluator  Task critical elements are bolded and denoted by an asterisk (*). At the completion of the JPM all SRO Candidates will have a Follow-Up question. START TIME: ____________          STEP 1: Acknowledges NOTE prior to Step 1 of Att. 6.
Unit 1 operating at 100% power.
Calculations for QPTR should be carried out to four places to the right of the decimal place to provide accuracy and consistency of results. _______ SAT
o Control Rod D-10, Control Bank B, Group 1 dropped and is currently indicating 0 steps.
_______ UNSAT    STEP 2:  [Step 1, Att. 6] a) Record Reactor Power, Date, and Time in appropriate blocks. b) Initials Step 1.
Initiating Cues Control Rod D-10, Control Bank B, has dropped on Unit 1.
STANDARD:  Records 100% for Reactor Power block, Current Date in Date block, Time in Time block. EVALUATOR'S NOTE:  If Asked: Current Reactor Power is 100%. If Asked: Use todays date. If Asked: Use current time.
A Quadrant Power Tilt Calculation needs to be performed as directed by 0-AP-1.00, Rod Control System Malfunction, Step 15.
COMMENTS:    _______ SAT  _______ UNSAT STEP 3:  [Step 2, Att. 6] a) Transcribes information from data sheets onto 0-AP-1.00, Attachment 6, Calculation of Excore Quadrant Power Tilt Ratios, Step 2 Table.
The Shift Manager directs you to perform the Quadrant Power Tilt Calculation in accordance with Attachment 6, Calculation of Excore Quadrant Power Tilt Ratios.
STANDARD:  Places PR NI currents and Normalized Currents in appropriate location on Calculation of Excore Quadrant Power Tilt Ratios. COMMENTS:  _______ SAT  _______ UNSAT Surry 2014-301 Quadrant Power Tilt Calculation              Page 4 of 9  STEP 4:  [STEP 3, Att. 6] a) Performs calculations to obtain normalized values for Upper Detectors. STANDARD:  a) Divides Upper Detector current by Normalized currents for each detector. EVALUATOR' S NOTE: (See attached Calculation of Excore Quadrant Power Tilt Ratios for calculations.)  COMMENTS:    _______ SAT
You are to perform these calculations to 4 significant digits.
_______ UNSAT STEP 5:  [STEP 3, Att. 6] a) Performs calculations to obtain Sum of normalized values for Upper Detectors. STANDARD:  a) Adds Upper Detector Normalized currents for all Upper detectors  EVALUATOR' S NOTE: (See attached Calculation of Excore Quadrant Power Tilt Ratios for calculations. COMMENTS:    _______ SAT  _______ UNSAT STEP 6:  [STEP 3, Att. 6] a) Performs calculations to obtain normalized values for Lower Detectors. STANDARD: a) Divides Lower Detector current by Normalized currents for each detector.
You are provided a copy of the Power Range Currents from the NIS Data Book providing Normalized Values.
EVALUATOR' S NOTE: (See attached Calculation of Excore Quadrant Power Tilt Ratios for calculations.)  COMMENTS:    _______ SAT  _______ UNSAT 
When you have determined the Quadrant Power Tilt, inform the examiner.
Notes Actual detector currents taken from the Power Range NIs:
N-41 Upper Detector Current 120.5 N-41 Lower Detector Current 124.2 N-42 Upper Detector Current 96.5 N-42 Lower Detector Current 94.23 N-43 Upper Detector Current 114.7 N-43 Lower Detector Current 115.5 N-44 Upper Detector Current 119.1 N-44 Lower Detector Current 121.8  


Surry 2014-301 Quadrant Power Tilt Calculation               Page 5 of 9   STEP 7:   [Step 3, Att. 6] a) Performs calculations to obtain Sum of normalized values for Lower Detectors. STANDARD: a) Adds Lower Detector Normalized currents for all Lower Detectors. b) Initials Step 3 of Attachment 6. EVALUATOR' S NOTE: (See attached Calculation of Excore Quadrant Power Tilt Ratios for calculations.)  COMMENTS:    _______ SAT _______ UNSAT STEP 8:   [Step 4, Att. 6] a) Records the Number of Detectors in use. b) Initials Step 4. STANDARD: a) Records the Number of Detectors in Step 4; b) Initials Step 4.
Surry 2014-301 Quadrant Power Tilt Calculation Page 3 of 9 PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST Notes to the Evaluator Task critical elements are bolded and denoted by an asterisk (*).
EVALUATOR' S NOTE: (See attached Calculation of Excore Quadrant Power Tilt Ratios for calculations.If Asked: All 4 Detectors are used. COMMENTS:     _______ SAT
At the completion of the JPM all SRO Candidates will have a Follow-Up question.
_______ UNSAT STEP 9:   [Step 5, Att. 6] a) Calculates the average upper and lower detector current values. STANDARD: a) Transcribes Upper and Lower detector Sum of Normalized Values from Step 3 of Attachment 6. b) Divides each Sum by the number of Detectors in use. c) Initials Step 5.
START TIME: ____________
EVALUATOR' S NOTE: (See attached Calculation of Excore Quadrant Power Tilt Ratios for calculations.)
STEP 1:
COMMENTS:     _______ SAT
Acknowledges NOTE prior to Step 1 of Att. 6.
_______ UNSAT
Calculations for QPTR should be carried out to four places to the right of the decimal place to provide accuracy and consistency of results.
_______ SAT
_______ UNSAT STEP 2:
[Step 1, Att. 6]
a) Record Reactor Power, Date, and Time in appropriate blocks.
b) Initials Step 1.
STANDARD:
Records 100% for Reactor Power block, Current Date in Date block, Time in Time block.
EVALUATORS NOTE:
If Asked: Current Reactor Power is 100%.
If Asked: Use todays date.
If Asked: Use current time.
COMMENTS:
_______ SAT
_______ UNSAT STEP 3:
[Step 2, Att. 6]
a) Transcribes information from data sheets onto 0-AP-1.00, Attachment 6, Calculation of Excore Quadrant Power Tilt Ratios, Step 2 Table.
STANDARD:
Places PR NI currents and Normalized Currents in appropriate location on Calculation of Excore Quadrant Power Tilt Ratios.
COMMENTS:
_______ SAT
_______ UNSAT  


Surry 2014-301 Quadrant Power Tilt Calculation               Page 6 of 9   STEP 10:   [Step 6, Att. 6] a) From Step 3, Record the following values. STANDARD:
Surry 2014-301 Quadrant Power Tilt Calculation Page 4 of 9 STEP 4:
* a) Records the Maximum Normalized Upper Detector Current from Step 3 (N41 value of 1.0143.)
[STEP 3, Att. 6]
* b) Records the Maximum Normalized Lower Detector Current From Step 3 (N41 value of 1.0393.)  c) Initials Step 6 of Attachment 6. EVALUATOR' S NOTE: (See attached Calculation of Excore Quadrant Power Tilt Ratios for calculations.) COMMENTS:     _______ SAT
a) Performs calculations to obtain normalized values for Upper Detectors.
_______ UNSAT STEP 11:   [Step 7, Att. 6] a) Calculates the maximum upper and lower Excore Quadrant Power Tilt Ratios. STANDARD: a) Divides Maximum Upper channel current by the Average Upper Detector currents to determine the Upper Excore Quadrant Power Tilt Ratio. b) Divides Maximum Lower channel current by the Average Lower Detector current to determine the Lower Excore Quadrant Power Tilt Ratio. c) Initials Step 7 of Attachment 6. EVALUATOR' S NOTE: (See attached Calculation of Excore Quadrant Power Tilt Ratios for calculations.COMMENTS:     _______ SAT
STANDARD:
_______ UNSAT   STEP 12:   [Step 8, Att. 6] a) Calculates Tilt %. STANDARD: a) Calculates Tilt % for Upper channels. b) Caculates % Tilt for Lower channels. c) Initials Step 8 of Attachment 6.
a) Divides Upper Detector current by Normalized currents for each detector.
EVALUATOR' S NOTE: (See attached Calculation of Excore Quadrant Power Tilt Ratios for calculations.)
EVALUATOR S NOTE:
COMMENTS:     _______ SAT
(See attached Calculation of Excore Quadrant Power Tilt Ratios for calculations.)
_______ UNSAT
COMMENTS:
_______ SAT
_______ UNSAT STEP 5:
[STEP 3, Att. 6]
a) Performs calculations to obtain Sum of normalized values for Upper Detectors.
STANDARD:
a) Adds Upper Detector Normalized currents for all Upper detectors EVALUATOR S NOTE:
(See attached Calculation of Excore Quadrant Power Tilt Ratios for calculations.
COMMENTS:
_______ SAT
_______ UNSAT STEP 6:
[STEP 3, Att. 6]
a) Performs calculations to obtain normalized values for Lower Detectors.
STANDARD:
a) Divides Lower Detector current by Normalized currents for each detector.
EVALUATOR S NOTE:
(See attached Calculation of Excore Quadrant Power Tilt Ratios for calculations.)
COMMENTS:
_______ SAT
_______ UNSAT  


Surry 2014-301 Quadrant Power Tilt Calculation               Page 7 of 9   STEP 13:   Determines final Quadrant Power Tilt Value. STANDARD:
Surry 2014-301 Quadrant Power Tilt Calculation Page 5 of 9 STEP 7:
* a) Determines final Quadrant Power Tilt Value from above calculations to be 1.0898 or 8.98% Tilt based on the Lower Channels. (Range 8.6% - 9%; 8.6% based on rounding of NI current values; 9% based on rounding 8.98% to 9%) b) Notifies Examiner, Task Complete. EVALUATOR NOTES: . COMMENTS:   _______ SAT _______ UNSAT
[Step 3, Att. 6]
a) Performs calculations to obtain Sum of normalized values for Lower Detectors.
STANDARD:
a) Adds Lower Detector Normalized currents for all Lower Detectors.
b) Initials Step 3 of Attachment 6.
EVALUATOR S NOTE:
(See attached Calculation of Excore Quadrant Power Tilt Ratios for calculations.)
COMMENTS:
_______ SAT
_______ UNSAT STEP 8:
[Step 4, Att. 6]
a) Records the Number of Detectors in use.
b) Initials Step 4.
STANDARD:
a) Records the Number of Detectors in Step 4; b) Initials Step 4.
EVALUATOR S NOTE:
(See attached Calculation of Excore Quadrant Power Tilt Ratios for calculations.)
If Asked: All 4 Detectors are used.
COMMENTS:
_______ SAT
_______ UNSAT STEP 9:
[Step 5, Att. 6]
a) Calculates the average upper and lower detector current values.
STANDARD:
a) Transcribes Upper and Lower detector Sum of Normalized Values from Step 3 of Attachment 6.
b) Divides each Sum by the number of Detectors in use.
c) Initials Step 5.
EVALUATOR S NOTE:
(See attached Calculation of Excore Quadrant Power Tilt Ratios for calculations.)
COMMENTS:
_______ SAT
_______ UNSAT  


STOP TIME:
Surry 2014-301 Quadrant Power Tilt Calculation Page 6 of 9 STEP 10: [Step 6, Att. 6]
a) From Step 3, Record the following values.
STANDARD:
a) Records the Maximum Normalized Upper Detector Current from Step 3 (N41 value of 1.0143.)
b) Records the Maximum Normalized Lower Detector Current From Step 3 (N41 value of 1.0393.)
c) Initials Step 6 of Attachment 6.
EVALUATOR S NOTE:
(See attached Calculation of Excore Quadrant Power Tilt Ratios for calculations.)
COMMENTS:
_______ SAT
_______ UNSAT STEP 11: [Step 7, Att. 6]
a) Calculates the maximum upper and lower Excore Quadrant Power Tilt Ratios.
STANDARD:
a) Divides Maximum Upper channel current by the Average Upper Detector currents to determine the Upper Excore Quadrant Power Tilt Ratio.
b) Divides Maximum Lower channel current by the Average Lower Detector current to determine the Lower Excore Quadrant Power Tilt Ratio.
c) Initials Step 7 of Attachment 6.
EVALUATOR S NOTE:
(See attached Calculation of Excore Quadrant Power Tilt Ratios for calculations.)
COMMENTS:
_______ SAT
_______ UNSAT STEP 12: [Step 8, Att. 6]
a) Calculates Tilt %.
STANDARD:
a) Calculates Tilt % for Upper channels.
b) Caculates % Tilt for Lower channels.
c) Initials Step 8 of Attachment 6.
EVALUATOR S NOTE:
(See attached Calculation of Excore Quadrant Power Tilt Ratios for calculations.)
COMMENTS:
_______ SAT
_______ UNSAT


____________________________________________________________________________________
Surry 2014-301 Quadrant Power Tilt Calculation Page 7 of 9 STEP 13: Determines final Quadrant Power Tilt Value.
STANDARD:
a) Determines final Quadrant Power Tilt Value from above calculations to be 1.0898 or 8.98% Tilt based on the Lower Channels. (Range 8.6% - 9%; 8.6% based on rounding of NI current values; 9% based on rounding 8.98% to 9%)
b) Notifies Examiner, Task Complete.
EVALUATOR NOTES:
COMMENTS:
_______ SAT
_______ UNSAT STOP TIME:
EVALUATOR NOTE: Proceed to Follow-up question for SRO Candidates.


____________________________________________________________________________________  ____________________________________________________________________________________
Surry 2014-301 Quadrant Power Tilt Calculation Page 8 of 9


____________________________________________________________________________________
Surry 2014-301 Quadrant Power Tilt Calculation Page 9 of 9


____________________________________________________________________________________
Surry 2014-301 Quadrant Power Tilt Calculation Operator Directions Handout (TO BE READ TO APPLICANT BY EXAMINER)
 
Task Task is to be performed in the classroom.
____________________________________________________________________________________
Perform a Quadrant Power Tilt calculation.
 
Directions The evaluator will explain the initial conditions of the task to be performed and will provide the initiating cue. Ensure you indicate to the evaluator when you understand your assigned task.
____________________________________________________________________________________  ____________________________________________________________________________________
Initial Conditions:
 
Unit 1 operating at 100% power.
____________________________________________________________________________________
o Control Rod D-10, Control Bank B, Group 1 dropped and is currently indicating 0 steps.
Initiating Cues Control Rod D-10, Control Bank B, has dropped on Unit 1.
A Quadrant Power Tilt Calculation needs to be performed as directed by 0-AP-1.00, Rod Control System Malfunction, Step 15.
The Shift Manager directs you to perform a Quadrant Power Tilt Calculation in accordance with Attachment 6, Calculation of Excore Quadrant Power Tilt Ratios.
You are provided a copy of the Power Range Currents from the NIS Data Book providing Normalized Values.
When you have determined the Quadrant Power Tilt, inform the examiner.
Actual detector currents taken from the Power Range NIs:
N-41 Upper Detector Current 120.5 N-41 Lower Detector Current 124.2 N-42 Upper Detector Current 96.5 N-42 Lower Detector Current 94.23 N-43 Upper Detector Current 114.7 N-43 Lower Detector Current 115.5 N-44 Upper Detector Current 119.1 N-44 Lower Detector Current 121.8


____________________________________________________________________________________
Surry 2014-301 Quadrant Power Tilt Calculation SRO ONLY ANSWER KEY NOT FOR TRAINEE QPTR FOLLOW-UP Question With the calculated Quadrant Power Tilt, what are the Tech Spec actions (if any)?
____________________________________________________________________________________
ANSWER: TS 3.12.B.6 requires:
3.12.B.6.a Within 2 hours either hot channel factors shall be determined and power level adjusted to meet the requirement OR 3.12.B.6.b Power level to be reduced from Rated Power 2% for each percent of Quadrant Power Tilt. Therefore for a QPTR of 9% power must be reduced 18%. The high neutron flux trip setpoint shall also be reduced within the following 4 hours.


____________________________________________________________________________________
Surry 2014-301 Quadrant Power Tilt Calculation SRO ONLY Candidate QPTR FOLLOW-UP Question With the calculated Quadrant Power Tilt, what are the Tech Spec actions (if any)?


____________________________________________________________________________________
Operator Directions Handout (TO BE GIVEN TO APPLICANT)
_____________________________________________________________________________________________  EVALUATOR NOTE: Proceed to Follow-up question for SRO Candidates.
Initial Conditions:
Surry 2014-301 Quadrant Power Tilt Calculation              Page 8 of 9 Surry 2014-301 Quadrant Power Tilt Calculation              Page 9 of 9 Surry 2014-301 Quadrant Power Tilt Calculation    Operator Directions Handout (TO BE READ TO APPLICANT BY EXAMINER) Task  Task is to be performed in the classroom. Perform a Quadrant Power Tilt calculation. Directions The evaluator will explain the initial conditions of the task to be performed and will provide the initiating cue. Ensure you indicate to the evaluator when you understand your assigned task.
Unit 1 operating at 100% power.
Initial Conditions:   Unit 1 operating at 100% power. o Control Rod D-10, Control Bank B, Group 1 dropped and is currently indicating 0 steps. Initiating Cues   Control Rod D-10, Control Bank B, has dropped on Unit 1. A Quadrant Power Tilt Calculation needs to be performed as directed by 0-AP-1.00, Rod Control System Malfunction, Step 15. The Shift Manager directs you to perform a Quadrant Power Tilt Calculation in accordance with Attachment 6, Calculation of Excore Quadrant Power Tilt Ratios. You are provided a copy of the Power Range Currents from the NIS Data Book providing Normalized Values. When you have determined the Quadrant Power Tilt, inform the examiner.
o Control Rod D-10, Control Bank B, Group 1 dropped and is currently indicating 0 steps.
Initiating Cues Control Rod D-10, Control Bank B, has dropped on Unit 1.
A Quadrant Power Tilt Calculation needs to be performed as directed by 0-AP-1.00, Rod Control System Malfunction, Step 15.
The Shift Manager directs you to perform a Quadrant Power Tilt Calculation in accordance with Attachment 6, Calculation of Excore Quadrant Power Tilt Ratios.
You are provided a copy of the Power Range Currents from the NIS Data Book providing Normalized Values.
When you have determined the Quadrant Power Tilt, inform the examiner.
Actual detector currents taken from the Power Range NIs:
Actual detector currents taken from the Power Range NIs:
N-41 Upper Detector Current 120.5 N-41 Lower Detector Current 124.2 N-42 Upper Detector Current 96.5 N-42 Lower Detector Current 94.23 N-43 Upper Detector Current 114.7 N-43 Lower Detector Current 115.5 N-44 Upper Detector Current 119.1 N-44 Lower Detector Current 121.8 Surry 2014-301 Quadrant Power Tilt Calculation    SRO ONLY ANSWER KEY  NOT FOR TRAINEE  QPTR FOLLOW-UP Question    With the calculated Quadrant Power Tilt, what are the Tech Spec actions (if any)?    ANSWER: TS 3.12.B.6 requires:  3.12.B.6.a Within 2 hours either hot channel factors shall be determined and power level adjusted to meet the requirement  OR  3.12.B.6.b Power level to be reduced from Rated Power 2% for each percent of Quadrant Power Tilt. Therefore for a QPTR of 9% power must be reduced 18%. The high neutron flux trip setpoint shall also be reduced within the following 4 hours.
N-41 Upper Detector Current 120.5 N-41 Lower Detector Current 124.2 N-42 Upper Detector Current 96.5 N-42 Lower Detector Current 94.23 N-43 Upper Detector Current 114.7 N-43 Lower Detector Current 115.5 N-44 Upper Detector Current 119.1 N-44 Lower Detector Current 121.8  
Surry 2014-301 Quadrant Power Tilt Calculation    SRO ONLY Candidate  QPTR FOLLOW-UP Question    With the calculated Quadrant Power Tilt, what are the Tech Spec actions (if any)?
Operator Directions Handout  (TO BE GIVEN TO APPLICANT)  Initial Conditions:
Unit 1 operating at 100% power. o Control Rod D-10, Control Bank B, Group 1 dropped and is currently indicating 0 steps. Initiating Cues  Control Rod D-10, Control Bank B, has dropped on Unit 1. A Quadrant Power Tilt Calculation needs to be performed as directed by 0-AP-1.00, Rod Control System Malfunction, Step 15. The Shift Manager directs you to perform a Quadrant Power Tilt Calculation in accordance with Attachment 6, Calculation of Excore Quadrant Power Tilt Ratios. You are provided a copy of the Power Range Currents from the NIS Data Book providing Normalized Values. When you have determined the Quadrant Power Tilt, inform the examiner. 


Actual detector currents taken from the Power Range NIs:
Surry Unit 1 NI Calibration Data Power Range Currents N41 N42 N43 N44 DELTA FLUX @
N-41 Upper Detector Current  120.5 N-41 Lower Detector Current  124.2 N-42 Upper Detector Current  96.5 N-42 Lower Detector Current  94.23  N-43 Upper Detector Current  114.7 N-43 Lower Detector Current  115.5  N-44 Upper Detector Current  119.1 N-44 Lower Detector Current  121.8
100%
I (Top)
µamps I (Bottom)
µamps I (Top)
µamps I (Bottom)
µamps I (Top)
µamps I (Bottom)
µamps I (Top)
µamps I (Bottom)
µamps 0
118.8 119.5 118.5 119.3 119.1 119.5 119.1 119.5 DELTA FLUX @
120%
I (Top)
µamps I (Bottom)
µamps I (Top)
µamps I (Bottom)
µamps I (Top)
µamps I (Bottom)
µamps I (Top)
µamps I (Bottom)
µamps 0
142.5 143.4 142.2 143.1 142.9 143.5 142.9 143.4 8
148.6 137.2 148.3 137.0 149.1 137.3 149.1 137.2
- 24 124.2 161.8 123.9 161.5 124.5 161.9 124.6 161.9 Data based on flux map number S1C26M15A Computer and Recorder Constants Recorder = K0411 = K0412 = K0413 = K0414 = 18.647 Performed / Verified By: __________/ __________ Date: _______
LaFrance Davis 7/21/14


Surry Unit 1 NI Calibration Data Power Range Currents  N41  N42  N43  N44 DELTA FLUX @ 100% I (Top) µamps I (Bottom) µamps  I (Top) µamps I (Bottom) µamps  I (Top) µamps I (Bottom) µamps  I (Top) µamps I (Bottom) µamps 0 118.8 119.5  118.5 119.3  119.1 119.5  119.1 119.5            DELTA FLUX @ 120% I (Top) µamps I (Bottom) µamps  I (Top) µamps I (Bottom) µamps  I (Top) µamps I (Bottom) µamps  I (Top) µamps I (Bottom) µamps 0 142.5 143.4  142.2 143.1  142.9 143.5  142.9 143.4 8 148.6 137.2  148.3 137.0  149.1 137.3  149.1 137.2 - 24 124.2 161.8  123.9 161.5  124.5 161.9  124.6 161.9  Data based on flux map number S1C26M15A  Computer and Recorder Constants Recorder = K0411 = K0412 = K0413 = K0414 = 18.647  Performed / Verified By:  __________/ __________    Date: _______
Surry 2014-301 Auth Fuel Move U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission Surry Power Station SR2014301 Administrative Job Performance Measure G2.1.40 Applicant________________________________
LaFrance Davis  7/21/14 Surry 2014-301 Auth Fuel Move U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission Surry Power Station   SR2014301 Administrative Job Performance Measure G2.1.40 Applicant________________________________     Start Time___________________ Examiner_______________________________
Start Time___________________
Date ___________________________________   Stop Time___________________ Title Authorize Fuel Movement K/A: G2.1.40 Knowledge of refueling administrative procedures (2.8/3.9)
Examiner_______________________________
Applicability     Estimated Time Actual Time SRO(I)/SRO(U)     20 Minutes Conditions Task is to be PERFORMED in the simulator.
Date ___________________________________
Standards Correctly identify all plant conditions that do not support fuel movement in accordance with 1-OSP-ZZ-004 attachment 8, given a specific set of plant conditions. Terminating Cues 1-OSP-ZZ-004, attachment 8 assessment complete. Procedures 1-OSP-ZZ-004, Unit 1 Safety Systems Status List For Cold Shutdown/Refueling Conditions, Revision 47. Tools and Equipment     Safety Considerations   None       None
Stop Time___________________
Title Authorize Fuel Movement K/A: G2.1.40 Knowledge of refueling administrative procedures (2.8/3.9)
Applicability Estimated Time Actual Time SRO(I)/SRO(U) 20 Minutes Conditions Task is to be PERFORMED in the simulator.
Standards Correctly identify all plant conditions that do not support fuel movement in accordance with 1-OSP-ZZ-004 attachment 8, given a specific set of plant conditions.
Terminating Cues 1-OSP-ZZ-004, attachment 8 assessment complete.
Procedures 1-OSP-ZZ-004, Unit 1 Safety Systems Status List For Cold Shutdown/Refueling Conditions, Revision 47.
Tools and Equipment Safety Considerations None None  


Surry 2014-301 Auth Fuel Move Initiating Cues   It is a Monday DAYSHIFT.
Surry 2014-301 Auth Fuel Move Initiating Cues It is a Monday DAYSHIFT.
Unit One is in refueling shutdown with the head and upper internals removed. A request from the refueling supervisor has been made to authorize fuel movement (core offload) in accordance with 1-OSP-ZZ-004 attachment 8. Current conditions are as follows (items not observable from the control room): o Refueling containment integrity is set and verified by the shift manager. o Cavity level is 26.5'. o RHR pump discharge and cavity boron is currently 2404 ppm (sampled 30 minutes ago). o The reactor was shutdown 122 hours ago. o Both station batteries are operable and split out. o Both trains of SFP cooling are available with one in service. o All make-up flowpaths to the SFP are available. o 1-RM-Q7, CTMT PARTC ALERT/FAILURE and 1-RM-R7, 1-RM-RI-159 have just alarmed. o 'A' RHR pump in service to the 'A' HX. 'B' RHR pump and HX are tagged out for maintenance.
Unit One is in refueling shutdown with the head and upper internals removed. A request from the refueling supervisor has been made to authorize fuel movement (core offload) in accordance with 1-OSP-ZZ-004 attachment 8.
Current conditions are as follows (items not observable from the control room):
o Refueling containment integrity is set and verified by the shift manager.
o Cavity level is 26.5.
o RHR pump discharge and cavity boron is currently 2404 ppm (sampled 30 minutes ago).
o The reactor was shutdown 122 hours ago.
o Both station batteries are operable and split out.
o Both trains of SFP cooling are available with one in service.
o All make-up flowpaths to the SFP are available.
o 1-RM-Q7, CTMT PARTC ALERT/FAILURE and 1-RM-R7, 1-RM-RI-159 have just alarmed.
o A RHR pump in service to the A HX. B RHR pump and HX are tagged out for maintenance.
Headset communications between the MCR and the manipulator crane have been verified.
Headset communications between the MCR and the manipulator crane have been verified.
You are to authorize fuel movement after completing attachment 8, if conditions allow. If conditions do not allow, you are to list ALL issues present that must be resolved to allow fuel movement to commence.
You are to authorize fuel movement after completing attachment 8, if conditions allow. If conditions do not allow, you are to list ALL issues present that must be resolved to allow fuel movement to commence.
Terminating Cues Applicant has completed the attachment and discussed results and problems with examiner.
Terminating Cues Applicant has completed the attachment and discussed results and problems with examiner.
Tools and Equipment 1-OSP-ZZ-004, Attachment 8 Technical Specifications Simulator Safety Considerations None Notes
Tools and Equipment 1-OSP-ZZ-004, Attachment 8 Technical Specifications Simulator Safety Considerations None Notes  


Surry 2014-301 Auth Fuel Move PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST   Simulator Set-up Recall a CSD IC (IC 274 Protected) or (IC35 25% Cold Cal) and ensure that RHR pump discharge and RCS temperatures are below 140 oF. Align HHSI and fill pressurizer to 56.5% cold cal if necessary. Fail Rad Monitor 1-RM-159 HI by inserting Malf RM0202 Fail NI-32 low NO0102- Severity -1 Tagout 1-RH-P-1B and place a red magnet above control switch.
Surry 2014-301 Auth Fuel Move PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST Simulator Set-up Recall a CSD IC (IC 274 Protected) or (IC35 25% Cold Cal) and ensure that RHR pump discharge and RCS temperatures are below 140 oF.
Align HHSI and fill pressurizer to 56.5% cold cal if necessary.
Fail Rad Monitor 1-RM-159 HI by inserting Malf RM0202 Fail NI-32 low NO0102-Severity -1 Tagout 1-RH-P-1B and place a red magnet above control switch.
Notes to the Evaluator Task critical elements are bolded and denoted by an asterisk (*).
START TIME: _________________
Evaluators note-determination of items to be in non-compliance that actually are in compliance constitutes a critical step failure.
STEP 1:
Refueling Containment Integrity set.
Remarks:
IAW 1-OP-FH-001 STANDARD:
_____ Recalls (or refers to) turnover statement that refuel integrity is SET.
_____ Initials in D block for Refueling Containment Integrity set EVALUATOR NOTES:
If asked: The shift manager has verified that refueling integrity is set as directed by 1-OP-FH-001.
COMMENTS:
_______ SAT
_______ UNSAT


Notes to the Evaluator Task critical elements are bolded and denoted by an asterisk (*). START TIME: _________________        Evaluator's note- determination of items to be in non-compliance that actually are in compliance constitutes a critical step failure.
Surry 2014-301 Auth Fuel Move STEP 2:
STEP 1:    Refueling Containment Integrity set. Remarks:   IAW 1-OP-FH-001  STANDARD: _____ Recalls (or refers to) turnover statement that refuel integrity is SET. _____ Initials in "D" block for Refueling Containment Integrity set  EVALUATOR NOTES:   If asked: The shift manager has verified that refueling integrity is set as directed by 1-OP-FH-001. COMMENTS:   _______ SAT _______ UNSAT
Radiation Monitors Operable:
Manipulator Crane 1 operable Containment Gaseous 1 operable Containment Particulate 0 operable SFP Bridge 1 operable Vent-Vent Gaseous 1 operable Vent-Vent Particulate 1 operable Remarks:
Alarms 1-RM-Q7, and 1-RM-R7 will both be lit.
STANDARD:
Examines each radiation monitor and verifies normal readings.
* CRITICAL TASK-TRAINEE DETERMINES RADIATION MONITOR 1-RM-RI-159 OPERABILITY PREVENTS FUEL MOVEMENT.
EVALUATOR NOTES:
If asked: Radiation monitors are as they appear.
COMMENTS:
_______ SAT
_______ UNSAT  


Surry 2014-301 Auth Fuel Move   STEP 2:    Radiation Monitors Operable:   Manipulator Crane  1 operable  Containment Gaseous 1 operable  Containment Particulate 0 operable  SFP Bridge  1 operable  Vent-Vent Gaseous  1 operable  Vent-Vent Particulate  1 operable    Remarks:  Alarms 1-RM-Q7, and 1-RM-R7 will both be lit. STANDARD:  _____ Examines each radiation monitor and verifies normal readings.
Surry 2014-301 Auth Fuel Move STEP 3:
_____
Source Range Detectors (audible indication in CTMT must be verified operable) 2 operable Remarks: None STANDARD:
* CRITICAL TASK- TRAINEE DETERMINES RADIATION MONITOR 1-RM-RI-159 OPERABILITY PREVENTS FUEL MOVEMENT.
Observes normal indication on NI-31 Determines that NI-32 is reading erroneously.
EVALUATOR NOTES:  If asked: Radiation monitors are as they appear. COMMENTS:    _______ SAT  _______ UNSAT Surry 2014-301 Auth Fuel Move  STEP 3:    Source Range Detectors (audible indication in CTMT must be verified operable) 2 operable   Remarks: None   STANDARD: _____ Observes normal indication on NI-31
* CRITICAL TASK-TRAINEE DETERMINES TWO SOURCE RANGE NIs ARE NOT OPERABLE.
_____  Determines that NI-32 is reading erroneously. _____
EVALUATOR NOTES:
* CRITICAL TASK- TRAINEE DETERMINES TWO SOURCE RANGE NIs ARE NOT OPERABLE.
If directed: the operating team will implement 1-AP-4.00 (NI Malfunction).
EVALUATOR NOTES:   If directed: the operating team will implement 1-AP-4.00 (NI Malfunction). If asked: there is NO audible count rate in containment. Determination that audible count rate does not exist is not a critical step as the source range failure is the cause of the lack of audible count rate.
If asked: there is NO audible count rate in containment.
COMMENTS:   _______ SAT _______ UNSAT   STEP 4:     Cavity level > 23 feet. Remarks:   OU-SU-201, should be maintained as high as possible. No fuel movement permitted if < 23 feet in Cavity STANDARD: _____  Recalls (or refers to) turnover statement that cavity level is 26.5'.
Determination that audible count rate does not exist is not a critical step as the source range failure is the cause of the lack of audible count rate.
_____  Determines that adequate cavity level exists to support fuel movement.
COMMENTS:
EVALUATOR NOTES:   If asked: cavity level has been verified at 26.5'. COMMENTS:   _______ SAT  _______ UNSAT Surry 2014-301 Auth Fuel Move  STEP 5:    RHR pump and Heat Exchanger:  Cavity Level > 23 feet 1 operable  Cavity Level < 23 feet 2 operable  STANDARD:  _____  Recalls (or refers to) turnover statement that cavity level is 26.5'. _____  Observes 1 RHR pump in operation and one tagged out. _____  Determines that with present cavity level and operable RHR pump, fuel movement can commence. EVALUATOR NOTES:  If asked: cavity level has been verified at 26.5'. COMMENTS:    _______ SAT _______ UNSAT    STEP 6:    Direct communication between the Control Room and Manipulator Crane    Remarks: When changing core geometry STANDARD:  _____ Recalls (or refers to) turnover statement that communications have been established. _____ Determines that communication capability allows for fuel movement.
_______ SAT
EVALUATOR NOTES:  If asked: operator is in the MCR equipped with a headset in communication with the refueling team. COMMENTS:    _______ SAT  _______ UNSAT Surry 2014-301 Auth Fuel Move  STEP 7:    RCS Boron concentration-    Remarks:  RCS must be sampled at least once every 24 hours if the head is unbolted (Not required if defueled and cavity is drained below flange level. (Ref 2.3.15)
_______ UNSAT STEP 4:
STANDARD:  _____  Recalls (or refers to) turnover statement that RHR pump discharge and cavity boron is currently 2404 ppm (sampled 30 minutes ago). _____ Determines that current boron concentration allows for fuel movement.
Cavity level > 23 feet.
EVALUATOR NOTES:  If asked: RHR pump discharge and cavity boron is currently 2404 ppm (sampled 30 minutes ago). 
Remarks:
OU-SU-201, should be maintained as high as possible. No fuel movement permitted if < 23 feet in Cavity STANDARD:
Recalls (or refers to) turnover statement that cavity level is 26.5.
Determines that adequate cavity level exists to support fuel movement.
EVALUATOR NOTES:
If asked: cavity level has been verified at 26.5.
COMMENTS:
_______ SAT
_______ UNSAT  


COMMENTS:    _______ SAT  _______ UNSAT    STEP 8:     RHR Temperature:     Remarks: None  STANDARD: _____  Observes RHR pump discharge temperature and determines that current RCS temperature allows for fuel movement. EVALUATOR NOTES:   If asked: All RCS loops are isolated and drained. If asked: All CETCs have been disconnected.
Surry 2014-301 Auth Fuel Move STEP 5:
COMMENTS:   _______ SAT _______ UNSAT
RHR pump and Heat Exchanger:
Cavity Level > 23 feet 1 operable Cavity Level < 23 feet 2 operable STANDARD:
Recalls (or refers to) turnover statement that cavity level is 26.5.
Observes 1 RHR pump in operation and one tagged out.
Determines that with present cavity level and operable RHR pump, fuel movement can commence.
EVALUATOR NOTES:
If asked: cavity level has been verified at 26.5.
COMMENTS:
_______ SAT
_______ UNSAT STEP 6:
Direct communication between the Control Room and Manipulator Crane Remarks: When changing core geometry STANDARD:
Recalls (or refers to) turnover statement that communications have been established.
Determines that communication capability allows for fuel movement.
EVALUATOR NOTES:
If asked: operator is in the MCR equipped with a headset in communication with the refueling team.
COMMENTS:
_______ SAT
_______ UNSAT  


Surry 2014-301 Auth Fuel Move   STEP 9:     Reactor shutdown greater than 100 hours    Remarks: For movement of irradiated fuel STANDARD: _____  Recalls (or refers to) turnover statement that unit has been shutdown 122 hours. _____  Determines that sufficient time from shutdown exists to allow fuel movement. EVALUATOR NOTES:   If asked: The reactor was shutdown 122 hours ago. COMMENTS:   _______ SAT _______ UNSAT Surry 2014-301 Auth Fuel Move  STEP 10:     Control Room and Relay Room Emergency Ventilation- 2 Trains    Remarks: None STANDARD: _____ Examines current configuration of MCR/ESGR ventilation and determines that all fans are available. _____ Determines that current MCR/ESGR Emergency Ventilation configuration allows for fuel movement by observing the configuration of 1-VS-F-41/42 and 2-VS-F-41/42. EVALUATOR NOTES:   If asked: Conditions are as they appear. COMMENTS:    _______ SAT  _______ UNSAT    STEP 11:    Control Room Chillers- 3 minimum    Remarks: Operable IAW power supply requirements of TS 3.23  STANDARD:  _____ Examines current configuration of MCR chillers and determines that all chillers are available. _____ Determines that current MCR Chiller configuration allows for fuel movement by observing the configuration of 1-VS-E-4A, B, C, D, E. EVALUATOR NOTES:  If asked: Conditions are as they appear. COMMENTS:   _______ SAT _______ UNSAT
Surry 2014-301 Auth Fuel Move STEP 7:
RCS Boron concentration-2350 PPM (Admin limit)
Remarks:
RCS must be sampled at least once every 24 hours if the head is unbolted (Not required if defueled and cavity is drained below flange level. (Ref 2.3.15)
STANDARD:
Recalls (or refers to) turnover statement that RHR pump discharge and cavity boron is currently 2404 ppm (sampled 30 minutes ago).
Determines that current boron concentration allows for fuel movement.
EVALUATOR NOTES:
If asked: RHR pump discharge and cavity boron is currently 2404 ppm (sampled 30 minutes ago).
COMMENTS:
_______ SAT
_______ UNSAT STEP 8:
RHR Temperature: 140 &deg;F Remarks: None STANDARD:
Observes RHR pump discharge temperature and determines that current RCS temperature allows for fuel movement.
EVALUATOR NOTES:
If asked: All RCS loops are isolated and drained.
If asked: All CETCs have been disconnected.
COMMENTS:
_______ SAT
_______ UNSAT  


Surry 2014-301 Auth Fuel Move   STEP 12:     MCR/ESGR AHU- 8 minimum    Remarks: None STANDARD:  _____ Examines current configuration of MCR/ESGR air handlers and determines that all Air Handling Units are operable. _____ Determines that current MCR/ESGR air handler configuration allows for fuel movement  EVALUATOR NOTES:  If asked: Conditions are as they appear. COMMENTS:    _______ SAT  _______ UNSAT    STEP 13:    120 Volt Vital Buses- 2 minimum    Remarks: None  STANDARD: _____ Observes that all vital busses are energized and NO UPS/Battery charger alarms are LIT. _____ Recalls (or refers to) turnover statement that all vital bus UPS are in a normal EVALUATOR NOTES:
Surry 2014-301 Auth Fuel Move STEP 9:
If asked: All vital bus UPS are in a normal configuration. If asked: Both station batteries are operable and split out.
Reactor shutdown greater than 100 hours Remarks: For movement of irradiated fuel STANDARD:
COMMENTS:   _______ SAT _______ UNSAT
Recalls (or refers to) turnover statement that unit has been shutdown 122 hours.
Determines that sufficient time from shutdown exists to allow fuel movement.
EVALUATOR NOTES:
If asked: The reactor was shutdown 122 hours ago.
COMMENTS:
_______ SAT
_______ UNSAT  


Surry 2014-301 Auth Fuel Move   STEP 14:     SFP Cooling- 1 train available    Remarks: None STANDARD: _____ Observes that one spent fuel cooling pump is in service. _____ Recalls (or refers to) turnover statement that both trains of SFP cooling are available with one in service.
Surry 2014-301 Auth Fuel Move STEP 10:
Control Room and Relay Room Emergency Ventilation-2 Trains Remarks: None STANDARD:
Examines current configuration of MCR/ESGR ventilation and determines that all fans are available.
Determines that current MCR/ESGR Emergency Ventilation configuration allows for fuel movement by observing the configuration of 1-VS-F-41/42 and 2-VS-F-41/42.
EVALUATOR NOTES:
EVALUATOR NOTES:
If asked: both trains of SFP cooling are available with one in service.
If asked: Conditions are as they appear.
COMMENTS:   _______ SAT _______ UNSAT   STEP 16:     SFP makeup borated water source- 1 source available    Remarks: None  STANDARD: _____ Recalls (or refers to) turnover statement that all make-up flowpaths to the SFP are available.
COMMENTS:
_______ SAT
_______ UNSAT STEP 11:
Control Room Chillers-3 minimum Remarks: Operable IAW power supply requirements of TS 3.23 STANDARD:
Examines current configuration of MCR chillers and determines that all chillers are available.
Determines that current MCR Chiller configuration allows for fuel movement by observing the configuration of 1-VS-E-4A, B, C, D, E.
EVALUATOR NOTES:
EVALUATOR NOTES:
If asked: All make-up flowpaths to the SFP are available.
If asked: Conditions are as they appear.
COMMENTS:
_______ SAT
_______ UNSAT


COMMENTS:    _______ SAT  _______ UNSAT Surry 2014-301 Auth Fuel Move   STEP 17:     Reports to Shift Manager that task is complete  STANDARD: _____ Reports that fuel movement CANNOT commence until the following problems are resolved: 1-RM-RI-158 must be returned to operable status. NI-32 must be returned to operable status  EVALUATOR NOTES:
Surry 2014-301 Auth Fuel Move STEP 12:
None COMMENTS:   _______ SAT _______ UNSAT     STOP TIME_______________________________________:
MCR/ESGR AHU-8 minimum Remarks: None STANDARD:
____________________________________________________________________________________
Examines current configuration of MCR/ESGR air handlers and determines that all Air Handling Units are operable.
____________________________________________________________________________________
Determines that current MCR/ESGR air handler configuration allows for fuel movement EVALUATOR NOTES:
If asked: Conditions are as they appear.
COMMENTS:
_______ SAT
_______ UNSAT STEP 13:
120 Volt Vital Buses-2 minimum Remarks: None STANDARD:
Observes that all vital busses are energized and NO UPS/Battery charger alarms are LIT.
Recalls (or refers to) turnover statement that all vital bus UPS are in a normal EVALUATOR NOTES:
If asked: All vital bus UPS are in a normal configuration.
If asked: Both station batteries are operable and split out.
COMMENTS:
_______ SAT
_______ UNSAT  


____________________________________________________________________________________
Surry 2014-301 Auth Fuel Move STEP 14:
SFP Cooling-1 train available Remarks: None STANDARD:
Observes that one spent fuel cooling pump is in service.
_____ Recalls (or refers to) turnover statement that both trains of SFP cooling are available with one in service.
EVALUATOR NOTES:
If asked: both trains of SFP cooling are available with one in service.
COMMENTS:
_______ SAT
_______ UNSAT STEP 16:
SFP makeup borated water source-1 source available Remarks: None STANDARD:
Recalls (or refers to) turnover statement that all make-up flowpaths to the SFP are available.
EVALUATOR NOTES:
If asked: All make-up flowpaths to the SFP are available.
COMMENTS:
_______ SAT
_______ UNSAT


____________________________________________________________________________________
Surry 2014-301 Auth Fuel Move STEP 17:
____________________________________________________________________________________
Reports to Shift Manager that task is complete STANDARD:
____________________________________________________________________________________
Reports that fuel movement CANNOT commence until the following problems are resolved:
1-RM-RI-158 must be returned to operable status.
NI-32 must be returned to operable status EVALUATOR NOTES:
None COMMENTS:
_______ SAT
_______ UNSAT STOP TIME_______________________________________:


____________________________________________________________________________________
Operator Directions Handout (TO BE READ TO APPLICANT BY EXAMINER)
Task Task is to be performed in the simulator.
Determine if current plant conditions support fuel movement..
Directions The evaluator will explain the initial conditions of the task to be performed and will provide the initiating cue. Ensure you indicate to the evaluator when you understand your assigned task.
Initial Conditions:
Unit 1 is at Refueling Shutdown.
The containment refueling SRO has called the control room for permission to commence core offload.
Initiating Cues It is a Monday DAYSHIFT.
Unit One is in refueling shutdown with the head and upper internals removed. A request from the refueling supervisor has been made to authorize fuel movement (core offload) in accordance with 1-OSP-ZZ-004 attachment 8.
Current conditions are as follows (items not observable from the control room):
o Refueling containment integrity is set and verified by the shift manager.
o Cavity level is 26.5.
o RHR pump discharge and cavity boron is currently 2404 ppm (sampled 30 minutes ago).
o The reactor was shutdown 122 hours ago.
o Both station batteries are operable and split out.
o Both trains of SFP cooling are available with one in service.
o All make-up flowpaths to the SFP are available.
o 1-RM-Q7, CTMT PARTC ALERT/FAILURE and 1-RM-R7, 1-RM-RI-159 have just alarmed.
o A RHR pump in service to the A HX. B RHR pump and HX are tagged out for maintenance.
Headset communications between the MCR and the manipulator crane have been verified.
You are to authorize fuel movement after completing attachment 8, if conditions allow. If conditions do not allow, you are to list ALL issues present that must be resolved to allow fuel movement to commence.


____________________________________________________________________________________
Operator Directions Handout (TO BE GIVEN TO APPLICANT)
____________________________________________________________________________________
Initial Conditions:
____________________________________________________________________________________
Unit 1 is at Refueling Shutdown.
____________________________________________________________________________________
 
____________________________________________________________________________________
 
____________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________
Operator Directions Handout (TO BE READ TO APPLICANT BY EXAMINER) Task  Task is to be performed in the simulator. Determine if current plant conditions support fuel movement.. Directions  The evaluator will explain the initial conditions of the task to be performed and will provide the initiating cue. Ensure you indicate to the evaluator when you understand your assigned task. Initial Conditions:   Unit 1 is at Refueling Shutdown.
The containment refueling SRO has called the control room for permission to commence core offload.
The containment refueling SRO has called the control room for permission to commence core offload.
Initiating Cues It is a Monday DAYSHIFT.
Initiating Cues It is a Monday DAYSHIFT.
Unit One is in refueling shutdown with the head and upper internals removed. A request from the refueling supervisor has been made to authorize fuel movement (core offload) in accordance with 1-OSP-ZZ-004 attachment 8. Current conditions are as follows (items not observable from the control room): o Refueling containment integrity is set and verified by the shift manager. o Cavity level is 26.5'. o RHR pump discharge and cavity boron is currently 2404 ppm (sampled 30 minutes ago). o The reactor was shutdown 122 hours ago. o Both station batteries are operable and split out. o Both trains of SFP cooling are available with one in service. o All make-up flowpaths to the SFP are available. o 1-RM-Q7, CTMT PARTC ALERT/FAILURE and 1-RM-R7, 1-RM-RI-159 have just alarmed. o 'A' RHR pump in service to the 'A' HX. 'B' RHR pump and HX are tagged out for maintenance. Headset communications between the MCR and the manipulator crane have been verified.
Unit One is in refueling shutdown with the head and upper internals removed. A request from the refueling SRO has been made to authorize fuel movement (core offload) in accordance with 1-OSP-ZZ-004 attachment 8.
You are to authorize fuel movement after completing attachment 8, if conditions allow. If conditions do not allow, you are to list ALL issues present that must be resolved to allow fuel movement to commence.
Current conditions are as follows (items not observable from the control room):
Operator Directions Handout  (TO BE GIVEN TO APPLICANT)  Initial Conditions:
o Refueling containment integrity is set and verified by the shift manager.
Unit 1 is at Refueling Shutdown.
o Cavity level is 26.5.
The containment refueling SRO has called the control room for permission to commence core offload. Initiating Cues  It is a Monday DAYSHIFT.
o RHR pump discharge and cavity boron is currently 2404 ppm (sampled 30 minutes ago).
Unit One is in refueling shutdown with the head and upper internals removed. A request from the refueling SRO has been made to authorize fuel movement (core offload) in accordance with 1-OSP-ZZ-004 attachment 8. Current conditions are as follows (items not observable from the control room): o Refueling containment integrity is set and verified by the shift manager. o Cavity level is 26.5'. o RHR pump discharge and cavity boron is currently 2404 ppm (sampled 30 minutes ago). o The reactor was shutdown 122 hours ago. o Both station batteries are operable and split out. o Both trains of SFP cooling are available with one in service. o All make-up flowpaths to the SFP are available. o 1-RM-Q7, CTMT PARTC ALERT/FAILURE and 1-RM-R7, 1-RM-RI-159 have just alarmed. o 'A' RHR pump in service to the 'A' HX. 'B' RHR pump and HX are tagged out for maintenance.
o The reactor was shutdown 122 hours ago.
o Both station batteries are operable and split out.
o Both trains of SFP cooling are available with one in service.
o All make-up flowpaths to the SFP are available.
o 1-RM-Q7, CTMT PARTC ALERT/FAILURE and 1-RM-R7, 1-RM-RI-159 have just alarmed.
o A RHR pump in service to the A HX. B RHR pump and HX are tagged out for maintenance.
Headset communications between the MCR and the manipulator crane have been verified.
Headset communications between the MCR and the manipulator crane have been verified.
You are to authorize fuel movement after completing attachment 8, if conditions allow. If conditions do not allow, you are to list ALL issues present that must be resolved to allow fuel movement to commence.  
You are to authorize fuel movement after completing attachment 8, if conditions allow. If conditions do not allow, you are to list ALL issues present that must be resolved to allow fuel movement to commence.  
 
Surry 2014-301 OPT Review Page 1 of 10 U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission Surry Power Station SR14301 Administrative Job Performance Measure G2.2.12 Applicant________________________________
Start Time___________________
Examiner_______________________________
Date ___________________________________
Stop Time___________________
Title Review 1-OPT-FW-006, Auxiliary Feedwater MOV Test.
K/A: G.2.2.12 - Knowledge of surveillance procedures. RO: 3.7/ SRO: 4.1 Applicability Estimated Time Actual Time RO/SRO(D)/SRO(U) 10 Minutes Conditions Task is to be PERFORMED in the CLASSROOM.
Standards Review 1-OPT-FW-006, Auxiliary Feedwater MOV Test.
Initiating Cues 1-OPT-FW-006 has been completed by the previous shift.
You are to review the completed OPT for accuracy and completeness.
Document any issues identified during review and operability requirements, if any, on the answer sheet provided.
When you have completed the review, inform your examiner.
Terminating Cues 1-OPT-FW-006 review complete.
Tools and Equipment Copy of 1-OPT-FW-006 Safety Considerations None


Surry 2014-301 OPT Review               Page 1 of 10 U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission Surry Power Station  SR14301  Administrative Job Performance Measure G2.2.12  Applicant________________________________    Start Time___________________
Surry 2014-301 OPT Review Page 2 of 14 Initial Conditions:
Examiner_______________________________
Unit 1 at 100% power.
Initiating Cues 1-OPT-FW-006 has been completed by the previous shift.
You are to review the completed OPT for accuracy and completeness.
Document any issues identified during review and operability requirements, if any, on the answer sheet provided.
When you have completed the review, inform your examiner.


Date ___________________________________  Stop Time___________________  Title  Review 1-OPT-FW-006, Auxiliary Feedwater MOV Test. K/A: G.2.2.12 - Knowledge of surveillance procedures. RO: 3.7/ SRO: 4.1  Applicability      Estimated Time  Actual Time  RO/SRO(D)/SRO(U)    10 Minutes                        Conditions  Task is to be PERFORMED in the CLASSROOM. Standards  Review 1-OPT-FW-006, Auxiliary Feedwater MOV Test. Initiating Cues  1-OPT-FW-006 has been completed by the previous shift. You are to review the completed OPT for accuracy and completeness. Document any issues identified during review and operability requirements, if any, on the answer sheet provided. When you have completed the review, inform your examiner. Terminating Cues 1-OPT-FW-006 review complete. Tools and Equipment Copy of 1-OPT-FW-006  Safety Considerations None Surry 2014-301 OPT Review               Page 2 of 14    Initial Conditions:  Unit 1 at 100% power. Initiating Cues  1-OPT-FW-006 has been completed by the previous shift. You are to review the completed OPT for accuracy and completeness.
Surry 2014-301 OPT Review Page 3 of 14 PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST Notes to the Evaluator Task critical elements are bolded and denoted by an asterisk (*).
Document any issues identified during review and operability requirements, if any, on the answer sheet provided. When you have completed the review, inform your examiner.
At the completion of the JPM all SRO Candidates will have a Follow-Up question.
Surry 2014-301 OPT Review              Page 3 of 14 PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST Notes to the Evaluator   Task critical elements are bolded and denoted by an asterisk (*). At the completion of the JPM all SRO Candidates will have a Follow-Up question. START TIME: ____________           STEP 1:   Reviews Scheduled PT Cover Sheet.
START TIME: ____________
STANDARD: a) Reviews the following:   Reviews Schedule Date, Drop Dead Date, Actual Start Date & Time, and Actual Finish Date & time. Determines that PT was performed on the Schedule Start Date. Determines that PT was completed prior to the Drop Dead date. Identifies check mark correct in Completed by DDD in Maximo, YES blank. Identifies that Satisfactory blank is checked. Identifies Departmental Signature on appropriate blank. EVALUATOR NOTES: If asked, it is desired to perform this Review now. COMMENTS:   _______ SAT _______ UNSAT
STEP 1:
Reviews Scheduled PT Cover Sheet.
STANDARD:
a) Reviews the following:
Reviews Schedule Date, Drop Dead Date, Actual Start Date & Time, and Actual Finish Date & time.
Determines that PT was performed on the Schedule Start Date.
Determines that PT was completed prior to the Drop Dead date.
Identifies check mark correct in Completed by DDD in Maximo, YES blank.
Identifies that Satisfactory blank is checked.
Identifies Departmental Signature on appropriate blank.
EVALUATOR NOTES:
If asked, it is desired to perform this Review now.
COMMENTS:
_______ SAT
_______ UNSAT  


Surry 2014-301 OPT Review               Page 4 of 14   STEP 2:   Reviews Initial Conditions and Precautions and Limitations. STANDARD:   Identifies Initial Condition 3.1 initialed. Identifies Precautions and limitations 4.1 through 4.5 initialed. EVALUATOR NOTES:   NONE COMMENTS:   _______ SAT _______ UNSAT STEP 3:   Reviews section 6.1, Work Preparation, of section 6.0, INSTRUCTIONS. STANDARD:   Identifies correct use of N/A for Step 6.1.1. EVALUATOR NOTES: NONE COMMENTS:   _______ SAT _______ UNSAT STEP 4:   Reviews section 6.2, Testing 1-FW-MOV-151E, SG A AFW Flow Isol. STANDARD: a) Step 6.2.1: Cycle 1-FW-MOV-151E and verify full stroke. Record the time required to close and to open the MOV. Identifies Close and Open times within the Acceptable Range. b) Step 6.2.2: Return 1-FW-MOV-151E to position specified by Shift Supervision. Circle as left position. Identifies Open circled. Identifies Return to position correctly verified by initial in verification blank. c) Step 6.2.3: record the stopwatch SQC No. and Cal Due Date. Identifies SQC No. and Cal Due Date blanks filled out appropriately. EVALUATOR NOTES: NONE   COMMENTS:   _______ SAT _______ UNSAT
Surry 2014-301 OPT Review Page 4 of 14 STEP 2:
Reviews Initial Conditions and Precautions and Limitations.
STANDARD:
Identifies Initial Condition 3.1 initialed.
Identifies Precautions and limitations 4.1 through 4.5 initialed.
EVALUATOR NOTES: NONE COMMENTS:
_______ SAT
_______ UNSAT STEP 3:
Reviews section 6.1, Work Preparation, of section 6.0, INSTRUCTIONS.
STANDARD:
Identifies correct use of N/A for Step 6.1.1.
EVALUATOR NOTES: NONE COMMENTS:
_______ SAT
_______ UNSAT STEP 4:
Reviews section 6.2, Testing 1-FW-MOV-151E, SG A AFW Flow Isol.
STANDARD:
a) Step 6.2.1: Cycle 1-FW-MOV-151E and verify full stroke. Record the time required to close and to open the MOV.
Identifies Close and Open times within the Acceptable Range.
b) Step 6.2.2: Return 1-FW-MOV-151E to position specified by Shift Supervision. Circle as left position.
Identifies Open circled.
Identifies Return to position correctly verified by initial in verification blank.
c) Step 6.2.3: record the stopwatch SQC No. and Cal Due Date.
Identifies SQC No. and Cal Due Date blanks filled out appropriately.
EVALUATOR NOTES: NONE COMMENTS:
_______ SAT
_______ UNSAT  


Surry 2014-301 OPT Review               Page 5 of 14   STEP 5:   Reviews section 6.3, Testing 1-FW-MOV-151F, SG A AFW Flow Isol. STANDARD: a) Step 6.3.1: Cycle 1-FW-MOV-151F and verify full stroke. Record the time required to close and to open the MOV. Identifies Close and Open times within the Acceptable Range. b) Step 6.3.2: Return 1-FW-MOV-151F to position specified by Shift Supervision. Circle as left position. *Identifies Neither Open or Closed circled. *Identifies Return to position verification initial missing in verification blank. c) Step 6.3.3: record the stopwatch SQC No. and Cal Due Date. Identifies SQC No. and Cal Due Date blanks filled out appropriately. EVALUATOR NOTES: Acknowledge that return to position open/closed not circled, and verification initial missing. Have the Candidate continue with the PT review. COMMENTS:   _______ SAT _______ UNSAT STEP 6:   Reviews section 6.4, Testing 1-FW-MOV-151C, SG B AFW Flow Isol. STANDARD: a) Step 6.4.1: Cycle 1-FW-MOV-151C and verify full stroke. Record the time required to close and to open the MOV. Identifies Close and Open times within the Acceptable Range. b) Step 6.4.2: Return 1-FW-MOV-151C to position specified by Shift Supervision. Circle as left position. Identifies Open circled. Identifies Return to position correctly verified by initial in verification blank. c) Step 6.4.3: record the stopwatch SQC No. and Cal Due Date. Identifies SQC No. and Cal Due Date blanks filled out appropriately. EVALUATOR NOTES: NONE   COMMENTS:   _______ SAT _______ UNSAT
Surry 2014-301 OPT Review Page 5 of 14 STEP 5:
Reviews section 6.3, Testing 1-FW-MOV-151F, SG A AFW Flow Isol.
STANDARD:
a) Step 6.3.1: Cycle 1-FW-MOV-151F and verify full stroke. Record the time required to close and to open the MOV.
Identifies Close and Open times within the Acceptable Range.
b) Step 6.3.2: Return 1-FW-MOV-151F to position specified by Shift Supervision. Circle as left position.  
*Identifies Neither Open or Closed circled.  
*Identifies Return to position verification initial missing in verification blank.
c) Step 6.3.3: record the stopwatch SQC No. and Cal Due Date.
Identifies SQC No. and Cal Due Date blanks filled out appropriately.
EVALUATOR NOTES:
Acknowledge that return to position open/closed not circled, and verification initial missing.
Have the Candidate continue with the PT review.
COMMENTS:
_______ SAT
_______ UNSAT STEP 6:
Reviews section 6.4, Testing 1-FW-MOV-151C, SG B AFW Flow Isol.
STANDARD:
a) Step 6.4.1: Cycle 1-FW-MOV-151C and verify full stroke. Record the time required to close and to open the MOV.
Identifies Close and Open times within the Acceptable Range.
b) Step 6.4.2: Return 1-FW-MOV-151C to position specified by Shift Supervision. Circle as left position.
Identifies Open circled.
Identifies Return to position correctly verified by initial in verification blank.
c) Step 6.4.3: record the stopwatch SQC No. and Cal Due Date.
Identifies SQC No. and Cal Due Date blanks filled out appropriately.
EVALUATOR NOTES: NONE COMMENTS:
_______ SAT
_______ UNSAT  


Surry 2014-301 OPT Review               Page 6 of 14   STEP 7:   Reviews section 6.5, Testing 1-FW-MOV-151D, SG B AFW Flow Isol. STANDARD: a) Step 6.5.1: Cycle 1-FW-MOV-151D and verify full stroke. Record the time required to close and to open the MOV. Identifies Close and Open times within the Acceptable Range. b) Step 6.5.2: Return 1-FW-MOV-151D to position specified by Shift Supervision. Circle as left position. *Identifies Open Not circled. Identifies Return to position correctly verified by initial in verification blank. c) Step 6.5.3: record the stopwatch SQC No. and Cal Due Date. Identifies SQC No. filled in appropriately. *Identifies Cal Date Due Date: is blank. EVALUATOR NOTES: Acknowledge Open not circled, and Cal Date Due: is blank. Have the Candidate continue the PT Review. COMMENTS:   _______ SAT _______ UNSAT STEP 8:   Reviews section 6.6, Testing 1-FW-MOV-151A, SG C AFW Flow Isol. STANDARD: a) Step 6.6.1: Cycle 1-FW-MOV-151A and verify full stroke. Record the time required to close and to open the MOV. Identifies Close and Open times within the Acceptable Range. b) Step 6.6.2: Return 1-FW-MOV-151A to position specified by Shift Supervision. Circle as left position. Identifies Open circled. Identifies Return to position correctly verified by initial in verification blank. c) Step 6.6.3: record the stopwatch SQC No. and Cal Due Date. Identifies SQC No. and Cal Due Date blanks filled out appropriately. EVALUATOR NOTES: NONE   COMMENTS:   _______ SAT _______ UNSAT
Surry 2014-301 OPT Review Page 6 of 14 STEP 7:
Reviews section 6.5, Testing 1-FW-MOV-151D, SG B AFW Flow Isol.
STANDARD:
a) Step 6.5.1: Cycle 1-FW-MOV-151D and verify full stroke. Record the time required to close and to open the MOV.
Identifies Close and Open times within the Acceptable Range.
b) Step 6.5.2: Return 1-FW-MOV-151D to position specified by Shift Supervision. Circle as left position.  
*Identifies Open Not circled.
Identifies Return to position correctly verified by initial in verification blank.
c) Step 6.5.3: record the stopwatch SQC No. and Cal Due Date.
Identifies SQC No. filled in appropriately.  
*Identifies Cal Date Due Date: is blank.
EVALUATOR NOTES:
Acknowledge Open not circled, and Cal Date Due: is blank.
Have the Candidate continue the PT Review.
COMMENTS:
_______ SAT
_______ UNSAT STEP 8:
Reviews section 6.6, Testing 1-FW-MOV-151A, SG C AFW Flow Isol.
STANDARD:
a) Step 6.6.1: Cycle 1-FW-MOV-151A and verify full stroke. Record the time required to close and to open the MOV.
Identifies Close and Open times within the Acceptable Range.
b) Step 6.6.2: Return 1-FW-MOV-151A to position specified by Shift Supervision. Circle as left position.
Identifies Open circled.
Identifies Return to position correctly verified by initial in verification blank.
c) Step 6.6.3: record the stopwatch SQC No. and Cal Due Date.
Identifies SQC No. and Cal Due Date blanks filled out appropriately.
EVALUATOR NOTES: NONE COMMENTS:
_______ SAT
_______ UNSAT  


Surry 2014-301 OPT Review               Page 7 of 14   STEP 9:   Reviews section 6.7, Testing 1-FW-MOV-151B, SG C AFW Flow Isol. STANDARD: a) Step 6.7.1: Cycle 1-FW-MOV-151B and verify full stroke. Record the time required to close and to open the MOV. Identifies Close and Open times within the Acceptable Range. b) Step 6.7.2: Return 1-FW-MOV-151B to position specified by Shift Supervision. Circle as left position. Identifies Open circled. Identifies Return to position correctly verified by initial in verification blank. c) Step 6.7.3: record the stopwatch SQC No. and Cal Due Date. Identifies SQC No. and Cal Due Date blanks filled out appropriately. EVALUATOR NOTES: NONE COMMENTS:   _______ SAT _______ UNSAT STEP 10:   reviews Section 7.0 Follow-On.
Surry 2014-301 OPT Review Page 7 of 14 STEP 9:
Reviews section 6.7, Testing 1-FW-MOV-151B, SG C AFW Flow Isol.
STANDARD:
a) Step 6.7.1: Cycle 1-FW-MOV-151B and verify full stroke. Record the time required to close and to open the MOV.
Identifies Close and Open times within the Acceptable Range.
b) Step 6.7.2: Return 1-FW-MOV-151B to position specified by Shift Supervision. Circle as left position.
Identifies Open circled.
Identifies Return to position correctly verified by initial in verification blank.
c) Step 6.7.3: record the stopwatch SQC No. and Cal Due Date.
Identifies SQC No. and Cal Due Date blanks filled out appropriately.
EVALUATOR NOTES: NONE COMMENTS:
_______ SAT
_______ UNSAT STEP 10: reviews Section 7.0 Follow-On.
STANDARD:
Verifies Step 7.1.1 initialed.
Verifies Step 7.1.2 initialed.
Verifies Satisfactory checked.
EVALUATOR NOTES: NONE COMMENTS:
_______ SAT
_______ UNSAT


STANDARD:  Verifies Step 7.1.1 initialed. Verifies Step 7.1.2 initialed. Verifies Satisfactory checked. EVALUATOR NOTES:  NONE  COMMENTS:    _______ SAT  _______ UNSAT Surry 2014-301 OPT Review               Page 8 of 14   STEP 11:   Reviews Section 7.2 Follow-On Tasks. STANDARD: *Identifies inappropriate N/A of Step 7.2.3. (N/A should stop at Step 7.2.2), and Step 7.2.3 should be initialed. EVALUATOR NOTES: Acknowledge inappropriate N/A of Step 7.2.3. Have the candidate continue review of the PT. COMMENTS:   _______ SAT _______ UNSAT   STEP 12:   Reviews Section 7.3 Notification, Documentation, and Procedure Closeout. STANDARD:   Identifies initial for Step 7.3.1. Identifies Both Names listed in Table. Identifies Signature and date at bottom of page.
Surry 2014-301 OPT Review Page 8 of 14 STEP 11:
EVALUATOR NOTES: NONE Candidate must identify 4/5 of the incorrect items (80%) to be satisfactory.
Reviews Section 7.2 Follow-On Tasks.
COMMENTS:   _______ SAT _______ UNSAT STOP TIME: ________
STANDARD:  
Notes: _______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
*Identifies inappropriate N/A of Step 7.2.3. (N/A should stop at Step 7.2.2), and Step 7.2.3 should be initialed.
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
EVALUATOR NOTES:
_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________  EVALUATOR NOTE: Proceed to Follow-up question for SRO Candidates.
Acknowledge inappropriate N/A of Step 7.2.3.
Surry 2014-301 OPT Review              Page 9 of 14  ANSWER KEY  NOT FOR TRAINEE  1-OPT-FW-006 REVIEW  1. Step 6.3.2 - Identifies Neither Open or Closed circled. 2. Step 6.3.2 - Identifies Return to position verification initial missing in verification blank. 3. Step 6.5.2 - Identifies Open not circled. 4. Step 6.5.3 - Identifies Cal Date Due Date is blank. 5. Step 7.2.3 - Identifies inappropriate N/A of Step 7.2.3  Candidate must identify 4/5 of the incorrect items (80%) to be satisfactory.
Have the candidate continue review of the PT.
Surry 2014-301 OPT Review              Page 10 of 14  EVALUATOR'S REFERENCE COPY Operator Directions Handout  (TO BE READ TO APPLICANT BY EXAMINER)  Task  Task is to be performed in the Classroom. Directions  The evaluator will explain the initial conditions of the task to be performed and will provide the initiating cue. Ensure you indicate to the evaluator when you understand your assigned task.
COMMENTS:
Initial Conditions:  Unit 1 at 100% power. Initiating Cues  1-OPT-FW-006 has been completed by the previous shift. You are to review the completed OPT for accuracy and completeness. Document any issues identified during review and operability requirements, if any, on the answer sheet provided. When you have completed the review, inform your examiner. 
_______ SAT
_______ UNSAT STEP 12:
Reviews Section 7.3 Notification, Documentation, and Procedure Closeout.
STANDARD:
Identifies initial for Step 7.3.1.
Identifies Both Names listed in Table.
Identifies Signature and date at bottom of page.
EVALUATOR NOTES: NONE Candidate must identify 4/5 of the incorrect items (80%) to be satisfactory.
COMMENTS:
_______ SAT
_______ UNSAT STOP TIME: ________
Notes:
EVALUATOR NOTE: Proceed to Follow-up question for SRO Candidates.  


Surry 2014-301 OPT Review               Page 11 of 14   SRO ONLY ANSWER KEY   NOT FOR TRAINEE 1-OPT-FW-006 FOLLOW-UP Question     1-OPT-FW-006 has been completed and the following MOV had a "Close "stroke time outside the Acceptable range:   Stroke Time Reference Acceptable Range     1-FW-MOV-151C, SG B AFW ISOL 28.2 sec 20.0 sec 17.0 - 23.0 sec   What actions are required by Technical Specifications?
Surry 2014-301 OPT Review Page 9 of 14 ANSWER KEY NOT FOR TRAINEE 1-OPT-FW-006 REVIEW
: 1.
Step 6.3.2 - Identifies Neither Open or Closed circled.
: 2.
Step 6.3.2 - Identifies Return to position verification initial missing in verification blank.
: 3.
Step 6.5.2 - Identifies Open not circled.
: 4.
Step 6.5.3 - Identifies Cal Date Due Date is blank.
: 5.
Step 7.2.3 - Identifies inappropriate N/A of Step 7.2.3 Candidate must identify 4/5 of the incorrect items (80%) to be satisfactory.
 
Surry 2014-301 OPT Review Page 10 of 14 EVALUATORS REFERENCE COPY Operator Directions Handout (TO BE READ TO APPLICANT BY EXAMINER)
Task Task is to be performed in the Classroom.
Directions The evaluator will explain the initial conditions of the task to be performed and will provide the initiating cue. Ensure you indicate to the evaluator when you understand your assigned task.
Initial Conditions:
Unit 1 at 100% power.
Initiating Cues 1-OPT-FW-006 has been completed by the previous shift.
You are to review the completed OPT for accuracy and completeness.
Document any issues identified during review and operability requirements, if any, on the answer sheet provided.
When you have completed the review, inform your examiner.
 
Surry 2014-301 OPT Review Page 11 of 14 SRO ONLY ANSWER KEY NOT FOR TRAINEE 1-OPT-FW-006 FOLLOW-UP Question 1-OPT-FW-006 has been completed and the following MOV had a Close stroke time outside the Acceptable range:
Stroke Time Reference Acceptable Range 1-FW-MOV-151C, SG B AFW ISOL 28.2 sec 20.0 sec 17.0 - 23.0 sec What actions are required by Technical Specifications?
ANSWER: TS 3.6.C.3 require two redundant flowpaths, including system piping, headers, valves, and control board indication required for operation.
ANSWER: TS 3.6.C.3 require two redundant flowpaths, including system piping, headers, valves, and control board indication required for operation.
TS 3.6.G.1 requires a 72 hour clock to restore to OPERABLE status.
TS 3.6.G.1 requires a 72 hour clock to restore to OPERABLE status.  
Surry 2014-301 OPT Review               Page 12 of 14   SRO ONLY Candidate 1-OPT-FW-006 FOLLOW-UP Question   1-OPT-FW-006 has been completed and the following MOV had a "Close "stroke time outside the Acceptable range:   Stroke Time Reference Acceptable Range     1-FW-MOV-151C, SG B AFW ISOL 28.2 sec 20.0 sec 17.0 - 23.0 sec What actions are required by Technical Specifications?
 
Operator Directions Handout  (TO BE GIVEN TO APPLICANT)    Initial Conditions:  Unit 1 at 100% power. Initiating Cues  1-OPT-FW-006 has been completed by the previous shift. You are to review the completed OPT for accuracy and completeness.
Surry 2014-301 OPT Review Page 12 of 14 SRO ONLY Candidate 1-OPT-FW-006 FOLLOW-UP Question 1-OPT-FW-006 has been completed and the following MOV had a Close stroke time outside the Acceptable range:
Document any issues identified during review and operability requirements, if any, on the answer sheet provided. When you have completed the review, inform your examiner.
Stroke Time Reference Acceptable Range 1-FW-MOV-151C, SG B AFW ISOL 28.2 sec 20.0 sec 17.0 - 23.0 sec What actions are required by Technical Specifications?  
ANSWER SHEET  1-OPT-FW-006 REVIEW  _______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________


_______________________________________________________________________________________
Operator Directions Handout (TO BE GIVEN TO APPLICANT)
Initial Conditions:
Unit 1 at 100% power.
Initiating Cues 1-OPT-FW-006 has been completed by the previous shift.
You are to review the completed OPT for accuracy and completeness.
Document any issues identified during review and operability requirements, if any, on the answer sheet provided.
When you have completed the review, inform your examiner.


_______________________________________________________________________________________
ANSWER SHEET 1-OPT-FW-006 REVIEW


_______________________________________________________________________________________
Surry 2014-301 Emerg Exposure Auth.
_______________________________________________________________________________________
1 of 5 U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission Surry Power Station SR2014301 Administrative Job Performance Measure G2.3.4 (RO 3.2 / SRO 3.7)
_______________________________________________________________________________________
Applicant________________________________
Start Time___________________
Examiner_______________________________
Date ___________________________________
Stop Time___________________
Title Authorize Emergency Exposure in accordance with EPIP-4.04, Emergency Exposure Limits.
K/A: G2.3.4 Knowledge of radiation exposure limits under normal or emergency conditions.
Applicability Estimated Time Actual Time SRO(D)/SRO(U) 5 Minutes Conditions Task may be PERFORMED in the Classroom.
Unit has experienced a LBLOCA.
Standards Emergency Exposure Denied IAW EPIP-4.04.
Initiating Cues Nuclear Shift Manager Direction.
Terminating Cues EPIP-4.04, Emergency Exposure Limits, step 9.0 completed.
Procedures EPIP-1.01, Revision 56.
EPIP-1.03, Revision 22.
EPIP-4.04, Revision 9.
Tools and Equipment Safety Considerations None None


_______________________________________________________________________________________
Surry 2014-301 Emerg Exposure Auth.
2 of 5 Initial Conditions You are the Station Emergency Manager.
Unit 1 experienced a LBLOCA today at 1330 hrs. An Alert was declared at 1340 based on EAL identifier FA1.1 due to loss of RCS barrier.
All notifications have been made.
The following unit conditions exist:
o RMT is currently in service.
o 1-SI-P-1A experienced excessive seal leakage and was spraying water on the motor. The pump has been secured.
o 1-SI-P-1B is in service at this time.
Maintenance has two mechanics standing by to repair the seal for 1-SI-P-1A. Both men are between the ages of 40-45.
The calculated estimated TEDE dose is 12 Rem per individual.
You are currently performing step 15 of EPIP-1.03.
The Radiological Assessment Director (RAD) has performed EPIP-4.04 through step 9 as required and is waiting on authorization from you for emergency exposure.
Initiating Cues Here is the completed, up through step 9, EPIP-4.04 from the RAD. I need you to approve or disapprove the emergency exposure for the two mechanics. When you finish the actions necessary to accomplish this, please inform me.
Notes Fill out copies of EPIP-1.01 through step 8, and EPIP-1.03 through step 15. FA1.1 is the EAL identifier.
Use todays date. Alert declared at 1340 due to a LBLOCA. Two-mechanics between the ages of 40-45 are prepared to repair a seal leak on 1-SI-P-1A and are waiting on approval from the SEM for emergency exposure.
The estimated dose to each individual is 12 Rem TEDE. Use the name of the SRO being evaluated in the SM name spots in EPIP-1.01 (step 3), EPIP-1.03 (step 1), and EPIP-4.04 (step 1).
Fill out EPIP 4.04 through step 9. Fill out two (2) Attachment 3 forms with name of individual and exposure. Both forms should be approved by the RAD with Final authorization by the Shift manager left blank.


_______________________________________________________________________________________
Surry 2014-301 Emerg Exposure Auth.
3 of 5 PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST Notes to the Evaluator Task critical elements are bolded and denoted by an asterisk (*).
Have copies of all procedures (EPIP-1.01, 1.03 and 4.04) available upon request.
Role play as Radiological Assessment Director.
START TIME: _________________
STEP 1:
AUTHORIZES EMERGENCY EXPOSURE:
STANDARD:
a) Reviews EPIP-4.04 and notes that the limit to save valuable equipment is 10 Rem TEDE.
b) Determines from initiating conditions and review of EPIP-4.04, ATTACHMENT 3 (12 REM) that both operators would exceed the maximum limit of Dose to protect equipment.
c)
* Does not authorize (DISAPPROVES) emergency exposure for the two mechanics.
EVALUATORS NOTE:
COMMENTS:
_______ SAT
_______ UNSAT STEP 2:
Report completion of Task.
COMMENTS:
JPM COMPLETE STOP TIME: ___________________________
Comments: __________________________________________________________________________________


_______________________________________________________________________________________
Operator Directions Handout (TO BE READ TO APPLICANT BY EXAMINER)
_______________________________________________________________________________________
Task Task is to be performed in the simulator.
_______________________________________________________________________________________
Directions The evaluator will explain the initial conditions of the task to be performed and will provide the initiating cue. Ensure you indicate to the evaluator when you understand your assigned task.
_______________________________________________________________________________________
Initial Conditions You are the Station Emergency Manager.
Unit 1 experienced a LBLOCA today at 1330 hrs. An Alert was declared at 1340 based on EAL identifier FA1.1 due to loss of RCS barrier.
All notifications have been made.
The following unit conditions exist:
o RMT is currently in service.
o 1-SI-P-1A experienced excessive seal leakage and was spraying water on the motor. The pump has been secured.
o 1-SI-P-1B is in service at this time.
Maintenance has two mechanics standing by to repair the seal for 1-SI-P-1A. Both men are between the ages of 40-45.
The calculated estimated TEDE dose is 12 Rem per individual.
You are currently performing step 15 of EPIP-1.03.
The Radiological Assessment Director (RAD) has performed EPIP-4.04 through step 9 as required and is waiting on authorization from you for emergency exposure.
Initiating Cues Here is the completed, up through step 9, EPIP-4.04 from the RAD. I need you to approve or disapprove the emergency exposure for the two mechanics. When you finish the actions necessary to accomplish this, please inform me.


_______________________________________________________________________________________
Operator Directions Handout (TO BE GIVEN TO APPLICANT)
Initial Conditions You are the Station Emergency Manager.
Unit 1 experienced a LBLOCA today at 1330 hrs. An Alert was declared at 1340 based on EAL identifier FA1.1 due to loss of RCS barrier.
All notifications have been made.
The following unit conditions exist:
o RMT is currently in service.
o 1-SI-P-1A experienced excessive seal leakage and was spraying water on the motor. The pump has been secured.
o 1-SI-P-1B is in service at this time.
Maintenance has two mechanics standing by to repair the seal for 1-SI-P-1A. Both men are between the ages of 40-45.
The calculated estimated TEDE dose is 12 Rem per individual.
You are currently performing step 15 of EPIP-1.03.
The Radiological Assessment Director (RAD) has performed EPIP-4.04 through step 9 as required and is waiting on authorization from you for emergency exposure.
Initiating Cues Here is the completed, up through step 9, EPIP-4.04 from the RAD. I need you to approve or disapprove the emergency exposure for the two mechanics. When you finish the actions necessary to accomplish this, please inform me.


_______________________________________________________________________________________
Surry 2014-301 Calculate Rad Dose Page 1 of 9 U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission Surry Power Station SR2014301 Administrative Job Performance Measure G2.3.4 (RO 3.2 / SRO 3.7)
Applicant________________________________
Start Time___________________
Examiner_______________________________
Date ___________________________________
Stop Time___________________
Title Calculate Dose and Best Work Method K/A: G2.3.4 Knowledge of radiation exposure limits under normal or emergency conditions. (3.2/3.7)
Applicability Estimated Time Actual Time ALL 30 Minutes Conditions Task is to be PERFORMED in the classroom.
Standards Determines the maximum allowable time for opening 1-RH-MOV-1700 is 6 minutes.
Initial Conditions:
Unit 1 has experienced a small break LOCA with a safety injection.
The Operating Team is attempting to place the Residual Heat Removal System in service, but they are unable to open 1-RH-MOV-1700 from the Main Control Room.
You have been tasked with entering Containment and locally opening 1-RH-MOV-1700.
Your allowable dose limit for this job is 1800 mr.
General area radiation levels have been manually estimated based on installed radiation monitor readings.
Survey maps of the Unit 1 Containment are available, showing dose rates and one way travel time to reach the valve via the chosen route.
Health Physics personnel are currently unavailable to provide assistance for dose determination.


Surry  2014-301 Emerg Exposure Auth. 1 of 5  U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission  Surry Power Station  SR2014301  Administrative Job Performance Measure G2.3.4 (RO 3.2 / SRO 3.7)
Surry 2014-301 Calculate Rad Dose Page 2 of 9 On the 36 elevation, travel time (one way) is all the way to 1-RH-MOV-1700. Calculate dose received on travel on the 36 based on pathway dose and not dose rate in loop room-time to walk across loop room floor to 1-RH-MOV-1700 is negligible.
Applicant________________________________    Start Time___________________  Examiner_______________________________  Date ___________________________________  Stop Time___________________  Title  Authorize Emergency Exposure in accordance with EPIP-4.04, Emergency Exposure Limits. K/A: G2.3.4 Knowledge of radiation exposure limits under normal or emergency conditions. Applicability      Estimated Time  Actual Time SRO(D)/SRO(U)      5 Minutes    __________                      Conditions  Task may be PERFORMED in the Classroom. Unit has experienced a LBLOCA. Standards  Emergency Exposure Denied IAW EPIP-4.04. Initiating Cues  Nuclear Shift Manager Direction. Terminating Cues  EPIP-4.04, Emergency Exposure Limits, step 9.0 completed. Procedures  EPIP-1.01, Revision 56. EPIP-1.03, Revision 22. EPIP-4.04, Revision 9. Tools and Equipment    Safety Considerations  None      None Surry  2014-301 Emerg Exposure Auth. 2 of 5  Initial Conditions  You are the Station Emergency Manager. Unit 1 experienced a LBLOCA today at 1330 hrs. An Alert was declared at 1340 based on EAL identifier FA1.1 due to loss of RCS barrier. All notifications have been made. The following unit conditions exist: o RMT is currently in service. o 1-SI-P-1A experienced excessive seal leakage and was spraying water on the motor. The pump has been secured. o 1-SI-P-1B is in service at this time. Maintenance has two mechanics standing by to repair the seal for 1-SI-P-1A. Both men are between the ages of 40-45. The calculated estimated TEDE dose is 12 Rem per individual. You are currently performing step 15 of EPIP-1.03. The Radiological Assessment Director (RAD) has performed EPIP-4.04 through step 9 as required and is waiting on authorization from you for emergency exposure. Initiating Cues  Here is the completed, up through step 9, EPIP-4.04 from the RAD. I need you to approve or disapprove the emergency exposure for the two mechanics. When you finish the actions necessary to accomplish this, please inform me. Notes  Fill out copies of EPIP-1.01 through step 8, and EPIP-1.03 through step 15. FA1.1 is the EAL identifier. Use today's date. Alert declared at 1340 due to a LBLOCA. Two-mechanics between the ages of 40-45 are prepared to repair a seal leak on 1-SI-P-1A and are waiting on approval from the SEM for emergency exposure. The estimated dose to each individual is 12 Rem TEDE. Use the name of the SRO being evaluated in the SM name spots in EPIP-1.01 (step 3), EPIP-1.03 (step 1), and EPIP-4.04 (step 1). Fill out EPIP 4.04 through step 9. Fill out two (2) Attachment 3 forms with name of individual and exposure. Both forms should be approved by the RAD with Final authorization by the Shift manager left blank.
Initiating Cues You have been directed to determine:
Surry  2014-301 Emerg Exposure Auth. 3 of 5  PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST  Notes to the Evaluator  Task critical elements are bolded and denoted by an asterisk (*). Have copies of all procedures (EPIP-1.01, 1.03 and 4.04) available upon request. Role play as Radiological Assessment Director. START TIME: _________________        STEP 1:  AUTHORIZES EMERGENCY EXPOSURE:  STANDARD:
: 1. The maximum time you will have to open 1-RH-MOV-1700 without exceeding your allowable dose.
a) Reviews EPIP-4.04 and notes that the limit to save valuable equipment is 10 Rem TEDE. b) Determines from initiating conditions and review of EPIP-4.04, ATTACHMENT 3 (12 REM) that both operators would exceed the maximum limit of Dose to protect equipment. c)
Terminating Cues Determines the maximum time for opening 1-RH-MOV-1700 without exceeding dose limits.
* Does not authorize (DISAPPROVES) emergency exposure for the two mechanics. EVALUATOR'S NOTE:  COMMENTS:    _______ SAT  _______ UNSAT  STEP 2:  Report completion of Task. COMMENTS:      ** JPM COMPLETE **
Tools and Equipment Calculator Survey Data VPAP-2101 Safety Considerations None Notes  
STOP TIME:  ___________________________  Comments: __________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________________  ____________________________________________________________________________________________  ____________________________________________________________________________________________  ____________________________________________________________________________________________  ____________________________________________________________________________________________
Operator Directions Handout  (TO BE READ TO APPLICANT BY EXAMINER)    Task  Task is to be performed in the simulator. Directions  The evaluator will explain the initial conditions of the task to be performed and will provide the initiating cue. Ensure you indicate to the evaluator when you understand your assigned task. Initial Conditions  You are the Station Emergency Manager. Unit 1 experienced a LBLOCA today at 1330 hrs. An Alert was declared at 1340 based on EAL identifier FA1.1 due to loss of RCS barrier. All notifications have been made. The following unit conditions exist: o RMT is currently in service. o 1-SI-P-1A experienced excessive seal leakage and was spraying water on the motor. The pump has been secured. o 1-SI-P-1B is in service at this time. Maintenance has two mechanics standing by to repair the seal for 1-SI-P-1A. Both men are between the ages of 40-45. The calculated estimated TEDE dose is 12 Rem per individual. You are currently performing step 15 of EPIP-1.03. The Radiological Assessment Director (RAD) has performed EPIP-4.04 through step 9 as required and is waiting on authorization from you for emergency exposure. Initiating Cues  Here is the completed, up through step 9, EPIP-4.04 from the RAD. I need you to approve or disapprove the emergency exposure for the two mechanics. When you finish the actions necessary to accomplish this, please inform me.
Operator Directions Handout  (TO BE GIVEN TO APPLICANT)  Initial Conditions  You are the Station Emergency Manager. Unit 1 experienced a LBLOCA today at 1330 hrs. An Alert was declared at 1340 based on EAL identifier FA1.1 due to loss of RCS barrier. All notifications have been made. The following unit conditions exist: o RMT is currently in service. o 1-SI-P-1A experienced excessive seal leakage and was spraying water on the motor. The pump has been secured. o 1-SI-P-1B is in service at this time. Maintenance has two mechanics standing by to repair the seal for 1-SI-P-1A. Both men are between the ages of 40-45. The calculated estimated TEDE dose is 12 Rem per individual. You are currently performing step 15 of EPIP-1.03. The Radiological Assessment Director (RAD) has performed EPIP-4.04 through step 9 as required and is waiting on authorization from you for emergency exposure. Initiating Cues  Here is the completed, up through step 9, EPIP-4.04 from the RAD. I need you to approve or disapprove the emergency exposure for the two mechanics. When you finish the actions necessary to accomplish this, please inform me.
Surry 2014-301 Calculate Rad Dose            Page 1 of 9  U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission  Surry Power Station  SR2014301  Administrative Job Performance Measure G2.3.4 (RO 3.2 / SRO 3.7)    Applicant________________________________    Start Time___________________  Examiner_______________________________
Date ___________________________________  Stop Time___________________  Title Calculate Dose and Best Work Method K/A: G2.3.4 Knowledge of radiation exposure limits under normal or emergency conditions.  (3.2/3.7)  Applicability      Estimated Time  Actual Time ALL      30 Minutes                          Conditions  Task is to be PERFORMED in the classroom. Standards  Determines the maximum allowable time for opening 1-RH-MOV-1700 is 6 minutes. Initial Conditions:
Unit 1 has experienced a small break LOCA with a safety injection. The Operating Team is attempting to place the Residual Heat Removal System in service, but they are unable to open 1-RH-MOV-1700 from the Main Control Room. You have been tasked with entering Containment and locally opening 1-RH-MOV-1700. Your allowable dose limit for this job is 1800 mr. General area radiation levels have been manually estimated based on installed radiation monitor readings. Survey maps of the Unit 1 Containment are available, showing dose rates and one way travel time to reach the valve via the chosen route. Health Physics personnel are currently unavailable to provide assistance for dose determination.
Surry 2014-301 Calculate Rad Dose             Page 2 of 9 On the 3'6" elevation, travel time (one way) is all the way to 1-RH-MOV-1700. Calculate dose received on travel on the 3'6" based on pathway dose and not dose rate in loop room- time to walk across loop room floor to 1-RH-MOV-1700 is negligible. Initiating Cues   You have been directed to determine: 1. The maximum time you will have to open 1-RH-MOV-1700 without exceeding your allowable dose. Terminating Cues   Determines the maximum time for opening 1-RH-MOV-1700 without exceeding dose limits. Tools and Equipment   Calculator Survey Data VPAP-2101 Safety Considerations   None   Notes      


Surry 2014-301 Calculate Rad Dose             Page 3 of 9 PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST Notes to the Evaluator   Task critical elements are bolded and denoted by an asterisk (*). Provide survey map to candidate. START TIME:__________________             STEP 1:     Calculate path exposure to 1-RH-MOV-1700. STANDARD: ___ 1. (3 R/HR)(1000 MR/R)(1 HR/60 MIN)(1 MIN)(2 TRIPS) = 100 MR.   (Personnel Hatch to Stairway) ___ 2. (3 R/HR)(1000 MR/R)(1 HR/60 MIN)(3 MIN)(2 TRIPS) = 300 MR.     (Stairway)   ___ 3. (12 R/HR)(1000 MR/R)(1 HR/60 MIN)(2 MIN)(2 TRIPS) = 800 MR.     (Stairway on -3'6" to valve)   ___ 4.   (100 MR)+(300 MR)+(800MR) =
Surry 2014-301 Calculate Rad Dose Page 3 of 9 PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST Notes to the Evaluator Task critical elements are bolded and denoted by an asterisk (*).
Provide survey map to candidate.
START TIME:__________________
STEP 1:
Calculate path exposure to 1-RH-MOV-1700.
STANDARD:
___ 1.
(3 R/HR)(1000 MR/R)(1 HR/60 MIN)(1 MIN)(2 TRIPS) = 100 MR.
(Personnel Hatch to Stairway)
___ 2.
(3 R/HR)(1000 MR/R)(1 HR/60 MIN)(3 MIN)(2 TRIPS) = 300 MR.
(Stairway)
___ 3.
(12 R/HR)(1000 MR/R)(1 HR/60 MIN)(2 MIN)(2 TRIPS) = 800 MR.
(Stairway on -36 to valve)
___ 4.
(100 MR)+(300 MR)+(800MR) =
* 1200 MR.
* 1200 MR.
EVALUATOR'S NOTES: Total exposure via this path: 1200 mr. (acceptable band - 1699-1701 mr). THIS IS A CRITICAL STEP   COMMENTS:
EVALUATOR'S NOTES: Total exposure via this path: 1200 mr. (acceptable band - 1699-1701 mr). THIS IS A CRITICAL STEP COMMENTS:
_______ SAT _______ UNSAT STEP 2:
_______ SAT
Calculate remaining allowable exposure at valve. STANDARD:   __ 1. Allowable Dose to open the valve - (1800 MR) - (1200 MR) =
_______ UNSAT STEP 2:
* 600 MR EVALUATOR'S NOTES: Total allowable dose: 600 MR. THIS IS A CRITICAL STEP COMMENTS:     _______ SAT _______ UNSAT Surry 2014-301 Calculate Rad Dose             Page 4 of 9 STEP 3:     Determine the maximum allowable time the operator has to open 1-RH-MOV-1700. STANDARD:
Calculate remaining allowable exposure at valve.
___ 1. (600 MR)(HR/6R)(1R/1000 MR)(1 HR/60 MIN) =
STANDARD:
* 6 MIN.   (Personnel Hatch to Stairway)
__ 1.
EVALUATOR'S NOTES: Determines maximum allowable time to operate the valve is 6 minutes. THIS IS A CRITICAL STEP COMMENTS:     _______ SAT _______ UNSAT     STOP TIME:   ____________________________________________________________________________________  ____________________________________________________________________________________
Allowable Dose to open the valve - (1800 MR) - (1200 MR) =
____________________________________________________________________________________  ____________________________________________________________________________________  ____________________________________________________________________________________
* 600 MR EVALUATOR'S NOTES:
Operator Directions Handout (TO BE READ TO APPLICANT BY EXAMINER) Task   Task is to be performed in the classroom. Directions The evaluator will explain the initial conditions of the task to be performed and will provide the initiating cue. Ensure you indicate to the evaluator when you understand your assigned task. Initial Conditions:   Unit 1 has experienced a small break LOCA with a safety injection. The Operating Team is attempting to place the Residual Heat Removal System in service, but they are unable to open 1-RH-MOV-1700 from the Main Control Room. You have been tasked with entering Containment and locally opening 1-RH-MOV-1700. Your allowable dose limit for this job is 1800 mr. General area radiation levels have been manually estimated based on installed radiation monitor readings.
Total allowable dose: 600 MR. THIS IS A CRITICAL STEP COMMENTS:
_______ SAT
_______ UNSAT  
 
Surry 2014-301 Calculate Rad Dose Page 4 of 9 STEP 3:
Determine the maximum allowable time the operator has to open 1-RH-MOV-1700.
STANDARD:
___ 1.
(600 MR)(HR/6R)(1R/1000 MR)(1 HR/60 MIN) =
* 6 MIN.
(Personnel Hatch to Stairway)
EVALUATOR'S NOTES: Determines maximum allowable time to operate the valve is 6 minutes. THIS IS A CRITICAL STEP COMMENTS:
_______ SAT
_______ UNSAT STOP TIME:  
 
Operator Directions Handout (TO BE READ TO APPLICANT BY EXAMINER)
Task Task is to be performed in the classroom.
Directions The evaluator will explain the initial conditions of the task to be performed and will provide the initiating cue. Ensure you indicate to the evaluator when you understand your assigned task.
Initial Conditions:
Unit 1 has experienced a small break LOCA with a safety injection.
The Operating Team is attempting to place the Residual Heat Removal System in service, but they are unable to open 1-RH-MOV-1700 from the Main Control Room.
You have been tasked with entering Containment and locally opening 1-RH-MOV-1700.
Your allowable dose limit for this job is 1800 mr.
General area radiation levels have been manually estimated based on installed radiation monitor readings.
Survey maps of the Unit 1 Containment are available, showing dose rates and one way travel time to reach the valve via the chosen route.
Survey maps of the Unit 1 Containment are available, showing dose rates and one way travel time to reach the valve via the chosen route.
Health Physics personnel are currently unavailable to provide assistance for dose determination.
Health Physics personnel are currently unavailable to provide assistance for dose determination.
On the 3'6" elevation, travel time (one way) is all the way to 1-RH-MOV-1700. Calculate dose received on travel on the 3'6" based on pathway dose and not dose rate in loop room- time to walk across loop room floor to 1-RH-MOV-1700 is negligible. Initiating Cues   You have been directed to determine: 2. The maximum time you will have to open 1-RH-MOV-1700 without exceeding your allowable dose.
On the 36 elevation, travel time (one way) is all the way to 1-RH-MOV-1700. Calculate dose received on travel on the 36 based on pathway dose and not dose rate in loop room-time to walk across loop room floor to 1-RH-MOV-1700 is negligible.
Operator Directions Handout (TO BE GIVEN TO APPLICANT) Task   Task is to be performed in the classroom. Initial Conditions:
Initiating Cues You have been directed to determine:
Unit 1 has experienced a small break LOCA with a safety injection. The Operating Team is attempting to place the Residual Heat Removal System in service, but they are unable to open 1-RH-MOV-1700 from the Main Control Room. You have been tasked with entering Containment and locally opening 1-RH-MOV-1700. Your allowable dose limit for this job is 1800 mr. General area radiation levels have been manually estimated based on installed radiation monitor readings. Survey maps of the Unit 1 Containment are available, showing dose rates and one way travel time to reach the valve via the chosen route. Health Physics personnel are currently unavailable to provide assistance for dose determination. On the 3'6" elevation, travel time (one way) is all the way to 1-RH-MOV-1700. Calculate dose received on travel on the 3'6" based on pathway dose and not dose rate in loop room- time to walk across loop room floor to 1-RH-MOV-1700 is negligible. Initiating Cues You have been directed to determine: 1. The maximum time you will have to open 1-RH-MOV-1700 without exceeding your allowable dose.  
: 2. The maximum time you will have to open 1-RH-MOV-1700 without exceeding your allowable dose.  
 
Operator Directions Handout (TO BE GIVEN TO APPLICANT)
Task Task is to be performed in the classroom.
Initial Conditions:
Unit 1 has experienced a small break LOCA with a safety injection.
The Operating Team is attempting to place the Residual Heat Removal System in service, but they are unable to open 1-RH-MOV-1700 from the Main Control Room.
You have been tasked with entering Containment and locally opening 1-RH-MOV-1700.
Your allowable dose limit for this job is 1800 mr.
General area radiation levels have been manually estimated based on installed radiation monitor readings.
Survey maps of the Unit 1 Containment are available, showing dose rates and one way travel time to reach the valve via the chosen route.
Health Physics personnel are currently unavailable to provide assistance for dose determination.
On the 36 elevation, travel time (one way) is all the way to 1-RH-MOV-1700. Calculate dose received on travel on the 36 based on pathway dose and not dose rate in loop room-time to walk across loop room floor to 1-RH-MOV-1700 is negligible.
Initiating Cues You have been directed to determine:
: 1. The maximum time you will have to open 1-RH-MOV-1700 without exceeding your allowable dose.  
 
Surry 2014-301 Obtain Data for EPIP-2.01 Page 1 of 9 U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission Surry Power Station SR2014301 Administrative Job Performance Measure G 2.4.39 (RO 3.8 / SRO 3.7)
Applicant________________________________
Start Time___________________
Examiner_______________________________
Date ___________________________________
Stop Time___________________
Title Obtain Required information in accordance with EPIP-2.01, Notification of State and Local Governments.
K/A: G2.4.39 - Knowledge of RO responsibilities in emergency plan implementation.
Applicability Estimated Time Actual Time RO/SRO 12 Minutes Conditions Task may be PERFORMED in classroom or Simulator.
A simulated GENERAL EMERGENCY is in progress.
Standards Determines Meteorological data in accordance with EPIP-2.01, Notification of State and Local Governments.
Initiating Cues Nuclear Shift Manager direction.
Terminating Cues EPIP-2.01 steps 16-21 complete.
Procedures EPIP-2.01, Revision 43 Tools and Equipment Safety Considerations None None
 
Surry 2014-301 Obtain Data for EPIP-2.01 Page 2 of 9 Initial Conditions You are an extra Reactor Operator assisting the shift.
A General Emergency was declared one-half hour ago due to a LBLOCA.
Initial Notifications to the State and Local governments were made on time.
Initial Notification to the NRC was also made on time.
PCS is inoperable.
The Corporate Emergency Response Center reports that their link to our MET tower is inoperable.
Initiating Cues I am the Nuclear Shift Manager and you are the RO / BOP. You are to acquire the following MET data in accordance with EPIP-2.01 and give that information to the State and Local Emergency Communicator.
: 1) Temperature
: 2) Average Wind Direction
: 3) Wind Speed
: 4) Stability class Notes


Surry 2014-301 Obtain Data for EPIP-2.01               Page 1 of 9  U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission  Surry Power Station  SR2014301  Administrative Job Performance Measure G 2.4.39 (RO 3.8 / SRO 3.7)
Surry 2014-301 Obtain Data for EPIP-2.01 Page 3 of 9 PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST Simulator Set-up Enter the following Meter Overrides for MET PANEL Recorder Name Variable Name Initial Value Final Value Recorder Reading Wind Dir Upper MET_WIND_DIR_UPR 0.6111111 0
Applicant________________________________    Start Time___________________  Examiner_______________________________  Date ___________________________________  Stop Time___________________  Title  Obtain Required information in accordance with EPIP-2.01, Notification of State and Local Governments. K/A: G2.4.39 - Knowledge of RO responsibilities in emergency plan implementation. Applicability      Estimated Time  Actual Time RO/SRO      12 Minutes                          Conditions  Task may be PERFORMED in classroom or Simulator. A simulated GENERAL EMERGENCY is in progress. Standards  Determines Meteorological data in accordance with EPIP-2.01, Notification of State and Local Governments. Initiating Cues  Nuclear Shift Manager direction. Terminating Cues  EPIP-2.01 steps 16-21 complete. Procedures  EPIP-2.01, Revision 43  Tools and Equipment    Safety Considerations  None      None Surry 2014-301 Obtain Data for EPIP-2.01              Page 2 of 9 Initial Conditions  You are an extra Reactor Operator assisting the shift. A General Emergency was declared one-half hour ago due to a LBLOCA. Initial Notifications to the State and Local governments were made on time. Initial Notification to the NRC was also made on time. PCS is inoperable. The Corporate Emergency Response Center reports that their link to our MET tower is inoperable. Initiating Cues  I am the Nuclear Shift Manager and you are the RO / BOP. You are to acquire the following MET data in accordance with EPIP-2.01 and give that information to the State and Local Emergency Communicator. 1) Temperature 2) Average Wind Direction 3) Wind Speed  4) Stability class  Notes Surry 2014-301 Obtain Data for EPIP-2.01              Page 3 of 9  PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST Simulator Set-up   Enter the following Meter Overrides for MET PANEL Recorder Name Variable Name Initial Value Final Value Recorder Reading Wind Dir Upper MET_WIND_DIR_UPR 0.6111111 0 0o Wind Dir Lower MET_WIND_DIR_LWR 0.6111111 0 0o Wind Speed Upper MET_WIND_SPD_UPR 0.23 0.5 50 mph Wind Speed Lower MET_WIND_SPD_LWR 0.23 0.2 20 mph Ambient Temp. MET_TEMP 0.651852 0.763 90 oF Delta Temp MET_DELTAT 1.0 0.22 -1.1 Wind Dir Backup MET_WIND_DIR_BKP 0.611111 0.67 361.8 oF Wind Spd Backup MET_WIND_SPD_BKP 0.23 0.45 45 mph Sigma Theta MET_WIND- MET_SIGMA_THETA 0.28 0.4 20o         When complete the Recorders should look as shown below.
0o Wind Dir Lower MET_WIND_DIR_LWR 0.6111111 0
Surry 2014-301 Obtain Data for EPIP-2.01               Page 4 of 9   Notes to the Evaluator. Task critical elements are bolded and denoted by an asterisk (*). START TIME:   _________. STEP 1:   Determines EPIP-2.01 steps 16 provides procedural guidance for obtaining MET data. STANDARD:   a) Continuous Action Page directs RO to go to step 16. EVALUATOR'S NOTE:
0o Wind Speed Upper MET_WIND_SPD_UPR 0.23 0.5 50 mph Wind Speed Lower MET_WIND_SPD_LWR 0.23 0.2 20 mph Ambient Temp.
Candidate can also identify step 16 by review of procedure. COMMENTS:   _______ SAT _______ UNSAT   STEP 2: Notes: (Prior to Step 16) Data may be obtained from MET panel charts, PCS, the computer modem or local data logger (Described in 0-AP-20.03, LOSS OF METEOROLOGICAL MONITORING INSTRUMENTATION). Both the PCS EMCOMM feature and PCS Point Group #39, contains meteorological information averaged over the previous 15 minutes STANDARD:   a) Reads and acknowledges the Notes. EVALUATOR'S NOTE:   If asked: PCS is inoperable, you are to use the MET Data Recorder. COMMENTS:   _______ SAT _______ UNSAT Surry 2014-301 Obtain Data for EPIP-2.01               Page 5 of 9     STEP 3: Check ON-SITE METEOROLOGICAL INFORMATION - AVAILABLE. (Step 16) STANDARD:
MET_TEMP 0.651852 0.763 90 oF Delta Temp MET_DELTAT 1.0 0.22  
a) Determines that METEOROLOGICAL INFORMATION is available. b) Initials Step 16.
-1.1 Wind Dir Backup MET_WIND_DIR_BKP 0.611111 0.67 361.8 oF Wind Spd Backup MET_WIND_SPD_BKP 0.23 0.45 45 mph Sigma Theta MET_WIND-MET_SIGMA_THETA 0.28 0.4 20o When complete the Recorders should look as shown below.  
EVALUATOR'S NOTE:   If asked: MET information is available on site. COMMENTS:   _______ SAT
 
_______ UNSAT STEP 4: Get current on-site meteorological information as requested. (Step 17)   STANDARD: a) Candidate may obtain the information in any order. b) Initials Step 17. COMMENTS:   _______ SAT _______ UNSAT Surry 2014-301 Obtain Data for EPIP-2.01               Page 6 of 9 STEP 5: Get Temperature from Main Tower Temperature Indicator. (Step 18) STANDARD: a) Determines from MET Tower Primary Signal Recorder that Temperature is 90 oF. b) Records Temperature 90.0 oF on data sheet. c) Initials Step 18.
Surry 2014-301 Obtain Data for EPIP-2.01 Page 4 of 9 Notes to the Evaluator.
EVALUATOR'S NOTE:   Data sheet is provided to record indications, but candidate can write value on other paper. COMMENTS:       _______ SAT _______ UNSAT STEP 6: Notes: (Prior to Step 19)   Primary source of wind speed is the Main Tower Lower Level indicator. Alternate sources are (1) Backup Tower, and (2) Main Tower Upper Level. The Dose Assessment Team may direct the use of meteorological data from the Main Tower Upper Level, based on the nature of the release. STANDARD: a) Acknowledges Notes.
Task critical elements are bolded and denoted by an asterisk (*).
EVALUATOR'S NOTE:   If asked: The Dose Asessment Team has not made any requests. COMMENTS:
START TIME: _________.
_______ SAT _______ UNSAT Surry 2014-301 Obtain Data for EPIP-2.01               Page 7 of 9 STEP 7: GET WIND SPEED (Step 19)   STANDARD: a) Determines from MET Tower Primary Signal Recorder that Wind Speed is 20mph. b) Records Wind Speed 20.0 mph on data sheet. c) Initials Step 19 EVALUATOR'S NOTE: Note prior to Step 19 identifies the correct source for Wind Speed. Data sheet is provided to record indications, but candidate can write value on other paper   COMMENTS:   _______ SAT _______ UNSAT STEP 7: Notes: (Prior to Step 20) An approximate average wind direction for the previous 15 minutes should be determined. Primary source of wind direction is the Main Tower Lower Level indicator.
STEP 1:
Alternate sources are (1) Backup Tower, and (2) Main Tower Upper Level. STANDARD: a) Candidate reads and acknowledges Notes. EVALUATOR'S NOTE:
Determines EPIP-2.01 steps 16 provides procedural guidance for obtaining MET data.
STANDARD:
a) Continuous Action Page directs RO to go to step 16.
EVALUATORS NOTE:
Candidate can also identify step 16 by review of procedure.
COMMENTS:
_______ SAT
_______ UNSAT STEP 2:
Notes: (Prior to Step 16)
Data may be obtained from MET panel charts, PCS, the computer modem or local data logger (Described in 0-AP-20.03, LOSS OF METEOROLOGICAL MONITORING INSTRUMENTATION).
Both the PCS EMCOMM feature and PCS Point Group #39, contains meteorological information averaged over the previous 15 minutes STANDARD:
a) Reads and acknowledges the Notes.
EVALUATORS NOTE:
If asked: PCS is inoperable, you are to use the MET Data Recorder.
COMMENTS:
_______ SAT
_______ UNSAT  
 
Surry 2014-301 Obtain Data for EPIP-2.01 Page 5 of 9 STEP 3:
Check ON-SITE METEOROLOGICAL INFORMATION - AVAILABLE. (Step 16)
STANDARD:
a) Determines that METEOROLOGICAL INFORMATION is available.
b) Initials Step 16.
EVALUATORS NOTE:
If asked: MET information is available on site.
COMMENTS:
_______ SAT
_______ UNSAT STEP 4:
Get current on-site meteorological information as requested. (Step 17)
STANDARD:
a) Candidate may obtain the information in any order.
b) Initials Step 17.
COMMENTS:
_______ SAT
_______ UNSAT  
 
Surry 2014-301 Obtain Data for EPIP-2.01 Page 6 of 9 STEP 5:
Get Temperature from Main Tower Temperature Indicator. (Step 18)
STANDARD:
a) Determines from MET Tower Primary Signal Recorder that Temperature is 90 oF.
b) Records Temperature 90.0 oF on data sheet.
c) Initials Step 18.
EVALUATORS NOTE:
Data sheet is provided to record indications, but candidate can write value on other paper.
COMMENTS:
_______ SAT
_______ UNSAT STEP 6:
Notes: (Prior to Step 19)
Primary source of wind speed is the Main Tower Lower Level indicator.
Alternate sources are (1) Backup Tower, and (2) Main Tower Upper Level.
The Dose Assessment Team may direct the use of meteorological data from the Main Tower Upper Level, based on the nature of the release.
STANDARD:
a) Acknowledges Notes.
EVALUATORS NOTE:
If asked: The Dose Asessment Team has not made any requests.
COMMENTS:
_______ SAT
_______ UNSAT  
 
Surry 2014-301 Obtain Data for EPIP-2.01 Page 7 of 9 STEP 7:
GET WIND SPEED (Step 19)
STANDARD:
a) Determines from MET Tower Primary Signal Recorder that Wind Speed is 20mph.
b) Records Wind Speed 20.0 mph on data sheet.
c) Initials Step 19 EVALUATORS NOTE:
Note prior to Step 19 identifies the correct source for Wind Speed.
Data sheet is provided to record indications, but candidate can write value on other paper COMMENTS:
_______ SAT
_______ UNSAT STEP 7:
Notes: (Prior to Step 20)
An approximate average wind direction for the previous 15 minutes should be determined.
Primary source of wind direction is the Main Tower Lower Level indicator.
Alternate sources are (1) Backup Tower, and (2) Main Tower Upper Level.
STANDARD:
a) Candidate reads and acknowledges Notes.
EVALUATORS NOTE:
If asked: Time Compression: 15 minutes has been met.
If asked: Time Compression: 15 minutes has been met.
COMMENTS:   _______ SAT _______ UNSAT Surry 2014-301 Obtain Data for EPIP-2.01              Page 8 of 9  STEP 8:  GET AVERAGE WIND DIRECTION FROM PCS.  (Step 20)  STANDARD:  a) Determines PCS is NOT Available. b) Performs RNO gets Average Wind Direction from MET Recorder. c)    Records Wind Direction 0.0 reading on data sheet. c) Initials step. EVALUATOR'S NOTE:  Note prior to Step 20 identifies Primary source and Alternate source. Data sheet is provided to record indications, but candidate can write value on other paper. COMMENTS:    _______ SAT  _______ UNSAT STEP 9:  Notes: (Prior to Step 21)  Main Tower Delta T is the preferred source of stability class. Sigma Theta (Backup Tower) is the secondary source. The value closer to "G" should be used if unable to distinguish Delta T or Sigma Theta value. Numerical ranges presented below for Delta T and Sigma Theta are less than the range of the chart recorder and indicator in the Control Room. Indications are not expected to read outside the ranges found on these tables. STANDARD:  a) Candidate reads and acknowledges Notes. EVALUATOR'S NOTE:    COMMENTS:    _______ SAT  _______ UNSAT Surry 2014-301 Obtain Data for EPIP-2.01              Page 9 of 9  STEP 10:  DETERMINE STABILITY CLASS. (Step 21)    STANDARD:  a) Candidate determines Stability class using Delta T. Delta T is -1.1 oF from MET Tower Primary Recorder. b) Records Stability Class B on data sheet. c) Initials Step.
COMMENTS:
EVALUATOR'S NOTE:  Note prior to step 21 identifies the correct column (Delta T) to use. Data sheet is provided to record indications, but candidate can write value on other paper. COMMENTS:   
_______ SAT
_______ UNSAT  


_______ SAT _______ UNSAT
Surry 2014-301 Obtain Data for EPIP-2.01 Page 8 of 9 STEP 8:
GET AVERAGE WIND DIRECTION FROM PCS. (Step 20)
STANDARD:
a) Determines PCS is NOT Available.
b) Performs RNO gets Average Wind Direction from MET Recorder.
c) Records Wind Direction 0.0 reading on data sheet.
c) Initials step.
EVALUATORS NOTE:
Note prior to Step 20 identifies Primary source and Alternate source.
Data sheet is provided to record indications, but candidate can write value on other paper.
COMMENTS:
_______ SAT
_______ UNSAT STEP 9:
Notes: (Prior to Step 21)
Main Tower Delta T is the preferred source of stability class. Sigma Theta (Backup Tower) is the secondary source.
The value closer to G should be used if unable to distinguish Delta T or Sigma Theta value.
Numerical ranges presented below for Delta T and Sigma Theta are less than the range of the chart recorder and indicator in the Control Room. Indications are not expected to read outside the ranges found on these tables.
STANDARD:
a) Candidate reads and acknowledges Notes.
EVALUATORS NOTE:
COMMENTS:
_______ SAT
_______ UNSAT  


Surry 2014-301 Obtain Data for EPIP-2.01               Page 10 of 9 STEP 11: Provides MET data to Emergency Communicator. Temperature 90.0 oF Wind Speed 20.0 mph Wind Direction 0.0 Stability Class B  STANDARD:  a)
Surry 2014-301 Obtain Data for EPIP-2.01 Page 9 of 9 STEP 10:
* Provides MET Data as shown above. This is a critical step. EVALUATOR'S NOTE:
DETERMINE STABILITY CLASS. (Step 21)
Accept data as Emergency Communicator COMMENTS:  
STANDARD:
** JPM COMPLETE **  _______ SAT
a) Candidate determines Stability class using Delta T. Delta T is -1.1 oF from MET Tower Primary Recorder.
_______ UNSAT STOP TIME:  ___________________________  Comments: __________________________________________________________________________________  ____________________________________________________________________________________________
b) Records Stability Class B on data sheet.
____________________________________________________________________________________________  ____________________________________________________________________________________________  ____________________________________________________________________________________________
c) Initials Step.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
EVALUATORS NOTE:
____________________________________________________________________________________________
Note prior to step 21 identifies the correct column (Delta T) to use.
Surry 2014-301 Obtain Data for EPIP-2.01 Operator Directions Handout  (TO BE READ TO APPLICANT BY EXAMINER)  Directions  The evaluator will explain the initial conditions of the task to be performed and will provide the initiating cue. Ensure you indicate to the evaluator when you understand your assigned task. Initial Conditions  You are an extra Reactor Operator assisting the shift. A General Emergency was declared one-half hour ago due to a LBLOCA. Initial Notifications to the State and Local governments were made on time. Initial Notification to the NRC was also made on time. PCS is inoperable. The Corporate Emergency Response Center reports that their link to our MET tower is inoperable. Initiating Cues  I am the Nuclear Shift Manager and you are the RO / BOP. You are to acquire the following MET data in accordance with EPIP-2.01 and give that information to the State and Local Emergency Communicator. 1) Temperature 2) Average Wind Direction 3) Wind Speed  4) Stability class Surry 2014-301 Obtain Data for EPIP-2.01 Operator Directions Handout  (TO BE GIVEN TO APPLICANT)
Data sheet is provided to record indications, but candidate can write value on other paper.
Initial Conditions  You are an extra Reactor Operator assisting the shift. A General Emergency was declared one-half hour ago due to a LBLOCA. Initial Notifications to the State and Local governments were made on time. Initial Notification to the NRC was also made on time. PCS is inoperable. The Corporate Emergency Response Center reports that their link to our MET tower is inoperable. Initiating Cues  I am the Nuclear Shift Manager and you are the RO / BOP. You are to acquire the following MET data in accordance with EPIP-2.01 and give that information to the State and Local Emergency Communicator. 1) Temperature 2) Average Wind Direction 3) Wind Speed  4) Stability class Data Sheet  Temperature  Wind Speed  Wind Direction  Stability Class Surry 2014-301 Determine Classification and PAR  Page 1 of    U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission  Surry Power Station  SR2014301  Administrative Job Performance Measure 2.4.41(RO 2.9 / SRO 3.7)  Applicant________________________________    Start Time___________________  Examiner_______________________________  Date ___________________________________  Stop Time___________________  Title  CLASSIFY AN EVENT AND DETERMINE THE REQUIRED PAR ACTIONS  K/A: G2.4.41 - Knowledge of the emergency action level thresholds and classifications.  (2.9/4.6)  Applicability  Est Completion Time  Actual Time  SRO ONLY    20 Minutes (Portions **TC**) ___________  Conditions  Task is to be PERFORMED in the SIMULATOR or CLASSROOM. A simulated GENERAL EMERGENCY is in progress. Standards  Evaluate a given set of plant conditions and determine that a 'General Emergency' exists in accordance with EPIP-1.01 and the EAL table, and then determine that the appropriate PAR for that 'General Emergency' is PAR 'B'. Initiating Cues  Significant event notification. EPIP-1.01, Emergency Manager Controlling Procedure. Terminating Cues  EPIP-1.06, Step 8 Completed. Procedures  EPIP-1.01, Emergency Manager Controlling Procedure, Revision 56. EPIP-1.06, Protective Action Recommendations, Revision 10. Tools and Equipment    Safety Considerations  None      None Surry 2014-301 Determine Classification and PAR  Page 2 of    MAKE SURE YOU PROVIDE THE CORRECT CUE SHEET (PAGE 1, LAST PAGE OF THIS JPM) FOR THE PORTION OF THE TASK TO BE PERFORMED!!!!  Initial Conditions  You are the Nuclear Shift Manager. An event is in progress with plant conditions as follows:  The station has experienced a loss of offsite power due to grid collapse. The system operator reports 16 hours for power restoration to Surry's switchyard. Both units are currently at Hot Shutdown. When attempting to load the AAC diesel on the 1J bus, the 1J bus faulted and electricians have determined that extensive damage has occurred to the buswork with repairs estimated to take 4 days.  #1 EDG tripped on overspeed during start-up. Mechanics reset the overspeed, and when started, the diesel experienced extremely high vibrations and casing penetration by a piston, and was subsequently tripped locally. All radiation monitors indicate pre-event radiation levels. Unit 1 team is currently performing the actions of ECA-0.0, Loss of All AC power. Unit 2 team is completing the actions of ES-0.1, Reactor Trip Response. Initiating Cues  Here is a copy of EPIP 1.01, you are directed to classify this event in accordance with EPIP-1.01 and inform me of your classification as soon as it has been made. This portion of the JPM is TIME CRITICAL.
COMMENTS:
Surry 2014-301 Determine Classification and PAR  Page 1 of 18  Performance Checklist  Notes to the Evaluator. Task critical elements are denoted by an asterisk (*). If substeps of a critical element also have an asterisk (*), then only those asterisked substeps are critical to performance of that task element. Critical step sequencing requirements: 1 before 3. START TIME:  _________                      Evaluator's note- candidate may choose to make EAL classification straight from EAL tables and NOT implement steps of EPIP-1.01. Steps are given here as guidance. Critical task time ends when classification determined regardless of determination method. Caution and Note prior to step 1. CAUTION:  Declaration of the highest emergency class for which an Emergency Action Level is exceeded shall be made.
_______ SAT
NOTE:  The PCS is potentially unreliable in the event of an earthquake. Therefore, PCS parameters should be evaluated for accuracy should an earthquake occur.
_______ UNSAT  
Standards    (a) Acknowledges CAUTION and NOTE    Evaluator's Note    Evaluator's Comments    _______ SAT _______ UNSAT


Surry 2014-301 Determine Classification and PAR Page 2 of 18   EAL STEP 1:   EVALUATE EMERGENCY ACTION LEVELS: a) Determine event category using the applicable Emergency Action Level Matrix: Hot Conditions (RCS > 200 &deg;F) b) Review EAL associated with event category c) Use Control Room monitors, PCS, and outside reports to get indications of emergency conditions listed in the EAL Matrix d) Verify EAL - CURRENTLY EXCEEDED e) Initiate a chronological log of events   Standards   (a) Refers to the HOT chart   (b) Determines event category to be Loss of Power.   (c) Refers to given conditions to determine EAL applicability   (d) DETERMINES EAL SG1.1 GENERAL EMERGENCY to be met.   (e) Initiates (or verbalizes) a chronological log of events. Evaluator's Note: If candidate makes EAL determination at this step, record stop time. Evaluator's Comments   STOP TIME:   ___________               TIME CRITIAL- 15 minutes   _______ SAT _______ UNSAT Surry 2014-301 Determine Classification and PAR Page 3 of 18   EAL Step 2:   RECORD EAL IDENTIFIER, TIME EMERGENCY DECLARED AND SM/SEM NAME. Standards   (a) Determines that event is a General Emergency based on EAL SG1.1 (Loss of all offsite and onsite power to Unit 1 Emergency Busses H and J- This is a critical step.   (b) Classifies event as a GENERAL EMERGENCY- This is a critical step. Evaluator's Note: If candidate makes EAL determination at this step, record stop time.
Surry 2014-301 Obtain Data for EPIP-2.01 Page 10 of 9 STEP 11:
Evaluator's Comments   STOP TIME:   ___________               TIME CRITIAL- 15 minutes   _______ SAT _______ UNSAT   EAL Step 3:     ANNOUNCE THE FOLLOWING DECLARATIONS:   Station Emergency Manager position Emergency Classification EAL Time Declared Standards   (a) Makes announcement   Evaluator's Note   If candidate makes incorrect classification end the JPM at this point. Evaluator's Comments      _______ SAT  _______ UNSAT Surry 2014-301 Determine Classification and PAR  Page 4 of 18  EVALUATOR:  Take EPIP-1.01 into your possession at this time. HANDOUT PAGE 2 of OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS AT THIS TIME. Initial Conditions  A simulated GENERAL EMERGENCY is in progress. You are the Nuclear Shift Manager. A GENERAL EMERGENCY has been declared on SG1.1. EPIP-1.05, Response to General Emergency, Step 3 has been completed. The State and Local Communicator has determined wind direction to be (from) 180&deg; and speed to be 17 mph. There are no known impediments making evacuation dangerous. A dose assessment has not been made. All available radiation monitors indicate pre-event trends. Initiating Cues  Here's a copy of EPIP-1.06, Protective Action Recommendations. You are to complete EPIP-1.06, Protective Action Recommendations in its entirety. When you finish the actions necessary to accomplish this, please inform me. This portion of the JPM is TIME CRITICAL. Notes to the Evaluator.
Provides MET data to Emergency Communicator.
TIME CRITICAL REQUIREMENT:  This PAR must be identified and relayed to S&L communicators within 15 minutes. START TIME:                PAR Step 1:  Procedure Step 1  INITIATE PROCEDURE. Standards    Fills in Name, Time and Date on Step 1.      Evaluator's Comments    _______ SAT  _______ UNSAT  PAR Step 2:    Procedure Step 1 USE ATTACHMENT 1, PROTECTIVE ACTION    RECOMMENDATION MATRIX, TO DETERMINE INITIAL PAR    Standards  (a) Goes to Attachment 1. Evaluator's Comments    _______ SAT  _______ UNSAT Surry 2014-301 Determine Classification and PAR  Page 5 of 18  PAR Step 3:  Attachment 1 - Flowchart block 1-    Known impediments make evacuation dangerous. Standards    - Determines there are no known impediments that make evacuation dangerous.
Temperature 90.0 oF Wind Speed 20.0 mph Wind Direction 0.0 Stability Class B
Evaluator's Comments    _______ SAT  _______ UNSAT  PAR Step 4:  Attachment 1 - Flowchart block 2-      Radiological release in progress or has occurred related to the event. (YES or NO).      Standards    - Determines that no radiological release in progress. Evaluator's Comments    _______ SAT  _______ UNSAT Surry 2014-301 Determine Classification and PAR  Page 6 of 18  PAR Step 5:  Attachment 1 - Flowchart-    Evacuate 2 miles radius and 5 miles downwind.
STANDARD:
Standards  Determines that PAR B is required- This is a critical step.
a)
* Provides MET Data as shown above. This is a critical step.
EVALUATORS NOTE:
Accept data as Emergency Communicator COMMENTS:
JPM COMPLETE
_______ SAT
_______ UNSAT STOP TIME: ___________________________
Comments: __________________________________________________________________________________
 
Surry 2014-301 Obtain Data for EPIP-2.01 Operator Directions Handout (TO BE READ TO APPLICANT BY EXAMINER)
Directions The evaluator will explain the initial conditions of the task to be performed and will provide the initiating cue. Ensure you indicate to the evaluator when you understand your assigned task.
Initial Conditions You are an extra Reactor Operator assisting the shift.
A General Emergency was declared one-half hour ago due to a LBLOCA.
Initial Notifications to the State and Local governments were made on time.
Initial Notification to the NRC was also made on time.
PCS is inoperable.
The Corporate Emergency Response Center reports that their link to our MET tower is inoperable.
Initiating Cues I am the Nuclear Shift Manager and you are the RO / BOP. You are to acquire the following MET data in accordance with EPIP-2.01 and give that information to the State and Local Emergency Communicator.
: 1) Temperature
: 2) Average Wind Direction
: 3) Wind Speed
: 4) Stability class
 
Surry 2014-301 Obtain Data for EPIP-2.01 Operator Directions Handout (TO BE GIVEN TO APPLICANT)
Initial Conditions You are an extra Reactor Operator assisting the shift.
A General Emergency was declared one-half hour ago due to a LBLOCA.
Initial Notifications to the State and Local governments were made on time.
Initial Notification to the NRC was also made on time.
PCS is inoperable.
The Corporate Emergency Response Center reports that their link to our MET tower is inoperable.
Initiating Cues I am the Nuclear Shift Manager and you are the RO / BOP. You are to acquire the following MET data in accordance with EPIP-2.01 and give that information to the State and Local Emergency Communicator.
: 1) Temperature
: 2) Average Wind Direction
: 3) Wind Speed
: 4) Stability class Data Sheet Temperature Wind Speed Wind Direction Stability Class
 
Surry 2014-301 Determine Classification and PAR Page 1 of U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission Surry Power Station SR2014301 Administrative Job Performance Measure 2.4.41(RO 2.9 / SRO 3.7)
Applicant________________________________
Start Time___________________
Examiner_______________________________
Date ___________________________________
Stop Time___________________
Title CLASSIFY AN EVENT AND DETERMINE THE REQUIRED PAR ACTIONS K/A: G2.4.41 - Knowledge of the emergency action level thresholds and classifications. (2.9/4.6)
Applicability Est Completion Time Actual Time SRO ONLY 20 Minutes (Portions **TC**)
Conditions Task is to be PERFORMED in the SIMULATOR or CLASSROOM.
A simulated GENERAL EMERGENCY is in progress.
Standards Evaluate a given set of plant conditions and determine that a General Emergency exists in accordance with EPIP-1.01 and the EAL table, and then determine that the appropriate PAR for that General Emergency is PAR B.
Initiating Cues Significant event notification.
EPIP-1.01, Emergency Manager Controlling Procedure.
Terminating Cues EPIP-1.06, Step 8 Completed.
Procedures EPIP-1.01, Emergency Manager Controlling Procedure, Revision 56.
EPIP-1.06, Protective Action Recommendations, Revision 10.
Tools and Equipment Safety Considerations None None
 
Surry 2014-301 Determine Classification and PAR Page 2 of MAKE SURE YOU PROVIDE THE CORRECT CUE SHEET (PAGE 1, LAST PAGE OF THIS JPM) FOR THE PORTION OF THE TASK TO BE PERFORMED!!!!
Initial Conditions You are the Nuclear Shift Manager. An event is in progress with plant conditions as follows:
The station has experienced a loss of offsite power due to grid collapse. The system operator reports 16 hours for power restoration to Surrys switchyard.
Both units are currently at Hot Shutdown.
When attempting to load the AAC diesel on the 1J bus, the 1J bus faulted and electricians have determined that extensive damage has occurred to the buswork with repairs estimated to take 4 days.
#1 EDG tripped on overspeed during start-up. Mechanics reset the overspeed, and when started, the diesel experienced extremely high vibrations and casing penetration by a piston, and was subsequently tripped locally.
All radiation monitors indicate pre-event radiation levels.
Unit 1 team is currently performing the actions of ECA-0.0, Loss of All AC power.
Unit 2 team is completing the actions of ES-0.1, Reactor Trip Response.
Initiating Cues Here is a copy of EPIP 1.01, you are directed to classify this event in accordance with EPIP-1.01 and inform me of your classification as soon as it has been made.
This portion of the JPM is TIME CRITICAL.
 
Surry 2014-301 Determine Classification and PAR Page 1 of 18 Performance Checklist Notes to the Evaluator.
Task critical elements are denoted by an asterisk (*). If substeps of a critical element also have an asterisk (*),
then only those asterisked substeps are critical to performance of that task element.
Critical step sequencing requirements: 1 before 3.
START TIME: _________
Evaluators note-candidate may choose to make EAL classification straight from EAL tables and NOT implement steps of EPIP-1.01. Steps are given here as guidance.
Critical task time ends when classification determined regardless of determination method.
Caution and Note prior to step 1.
CAUTION: Declaration of the highest emergency class for which an Emergency Action Level is exceeded shall be made.
NOTE:
The PCS is potentially unreliable in the event of an earthquake. Therefore, PCS parameters should be evaluated for accuracy should an earthquake occur.
Standards (a)
Acknowledges CAUTION and NOTE Evaluators Note Evaluator's Comments
_______ SAT
_______ UNSAT
 
Surry 2014-301 Determine Classification and PAR Page 2 of 18 EAL STEP 1:
EVALUATE EMERGENCY ACTION LEVELS:
a) Determine event category using the applicable Emergency Action Level Matrix:
Hot Conditions (RCS > 200 &deg;F)
Cold Conditions (RCS 200 &deg;F) b) Review EAL associated with event category c) Use Control Room monitors, PCS, and outside reports to get indications of emergency conditions listed in the EAL Matrix d) Verify EAL - CURRENTLY EXCEEDED e) Initiate a chronological log of events Standards (a)
Refers to the HOT chart (b)
Determines event category to be Loss of Power.
(c)
Refers to given conditions to determine EAL applicability (d)
DETERMINES EAL SG1.1 GENERAL EMERGENCY to be met.
(e)
Initiates (or verbalizes) a chronological log of events.
Evaluators Note: If candidate makes EAL determination at this step, record stop time.
Evaluator's Comments STOP TIME: ___________
TIME CRITIAL-15 minutes
_______ SAT
_______ UNSAT  
 
Surry 2014-301 Determine Classification and PAR Page 3 of 18 EAL Step 2:
RECORD EAL IDENTIFIER, TIME EMERGENCY DECLARED AND SM/SEM NAME.
Standards (a)
Determines that event is a General Emergency based on EAL SG1.1 (Loss of all offsite and onsite power to Unit 1 Emergency Busses H and J-This is a critical step.
(b)
Classifies event as a GENERAL EMERGENCY-This is a critical step.
Evaluators Note: If candidate makes EAL determination at this step, record stop time.
Evaluator's Comments STOP TIME: ___________
TIME CRITIAL-15 minutes
_______ SAT
_______ UNSAT EAL Step 3:
ANNOUNCE THE FOLLOWING DECLARATIONS:
Station Emergency Manager position Emergency Classification EAL Time Declared Standards (a)
Makes announcement Evaluators Note If candidate makes incorrect classification end the JPM at this point.
Evaluator's Comments
Evaluator's Comments
_______ SAT _______ UNSAT Surry 2014-301 Determine Classification and PAR  Page 7 of 18  PAR Step 6 Evaluator's note - Candidate will now return to step 3 of the procedure (attachment 1 items complete)    Notes prior to step 3-    ATTACHMENT 2, AFFECTED SECTOR(S) MAP, is to be used for all PAR developments from this procedure. ATTACHMENT 2, AFFECTED SECOTR(S) MAP is not to be used for PARs developed IAW EPIP-4.07, PROTECTECTIVE MEASURES. Standards  -  Acknowledges notes    CUES    - None    Evaluator's Comments    _______ SAT  _______ UNSAT  PAR Step 7 Procedure Step 3 IMPLEMENT ATTACHMENT 2, AFFECTED SECTOR(S) MAP: a) Record time wind data acquired. b) Record average wind direction from, in degrees and compass point. c) Record average wind speed in mph. d) Record affected sectors. e) Mark affected sectors on map (use any writing implement available, e.g.,
_______ SAT
pen, pencil, highlighter etc.) f) GO TO Step 6    Standards  - Completes attachment 2 as follows:
_______ UNSAT  
* At (now) wind direction from 180&deg; (S), Wind Speed 17 mph, Sectors RAB.    -  Using attachment 5 (as per the note), determines that affected sectors are    R, A, B. CUES    - If asked: Met data obtained at JPM start time.
Evaluator's Comments    _______ SAT  _______ UNSAT Surry 2014-301 Determine Classification and PAR  Page 8 of 18  PAR Step 8  Procedure Step 6  COMPLETE ATTACHMENT 3, PROTECTIVE ACTION RECOMMENDATION FORM:  a) Protective Action Recommendation: 1) Mark appropriate PAR box(s) 2) Record Mile radius and Miles downwind 3) Record Downwind Sectors b) Remarks/Approval Information: 1) Record Remarks (optional) 2) Approve PAR (sign report) 3) Record date and time report approved    Standards  - Completes item 1 of attachment 3 by marking EVACUATE 2 mile radius (360&deg;) and 5 miles downwind in the following sectors R, A, B - this is a critical step.  - Completes item 2 by signing and entering the current time and date.
Evaluator's Note    None    CUES  If asked: None Evaluator's Comments    _______ SAT  _______ UNSAT Surry 2014-301 Determine Classification and PAR  Page 9 of 18  PAR Step 9  Procedure Step 7 - HAVE EMERGENCY COMMUNICATORS NOTIFY OFF-SITE AUTHORITIES OF PAR:  - Virginia Emergency Operations Center notified IAW:  EPIP-1.06, PROTECTIVE ACTION RECOMMENDATIONS OR  EPIP-4.07, PROTECTIVE MEASURES - NRC notified IAW EPIP-2.02, NOTIFICATION OF NRC (notification made from Control Room or TSC, when activated) - NRC notified IAW EPIP-4.33, HEALTH PHYSICS NETWORK COMMUNICATIONS (notifications made from TSC or LEOF/CEOF only after NRC requests HPN be established)    Standards    (a) Directs State and Local EC to notify Virginia EOC - this is a critical step.  (b) Directs NRC EC. CUES  Tell SRO:  State and Local EC will transmit PAR to Virginia EOC. Tell SRO: NRC EC will notify NRC of PAR. If asked:  HPN has not been requested yet. Evaluator's Note    This step must be complete within 15 minutes of start of task. Record Time: ______    Evaluator's Comments    _______ SAT  _______ UNSAT Surry 2014-301 Determine Classification and PAR  Page 10 of 18  PAR Step 10  Procedure Step 8 -  CHECK IF CURRENT PROTECTIVE ACTION RECOMMENDATION - INITIAL PAR. Standards    Determines this is current PAR from    CUES  If Asked:  This is the initial PAR.
Evaluator's Comments  _______ SAT  _______ UNSAT  PAR Step 11 Procedure Step 9 -  HAVE RADIOLOGICAL ASSESSMENT DIRECTOR (RAD) IMPLEMENT EPIP-4.07, PROTECTIVE MEASURES [RADIOLOGICAL ASSESSMENT COORDINATOR (RAC) IF IN LEOF/CEOF]    Standards Tells Evaluator to Initiate EPIP-4.07. CUES  Tell SRO:  EPIP-4.07 has been initiated. Evaluator's Comments  _______ SAT  _______ UNSAT  PAR Step 12  CAUTION prior to step 10  Previously issued Protective Action Recommendations should not be reduced until the threat is fully under control and after consulting with Commonwealth of Virginia emergency response organization  Standards SRO Acknowledges the Caution. CUES    Evaluator's Comments    _______ SAT  _______ UNSAT  PAR Step 13  NOTE prior to step 10  _______ SAT Surry 2014-301 Determine Classification and PAR  Page 11 of 18  A "Shelter-in-Place" recommendation may supersede a "Radiological Evacuation" recommendation based on known impediments. Standards    SRO Acknowledges the Note. CUES    Evaluator's Comments  _______ UNSAT  PAR Step 14  Procedure Step 10      Standards (a) Determines that no conditions at this time necessitate a change to the current PAR. CUES  If asked:  HP does not recommend a radiological based PAR or implementation of Potassium Iodide strategies. If asked:  Met data remains as previously reported. Evaluator's Comments    _______ SAT  _______ UNSAT Surry 2014-301 Determine Classification and PAR  Page 12 of 18  PAR Step 15    Procedure Step 11 - CHECK EMERGENCY - TERMINATED    Standards    (a) Asks Evaluator if Emergency is terminated.    (b) Asks Evaluator if RAD/RAC recommends a PAR change.    (c) Determines Procedure is completed until conditions change. CUES    If asked: Emergency classification is still in effect. If asked: RAD/RAC does not recommend a PAR change at this time. Evaluator's Comments    STOP TIME:                            _______ SAT  _______ UNSAT  


Surry 2014-301 Determine Classification and PAR Page 13 of 18  KEY Surry 2014-301 Determine Classification and PAR  Page 14 of 18  Evaluator's Summary  CLASSIFY AN EVENT AND DETERMINE THE REQUIRED PAR ACTIONS Surry 2014-301 Determine Classification and PAR  Page 15 of 18 PAGE 1  Operator Directions Handout  (TO BE READ TO APPLICANT BY EXAMINER)  Directions  The evaluator will explain the initial conditions of the task to be performed and will provide the initiating cue. Ensure you indicate to the evaluator when you understand your assigned task. Initial Conditions  You are the Nuclear Shift Manager. An event is in progress with plant conditions as follows: The station has experienced a loss of offsite power due to grid collapse. The system operator reports 16 hours for power restoration to Surry's switchyard. Both units are currently at Hot Shutdown. When attempting to load the AAC diesel on the 1J bus, the 1J bus faulted and electricians have determined that extensive damage has occurred to the buswork with repairs estimated to take 4 days.  #1 EDG tripped on overspeed during start-up. Mechanics reset the overspeed, and when started, the diesel experienced extremely high vibrations and casing penetration by a piston, and was subsequently tripped locally. All radiation monitors indicate pre-event radiation levels. Unit 1 team is currently performing the actions of ECA-0.0, Loss of All AC power. Unit 2 team is completing the actions of ES-0.1, Reactor Trip Response. Initiating Cues  Here is a copy of EPIP 1.01, you are directed to classify this event in accordance with EPIP-1.01 and inform me of your classification as soon as it has been made. This portion of the JPM is TIME CRITICAL.
Surry 2014-301 Determine Classification and PAR Page 4 of 18 EVALUATOR:
Surry 2014-301 Determine Classification and PAR  Page 16 of 18  PAGE 2  Operator Directions Handout  (TO BE READ TO APPLICANT BY EXAMINER)    Initial Conditions   A simulated GENERAL EMERGENCY is in progress. You are the Nuclear Shift Manager. A GENERAL EMERGENCY has been declared on SG1.1. EPIP-1.05, Response to General Emergency, Step 3 has been completed. The State and Local Communicator has determined wind direction to be (from) 180&deg; and speed to be 17 mph. There are no known impediments making evacuation dangerous. A dose assessment has not been made. All available radiation monitors indicate pre-event trends. Initiating Cues   Here's a copy of EPIP-1.06, Protective Action Recommendations. You are to complete EPIP-1.06, Protective Action Recommendations in its entirety. When you finish the actions necessary to accomplish this, please inform me. This portion of the JPM is TIME CRITICAL.  
Take EPIP-1.01 into your possession at this time.
HANDOUT PAGE 2 of OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS AT THIS TIME.
Initial Conditions A simulated GENERAL EMERGENCY is in progress.
You are the Nuclear Shift Manager. A GENERAL EMERGENCY has been declared on SG1.1.
EPIP-1.05, Response to General Emergency, Step 3 has been completed.
The State and Local Communicator has determined wind direction to be (from) 180&deg; and speed to be 17 mph.
There are no known impediments making evacuation dangerous.
A dose assessment has not been made.
All available radiation monitors indicate pre-event trends.
Initiating Cues Here's a copy of EPIP-1.06, Protective Action Recommendations. You are to complete EPIP-1.06, Protective Action Recommendations in its entirety.
When you finish the actions necessary to accomplish this, please inform me.
This portion of the JPM is TIME CRITICAL.
Notes to the Evaluator.
TIME CRITICAL REQUIREMENT:
This PAR must be identified and relayed to S&L communicators within 15 minutes.
START TIME:
PAR Step 1:
Procedure Step 1 INITIATE PROCEDURE.
Standards Fills in Name, Time and Date on Step 1.
Evaluator's Comments
_______ SAT
_______ UNSAT PAR Step 2:
Procedure Step 1 USE ATTACHMENT 1, PROTECTIVE ACTION RECOMMENDATION MATRIX, TO DETERMINE INITIAL PAR Standards (a)
Goes to Attachment 1.
Evaluator's Comments
_______ SAT
_______ UNSAT


PAGE 2 Operator Directions Handout (TO BE GIVEN TO APPLICANT)     Initial Conditions  A simulated GENERAL EMERGENCY is in progress. You are the Nuclear Shift Manager. A GENERAL EMERGENCY has been declared on SG1.1. EPIP-1.05, Response to General Emergency, Step 3 has been completed. The State and Local Communicator has determined wind direction to be (from) 180&deg; and speed to be 17 mph. There are no known impediments making evacuation dangerous. A dose assessment has not been made. All available radiation monitors indicate pre-event trends. Initiating Cues  Here's a copy of EPIP-1.06, Protective Action Recommendations. You are to complete EPIP-1.06, Protective Action Recommendations in its entirety. When you finish the actions necessary to accomplish this, please inform me. This portion of the JPM is TIME CRITICAL.
Surry 2014-301 Determine Classification and PAR Page 5 of 18 PAR Step 3:
PAGE 1 Operator Directions Handout  (TO BE GIVEN TO APPLICANT)     Initial Conditions  You are the Nuclear Shift Manager. An event is in progress with plant conditions as follows: The station has experienced a loss of offsite power due to grid collapse. The system operator reports 16 hours for power restoration to Surry's switchyard. Both units are currently at Hot Shutdown. When attempting to load the AAC diesel on the 1J bus, the 1J bus faulted and electricians have determined that extensive damage has occurred to the buswork with repairs estimated to take 4 days.  #1 EDG tripped on overspeed during start-up. Mechanics reset the overspeed, and when started, the diesel experienced extremely high vibrations and casing penetration by a piston, and was subsequently tripped locally. All radiation monitors indicate pre-event radiation levels. Unit 1 team is currently performing the actions of ECA-0.0, Loss of All AC power. Unit 2 team is completing the actions of ES-0.1, Reactor Trip Response. Initiating Cues  Here is a copy of EPIP 1.01, you are directed to classify this event in accordance with EPIP-1.01 and inform me of your classification as soon as it has been made. This portion of the JPM is TIME CRITICAL Surry 2014-301 Quadrant Power Tilt Calculation              Page 1 of 9  U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission  Surry Power Station  SR14301  Administrative Job Performance Measure G2.1.7  Applicant________________________________    Start Time___________________
  - Flowchart block 1-Known impediments make evacuation dangerous.
Examiner_______________________________
Standards
- Determines there are no known impediments that make evacuation dangerous.
Evaluator's Comments
_______ SAT
_______ UNSAT PAR Step 4:
  - Flowchart block 2-Radiological release in progress or has occurred related to the event. (YES or NO).
Standards
- Determines that no radiological release in progress.
Evaluator's Comments
_______ SAT
_______ UNSAT
 
Surry 2014-301 Determine Classification and PAR Page 6 of 18 PAR Step 5:
- Flowchart-Evacuate 2 miles radius and 5 miles downwind.
Standards Determines that PAR B is required-This is a critical step.
Evaluator's Comments
_______ SAT
_______ UNSAT
 
Surry 2014-301 Determine Classification and PAR Page 7 of 18 PAR Step 6 Evaluators note - Candidate will now return to step 3 of the procedure (attachment 1 items complete)
Notes prior to step 3-ATTACHMENT 2, AFFECTED SECTOR(S) MAP, is to be used for all PAR developments from this procedure. ATTACHMENT 2, AFFECTED SECOTR(S) MAP is not to be used for PARs developed IAW EPIP-4.07, PROTECTECTIVE MEASURES.
Standards
- Acknowledges notes CUES
- None Evaluator's Comments
_______ SAT
_______ UNSAT PAR Step 7 Procedure Step 3 IMPLEMENT ATTACHMENT 2, AFFECTED SECTOR(S) MAP:
a) Record time wind data acquired.
b) Record average wind direction from, in degrees and compass point.
c) Record average wind speed in mph.
d) Record affected sectors.
e) Mark affected sectors on map (use any writing implement available, e.g.,
pen, pencil, highlighter etc.)
f)
GO TO Step 6 Standards Completes attachment 2 as follows:
* At (now) wind direction from 180&deg; (S), Wind Speed 17 mph, Sectors RAB.  
- Using attachment 5 (as per the note), determines that affected sectors are R, A, B.
CUES
- If asked: Met data obtained at JPM start time.
Evaluator's Comments
_______ SAT
_______ UNSAT
 
Surry 2014-301 Determine Classification and PAR Page 8 of 18 PAR Step 8 Procedure Step 6 COMPLETE ATTACHMENT 3, PROTECTIVE ACTION RECOMMENDATION FORM:
a) Protective Action Recommendation:
: 1) Mark appropriate PAR box(s)
: 2) Record Mile radius and Miles downwind
: 3) Record Downwind Sectors b) Remarks/Approval Information:
: 1) Record Remarks (optional)
: 2) Approve PAR (sign report)
: 3) Record date and time report approved Standards Completes item 1 of attachment 3 by marking EVACUATE 2 mile radius (360&deg;) and 5 miles downwind in the following sectors R, A, B -
this is a critical step.
Completes item 2 by signing and entering the current time and date.
Evaluators Note None CUES If asked: None Evaluator's Comments
_______ SAT
_______ UNSAT
 
Surry 2014-301 Determine Classification and PAR Page 9 of 18 PAR Step 9 Procedure Step 7 - HAVE EMERGENCY COMMUNICATORS NOTIFY OFF-SITE AUTHORITIES OF PAR:
Virginia Emergency Operations Center notified IAW:
EPIP-1.06, PROTECTIVE ACTION RECOMMENDATIONS OR EPIP-4.07, PROTECTIVE MEASURES NRC notified IAW EPIP-2.02, NOTIFICATION OF NRC (notification made from Control Room or TSC, when activated)
NRC notified IAW EPIP-4.33, HEALTH PHYSICS NETWORK COMMUNICATIONS (notifications made from TSC or LEOF/CEOF only after NRC requests HPN be established)
Standards (a)
Directs State and Local EC to notify Virginia EOC - this is a critical step.
(b)
Directs NRC EC.
CUES Tell SRO: State and Local EC will transmit PAR to Virginia EOC.
Tell SRO: NRC EC will notify NRC of PAR.
If asked: HPN has not been requested yet.
Evaluator's Note This step must be complete within 15 minutes of start of task.
Record Time: ______
Evaluator's Comments
_______ SAT
_______ UNSAT


Date ___________________________________  Stop Time___________________  Title  Perform a Quadrant Power Tilt Calculation. K/A: G.2.1.7 Ability to evaluate plant performance and make operational judgments based on operating characteristics, reactor behavior, and instrument interpretation. Applicability      Estimated Time  Actual Time  RO/SRO(D)/SRO(U)    15 Minutes                        Conditions Task is to be PERFORMED in the classroom. Standards Correctly calculates Quadrant Power Tilt for given core conditions on the Calculation of Excore Quadrant Power Tilt Ratios, Attachment 6 of 0-AP-1.00, Rod Control Malfunction. Initiating Cues A dropped rod has occurred on Unit 1. A Quadrant Power Tilt Calculation needs to be performed as directed by 0-AP-1.00. Rod Control System Malfunction. When you have determined the Quadrant Power Tilt, inform the examiner. Terminating Cues Applicant has completed the QPTR Calculation. Tools and Equipment Calculator  NIS Setpoints and Power Range Currents Data Sheet  Safety Considerations None Surry 2014-301 Quadrant Power Tilt Calculation              Page 2 of 9 Initial Conditions:  Unit 1 operating at 100% power. o Control Rod D-10, Control Bank B, Group 1 dropped and is currently indicating 0 steps. Initiating Cues  Control Rod D-10, Control Bank B, has dropped on Unit 1. A Quadrant Power Tilt Calculation needs to be performed as directed by 0-AP-1.00, Rod Control System Malfunction, Step 15. The Shift Manager directs you to perform the Quadrant Power Tilt Calculation in accordance with Attachment 6, Calculation of Excore Quadrant Power Tilt Ratios. You are to perform these calculations to 4 significant digits. You are provided a copy of the Power Range Currents from the NIS Data Book providing Normalized Values. When you have determined the Quadrant Power Tilt, inform the examiner.
Surry 2014-301 Determine Classification and PAR Page 10 of 18 PAR Step 10 Procedure Step 8 -
Notes  Actual detector currents taken from the Power Range NIs:  N-41 Upper Detector Current  120.5 N-41 Lower Detector Current  124.2  N-42 Upper Detector Current  96.5 N-42 Lower Detector Current  94.23 N-43 Upper Detector Current  114.7 N-43 Lower Detector Current  115.5  N-44 Upper Detector Current  119.1 N-44 Lower Detector Current  121.8 Surry 2014-301 Quadrant Power Tilt Calculation              Page 3 of 9  PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST  Notes to the Evaluator   Task critical elements are bolded and denoted by an asterisk (*). At the completion of the JPM all SRO Candidates will have a Follow-Up question. START TIME: ____________          STEP 1: Acknowledges NOTE prior to Step 1 of Att. 6.
CHECK IF CURRENT PROTECTIVE ACTION RECOMMENDATION - INITIAL PAR.
Calculations for QPTR should be carried out to four places to the right of the decimal place to provide accuracy and consistency of results. _______ SAT
Standards Determines this is current PAR from CUES If Asked: This is the initial PAR.
_______ UNSAT   STEP 2:  [Step 1, Att. 6] a) Record Reactor Power, Date, and Time in appropriate blocks. b) Initials Step 1.
Evaluator's Comments
STANDARD:  Records 100% for Reactor Power block, Current Date in Date block, Time in Time block. EVALUATOR'S NOTE:  If Asked: Current Reactor Power is 100%. If Asked: Use todays date. If Asked: Use current time.
_______ SAT
COMMENTS:    _______ SAT  _______ UNSAT STEP 3:  [Step 2, Att. 6] a) Transcribes information from data sheets onto 0-AP-1.00, Attachment 6, Calculation of Excore Quadrant Power Tilt Ratios, Step 2 Table.
_______ UNSAT PAR Step 11 Procedure Step 9 -
STANDARD:  Places PR NI currents and Normalized Currents in appropriate location on Calculation of Excore Quadrant Power Tilt Ratios. COMMENTS:   _______ SAT  _______ UNSAT Surry 2014-301 Quadrant Power Tilt Calculation              Page 4 of 9  STEP 4:  [STEP 3, Att. 6] a) Performs calculations to obtain normalized values for Upper Detectors. STANDARD:  a) Divides Upper Detector current by Normalized currents for each detector. EVALUATOR' S NOTE: (See attached Calculation of Excore Quadrant Power Tilt Ratios for calculations.)  COMMENTS:    _______ SAT
HAVE RADIOLOGICAL ASSESSMENT DIRECTOR (RAD) IMPLEMENT EPIP-4.07, PROTECTIVE MEASURES [RADIOLOGICAL ASSESSMENT COORDINATOR (RAC) IF IN LEOF/CEOF]
_______ UNSAT STEP 5:  [STEP 3, Att. 6] a) Performs calculations to obtain Sum of normalized values for Upper Detectors. STANDARD:  a) Adds Upper Detector Normalized currents for all Upper detectors  EVALUATOR' S NOTE: (See attached Calculation of Excore Quadrant Power Tilt Ratios for calculations. COMMENTS:    _______ SAT _______ UNSAT STEP 6:  [STEP 3, Att. 6] a) Performs calculations to obtain normalized values for Lower Detectors. STANDARD: a) Divides Lower Detector current by Normalized currents for each detector.
Standards Tells Evaluator to Initiate EPIP-4.07.
EVALUATOR' S NOTE: (See attached Calculation of Excore Quadrant Power Tilt Ratios for calculations.)  COMMENTS:    _______ SAT _______ UNSAT 
CUES Tell SRO: EPIP-4.07 has been initiated.
Evaluator's Comments
_______ SAT
_______ UNSAT PAR Step 12 CAUTION prior to step 10 Previously issued Protective Action Recommendations should not be reduced until the threat is fully under control and after consulting with Commonwealth of Virginia emergency response organization Standards SRO Acknowledges the Caution.
CUES Evaluator's Comments
_______ SAT
_______ UNSAT PAR Step 13 NOTE prior to step 10
_______ SAT  


Surry 2014-301 Quadrant Power Tilt Calculation              Page 5 of 9  STEP 7:  [Step 3, Att. 6] a) Performs calculations to obtain Sum of normalized values for Lower Detectors. STANDARD: a) Adds Lower Detector Normalized currents for all Lower Detectors. b) Initials Step 3 of Attachment 6. EVALUATOR' S NOTE: (See attached Calculation of Excore Quadrant Power Tilt Ratios for calculations.)  COMMENTS:    _______ SAT  _______ UNSAT STEP 8:  [Step 4, Att. 6] a) Records the Number of Detectors in use. b) Initials Step 4. STANDARD: a) Records the Number of Detectors in Step 4; b) Initials Step 4.
Surry 2014-301 Determine Classification and PAR Page 11 of 18 A Shelter-in-Place recommendation may supersede a Radiological Evacuation recommendation based on known impediments.
EVALUATOR' S NOTE: (See attached Calculation of Excore Quadrant Power Tilt Ratios for calculations.)  If Asked: All 4 Detectors are used. COMMENTS:    _______ SAT
Standards SRO Acknowledges the Note.
_______ UNSAT STEP 9:  [Step 5, Att. 6] a) Calculates the average upper and lower detector current values. STANDARD: a) Transcribes Upper and Lower detector Sum of Normalized Values from Step 3 of Attachment 6. b) Divides each Sum by the number of Detectors in use. c) Initials Step 5.
CUES Evaluator's Comments
EVALUATOR' S NOTE: (See attached Calculation of Excore Quadrant Power Tilt Ratios for calculations.)
_______ UNSAT PAR Step 14 Procedure Step 10 Standards (a)
COMMENTS:    _______ SAT
Determines that no conditions at this time necessitate a change to the current PAR.
_______ UNSAT
CUES If asked: HP does not recommend a radiological based PAR or implementation of Potassium Iodide strategies.
If asked: Met data remains as previously reported.
Evaluator's Comments
_______ SAT
_______ UNSAT  


Surry 2014-301 Quadrant Power Tilt Calculation              Page 6 of 9  STEP 10:  [Step 6, Att. 6] a) From Step 3, Record the following values. STANDARD:
Surry 2014-301 Determine Classification and PAR Page 12 of 18 PAR Step 15 Procedure Step 11 - CHECK EMERGENCY - TERMINATED Standards (a)
* a) Records the Maximum Normalized Upper Detector Current from Step 3 (N41 value of 1.0143.)
Asks Evaluator if Emergency is terminated.
* b) Records the Maximum Normalized Lower Detector Current From Step 3 (N41 value of 1.0393.)  c) Initials Step 6 of Attachment 6. EVALUATOR' S NOTE: (See attached Calculation of Excore Quadrant Power Tilt Ratios for calculations.)  COMMENTS:    _______ SAT
(b)
_______ UNSAT STEP 11:  [Step 7, Att. 6] a) Calculates the maximum upper and lower Excore Quadrant Power Tilt Ratios. STANDARD: a) Divides Maximum Upper channel current by the Average Upper Detector currents to determine the Upper Excore Quadrant Power Tilt Ratio. b) Divides Maximum Lower channel current by the Average Lower Detector current to determine the Lower Excore Quadrant Power Tilt Ratio. c) Initials Step 7 of Attachment 6. EVALUATOR' S NOTE: (See attached Calculation of Excore Quadrant Power Tilt Ratios for calculations.)  COMMENTS:    _______ SAT
Asks Evaluator if RAD/RAC recommends a PAR change.
_______ UNSAT    STEP 12:   [Step 8, Att. 6] a) Calculates Tilt %. STANDARD: a) Calculates Tilt % for Upper channels. b) Caculates % Tilt for Lower channels. c) Initials Step 8 of Attachment 6.
(c)
EVALUATOR' S NOTE: (See attached Calculation of Excore Quadrant Power Tilt Ratios for calculations.)
Determines Procedure is completed until conditions change.
COMMENTS:    _______ SAT
CUES If asked: Emergency classification is still in effect.
_______ UNSAT
If asked: RAD/RAC does not recommend a PAR change at this time.
Evaluator's Comments STOP TIME:
_______ SAT
_______ UNSAT  


Surry 2014-301 Quadrant Power Tilt Calculation              Page 7 of 9  STEP 13:  Determines final Quadrant Power Tilt Value. STANDARD:
Surry 2014-301 Determine Classification and PAR Page 13 of 18 KEY
* a) Determines final Quadrant Power Tilt Value from above calculations to be 1.0898 or 8.98% Tilt based on the Lower Channels. (Range 8.6% - 9%; 8.6% based on rounding of NI current values; 9% based on rounding 8.98% to 9%)  b) Notifies Examiner, Task Complete. EVALUATOR NOTES: . COMMENTS:  _______ SAT  _______ UNSAT 


STOP TIME: 
Surry 2014-301 Determine Classification and PAR Page 14 of 18 Evaluator's Summary CLASSIFY AN EVENT AND DETERMINE THE REQUIRED PAR ACTIONS


____________________________________________________________________________________
Surry 2014-301 Determine Classification and PAR Page 15 of 18 PAGE 1 Operator Directions Handout (TO BE READ TO APPLICANT BY EXAMINER)
Directions The evaluator will explain the initial conditions of the task to be performed and will provide the initiating cue. Ensure you indicate to the evaluator when you understand your assigned task.
Initial Conditions You are the Nuclear Shift Manager. An event is in progress with plant conditions as follows:
The station has experienced a loss of offsite power due to grid collapse. The system operator reports 16 hours for power restoration to Surrys switchyard.
Both units are currently at Hot Shutdown.
When attempting to load the AAC diesel on the 1J bus, the 1J bus faulted and electricians have determined that extensive damage has occurred to the buswork with repairs estimated to take 4 days.
#1 EDG tripped on overspeed during start-up. Mechanics reset the overspeed, and when started, the diesel experienced extremely high vibrations and casing penetration by a piston, and was subsequently tripped locally.
All radiation monitors indicate pre-event radiation levels.
Unit 1 team is currently performing the actions of ECA-0.0, Loss of All AC power.
Unit 2 team is completing the actions of ES-0.1, Reactor Trip Response.
Initiating Cues Here is a copy of EPIP 1.01, you are directed to classify this event in accordance with EPIP-1.01 and inform me of your classification as soon as it has been made.
This portion of the JPM is TIME CRITICAL.


____________________________________________________________________________________  ____________________________________________________________________________________
Surry 2014-301 Determine Classification and PAR Page 16 of 18 PAGE 2 Operator Directions Handout (TO BE READ TO APPLICANT BY EXAMINER)
Initial Conditions A simulated GENERAL EMERGENCY is in progress.
You are the Nuclear Shift Manager. A GENERAL EMERGENCY has been declared on SG1.1.
EPIP-1.05, Response to General Emergency, Step 3 has been completed.
The State and Local Communicator has determined wind direction to be (from) 180&deg; and speed to be 17 mph.
There are no known impediments making evacuation dangerous.
A dose assessment has not been made.
All available radiation monitors indicate pre-event trends.
Initiating Cues Here's a copy of EPIP-1.06, Protective Action Recommendations. You are to complete EPIP-1.06, Protective Action Recommendations in its entirety.
When you finish the actions necessary to accomplish this, please inform me.
This portion of the JPM is TIME CRITICAL.


____________________________________________________________________________________
PAGE 2 Operator Directions Handout (TO BE GIVEN TO APPLICANT)
Initial Conditions
* A simulated GENERAL EMERGENCY is in progress.
You are the Nuclear Shift Manager. A GENERAL EMERGENCY has been declared on SG1.1.
EPIP-1.05, Response to General Emergency, Step 3 has been completed.
The State and Local Communicator has determined wind direction to be (from) 180&deg; and speed to be 17 mph.
There are no known impediments making evacuation dangerous.
A dose assessment has not been made.
All available radiation monitors indicate pre-event trends.
Initiating Cues Here's a copy of EPIP-1.06, Protective Action Recommendations. You are to complete EPIP-1.06, Protective Action Recommendations in its entirety.
When you finish the actions necessary to accomplish this, please inform me.
* This portion of the JPM is TIME CRITICAL.


____________________________________________________________________________________
PAGE 1 Operator Directions Handout (TO BE GIVEN TO APPLICANT)
Initial Conditions You are the Nuclear Shift Manager. An event is in progress with plant conditions as follows:
The station has experienced a loss of offsite power due to grid collapse. The system operator reports 16 hours for power restoration to Surrys switchyard.
Both units are currently at Hot Shutdown.
When attempting to load the AAC diesel on the 1J bus, the 1J bus faulted and electricians have determined that extensive damage has occurred to the buswork with repairs estimated to take 4 days.
#1 EDG tripped on overspeed during start-up. Mechanics reset the overspeed, and when started, the diesel experienced extremely high vibrations and casing penetration by a piston, and was subsequently tripped locally.
All radiation monitors indicate pre-event radiation levels.
Unit 1 team is currently performing the actions of ECA-0.0, Loss of All AC power.
Unit 2 team is completing the actions of ES-0.1, Reactor Trip Response.
Initiating Cues Here is a copy of EPIP 1.01, you are directed to classify this event in accordance with EPIP-1.01 and inform me of your classification as soon as it has been made.
This portion of the JPM is TIME CRITICAL


____________________________________________________________________________________
Surry 2014-301 Quadrant Power Tilt Calculation Page 1 of 9 U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission Surry Power Station SR14301 Administrative Job Performance Measure G2.1.7 Applicant________________________________
Start Time___________________
Examiner_______________________________
Date ___________________________________
Stop Time___________________
Title Perform a Quadrant Power Tilt Calculation.
K/A: G.2.1.7 Ability to evaluate plant performance and make operational judgments based on operating characteristics, reactor behavior, and instrument interpretation.
Applicability Estimated Time Actual Time RO/SRO(D)/SRO(U) 15 Minutes Conditions Task is to be PERFORMED in the classroom.
Standards Correctly calculates Quadrant Power Tilt for given core conditions on the Calculation of Excore Quadrant Power Tilt Ratios, Attachment 6 of 0-AP-1.00, Rod Control Malfunction.
Initiating Cues A dropped rod has occurred on Unit 1.
A Quadrant Power Tilt Calculation needs to be performed as directed by 0-AP-1.00. Rod Control System Malfunction.
When you have determined the Quadrant Power Tilt, inform the examiner.
Terminating Cues Applicant has completed the QPTR Calculation.
Tools and Equipment Calculator NIS Setpoints and Power Range Currents Data Sheet Safety Considerations None


____________________________________________________________________________________  ____________________________________________________________________________________
Surry 2014-301 Quadrant Power Tilt Calculation Page 2 of 9 Initial Conditions:
Unit 1 operating at 100% power.
o Control Rod D-10, Control Bank B, Group 1 dropped and is currently indicating 0 steps.
Initiating Cues Control Rod D-10, Control Bank B, has dropped on Unit 1.
A Quadrant Power Tilt Calculation needs to be performed as directed by 0-AP-1.00, Rod Control System Malfunction, Step 15.
The Shift Manager directs you to perform the Quadrant Power Tilt Calculation in accordance with Attachment 6, Calculation of Excore Quadrant Power Tilt Ratios.
You are to perform these calculations to 4 significant digits.
You are provided a copy of the Power Range Currents from the NIS Data Book providing Normalized Values.
When you have determined the Quadrant Power Tilt, inform the examiner.
Notes Actual detector currents taken from the Power Range NIs:
N-41 Upper Detector Current 120.5 N-41 Lower Detector Current 124.2 N-42 Upper Detector Current 96.5 N-42 Lower Detector Current 94.23 N-43 Upper Detector Current 114.7 N-43 Lower Detector Current 115.5 N-44 Upper Detector Current 119.1 N-44 Lower Detector Current 121.8


____________________________________________________________________________________
Surry 2014-301 Quadrant Power Tilt Calculation Page 3 of 9 PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST Notes to the Evaluator Task critical elements are bolded and denoted by an asterisk (*).
At the completion of the JPM all SRO Candidates will have a Follow-Up question.
START TIME: ____________
STEP 1:
Acknowledges NOTE prior to Step 1 of Att. 6.
Calculations for QPTR should be carried out to four places to the right of the decimal place to provide accuracy and consistency of results.
_______ SAT
_______ UNSAT STEP 2:
[Step 1, Att. 6]
a) Record Reactor Power, Date, and Time in appropriate blocks.
b) Initials Step 1.
STANDARD:
Records 100% for Reactor Power block, Current Date in Date block, Time in Time block.
EVALUATORS NOTE:
If Asked: Current Reactor Power is 100%.
If Asked: Use todays date.
If Asked: Use current time.
COMMENTS:
_______ SAT
_______ UNSAT STEP 3:
[Step 2, Att. 6]
a) Transcribes information from data sheets onto 0-AP-1.00, Attachment 6, Calculation of Excore Quadrant Power Tilt Ratios, Step 2 Table.
STANDARD:
Places PR NI currents and Normalized Currents in appropriate location on Calculation of Excore Quadrant Power Tilt Ratios.
COMMENTS:
_______ SAT
_______ UNSAT


____________________________________________________________________________________
Surry 2014-301 Quadrant Power Tilt Calculation Page 4 of 9 STEP 4:
____________________________________________________________________________________
[STEP 3, Att. 6]
a) Performs calculations to obtain normalized values for Upper Detectors.
STANDARD:
a) Divides Upper Detector current by Normalized currents for each detector.
EVALUATOR S NOTE:
(See attached Calculation of Excore Quadrant Power Tilt Ratios for calculations.)
COMMENTS:
_______ SAT
_______ UNSAT STEP 5:
[STEP 3, Att. 6]
a) Performs calculations to obtain Sum of normalized values for Upper Detectors.
STANDARD:
a) Adds Upper Detector Normalized currents for all Upper detectors EVALUATOR S NOTE:
(See attached Calculation of Excore Quadrant Power Tilt Ratios for calculations.
COMMENTS:
_______ SAT
_______ UNSAT STEP 6:
[STEP 3, Att. 6]
a) Performs calculations to obtain normalized values for Lower Detectors.
STANDARD:
a) Divides Lower Detector current by Normalized currents for each detector.
EVALUATOR S NOTE:
(See attached Calculation of Excore Quadrant Power Tilt Ratios for calculations.)
COMMENTS:
_______ SAT
_______ UNSAT


____________________________________________________________________________________
Surry 2014-301 Quadrant Power Tilt Calculation Page 5 of 9 STEP 7:
[Step 3, Att. 6]
a) Performs calculations to obtain Sum of normalized values for Lower Detectors.
STANDARD:
a) Adds Lower Detector Normalized currents for all Lower Detectors.
b) Initials Step 3 of Attachment 6.
EVALUATOR S NOTE:
(See attached Calculation of Excore Quadrant Power Tilt Ratios for calculations.)
COMMENTS:
_______ SAT
_______ UNSAT STEP 8:
[Step 4, Att. 6]
a) Records the Number of Detectors in use.
b) Initials Step 4.
STANDARD:
a) Records the Number of Detectors in Step 4; b) Initials Step 4.
EVALUATOR S NOTE:
(See attached Calculation of Excore Quadrant Power Tilt Ratios for calculations.)
If Asked: All 4 Detectors are used.
COMMENTS:
_______ SAT
_______ UNSAT STEP 9:
[Step 5, Att. 6]
a) Calculates the average upper and lower detector current values.
STANDARD:
a) Transcribes Upper and Lower detector Sum of Normalized Values from Step 3 of Attachment 6.
b) Divides each Sum by the number of Detectors in use.
c) Initials Step 5.
EVALUATOR S NOTE:
(See attached Calculation of Excore Quadrant Power Tilt Ratios for calculations.)
COMMENTS:
_______ SAT
_______ UNSAT


____________________________________________________________________________________
Surry 2014-301 Quadrant Power Tilt Calculation Page 6 of 9 STEP 10: [Step 6, Att. 6]
_____________________________________________________________________________________________  EVALUATOR NOTE: Proceed to Follow-up question for SRO Candidates.
a) From Step 3, Record the following values.
Surry 2014-301 Quadrant Power Tilt Calculation               Page 8 of 9 Surry 2014-301 Quadrant Power Tilt Calculation               Page 9 of 9 Surry 2014-301 Quadrant Power Tilt Calculation     Operator Directions Handout (TO BE READ TO APPLICANT BY EXAMINER) Task   Task is to be performed in the classroom. Perform a Quadrant Power Tilt calculation. Directions The evaluator will explain the initial conditions of the task to be performed and will provide the initiating cue. Ensure you indicate to the evaluator when you understand your assigned task.
STANDARD:
Initial Conditions:   Unit 1 operating at 100% power. o Control Rod D-10, Control Bank B, Group 1 dropped and is currently indicating 0 steps. Initiating Cues   Control Rod D-10, Control Bank B, has dropped on Unit 1. A Quadrant Power Tilt Calculation needs to be performed as directed by 0-AP-1.00, Rod Control System Malfunction, Step 15. The Shift Manager directs you to perform a Quadrant Power Tilt Calculation in accordance with Attachment 6, Calculation of Excore Quadrant Power Tilt Ratios. You are provided a copy of the Power Range Currents from the NIS Data Book providing Normalized Values. When you have determined the Quadrant Power Tilt, inform the examiner.
a) Records the Maximum Normalized Upper Detector Current from Step 3 (N41 value of 1.0143.)
b) Records the Maximum Normalized Lower Detector Current From Step 3 (N41 value of 1.0393.)
c) Initials Step 6 of Attachment 6.
EVALUATOR S NOTE:
(See attached Calculation of Excore Quadrant Power Tilt Ratios for calculations.)
COMMENTS:
_______ SAT
_______ UNSAT STEP 11: [Step 7, Att. 6]
a) Calculates the maximum upper and lower Excore Quadrant Power Tilt Ratios.
STANDARD:
a) Divides Maximum Upper channel current by the Average Upper Detector currents to determine the Upper Excore Quadrant Power Tilt Ratio.
b) Divides Maximum Lower channel current by the Average Lower Detector current to determine the Lower Excore Quadrant Power Tilt Ratio.
c) Initials Step 7 of Attachment 6.
EVALUATOR S NOTE:
(See attached Calculation of Excore Quadrant Power Tilt Ratios for calculations.)
COMMENTS:
_______ SAT
_______ UNSAT STEP 12: [Step 8, Att. 6]
a) Calculates Tilt %.
STANDARD:
a) Calculates Tilt % for Upper channels.
b) Caculates % Tilt for Lower channels.
c) Initials Step 8 of Attachment 6.
EVALUATOR S NOTE:
(See attached Calculation of Excore Quadrant Power Tilt Ratios for calculations.)
COMMENTS:
_______ SAT
_______ UNSAT
 
Surry 2014-301 Quadrant Power Tilt Calculation Page 7 of 9 STEP 13: Determines final Quadrant Power Tilt Value.
STANDARD:
a) Determines final Quadrant Power Tilt Value from above calculations to be 1.0898 or 8.98% Tilt based on the Lower Channels. (Range 8.6% - 9%; 8.6% based on rounding of NI current values; 9% based on rounding 8.98% to 9%)
b) Notifies Examiner, Task Complete.
EVALUATOR NOTES:
COMMENTS:
_______ SAT
_______ UNSAT STOP TIME:
EVALUATOR NOTE: Proceed to Follow-up question for SRO Candidates.  
 
Surry 2014-301 Quadrant Power Tilt Calculation Page 8 of 9  
 
Surry 2014-301 Quadrant Power Tilt Calculation Page 9 of 9  
 
Surry 2014-301 Quadrant Power Tilt Calculation Operator Directions Handout (TO BE READ TO APPLICANT BY EXAMINER)
Task Task is to be performed in the classroom.
Perform a Quadrant Power Tilt calculation.
Directions The evaluator will explain the initial conditions of the task to be performed and will provide the initiating cue. Ensure you indicate to the evaluator when you understand your assigned task.
Initial Conditions:
Unit 1 operating at 100% power.
o Control Rod D-10, Control Bank B, Group 1 dropped and is currently indicating 0 steps.
Initiating Cues Control Rod D-10, Control Bank B, has dropped on Unit 1.
A Quadrant Power Tilt Calculation needs to be performed as directed by 0-AP-1.00, Rod Control System Malfunction, Step 15.
The Shift Manager directs you to perform a Quadrant Power Tilt Calculation in accordance with Attachment 6, Calculation of Excore Quadrant Power Tilt Ratios.
You are provided a copy of the Power Range Currents from the NIS Data Book providing Normalized Values.
When you have determined the Quadrant Power Tilt, inform the examiner.
Actual detector currents taken from the Power Range NIs:
Actual detector currents taken from the Power Range NIs:
N-41 Upper Detector Current 120.5 N-41 Lower Detector Current 124.2 N-42 Upper Detector Current 96.5 N-42 Lower Detector Current 94.23 N-43 Upper Detector Current 114.7 N-43 Lower Detector Current 115.5 N-44 Upper Detector Current 119.1 N-44 Lower Detector Current 121.8 Surry 2014-301 Quadrant Power Tilt Calculation    SRO ONLY ANSWER KEY  NOT FOR TRAINEE  QPTR FOLLOW-UP Question    With the calculated Quadrant Power Tilt, what are the Tech Spec actions (if any)?    ANSWER: TS 3.12.B.6 requires:  3.12.B.6.a Within 2 hours either hot channel factors shall be determined and power level adjusted to meet the requirement  OR  3.12.B.6.b Power level to be reduced from Rated Power 2% for each percent of Quadrant Power Tilt. Therefore for a QPTR of 9% power must be reduced 18%. The high neutron flux trip setpoint shall also be reduced within the following 4 hours.
N-41 Upper Detector Current 120.5 N-41 Lower Detector Current 124.2 N-42 Upper Detector Current 96.5 N-42 Lower Detector Current 94.23 N-43 Upper Detector Current 114.7 N-43 Lower Detector Current 115.5 N-44 Upper Detector Current 119.1 N-44 Lower Detector Current 121.8  
Surry 2014-301 Quadrant Power Tilt Calculation    SRO ONLY Candidate  QPTR FOLLOW-UP Question    With the calculated Quadrant Power Tilt, what are the Tech Spec actions (if any)?
Operator Directions Handout  (TO BE GIVEN TO APPLICANT)  Initial Conditions:
Unit 1 operating at 100% power. o Control Rod D-10, Control Bank B, Group 1 dropped and is currently indicating 0 steps. Initiating Cues  Control Rod D-10, Control Bank B, has dropped on Unit 1. A Quadrant Power Tilt Calculation needs to be performed as directed by 0-AP-1.00, Rod Control System Malfunction, Step 15. The Shift Manager directs you to perform a Quadrant Power Tilt Calculation in accordance with Attachment 6, Calculation of Excore Quadrant Power Tilt Ratios. You are provided a copy of the Power Range Currents from the NIS Data Book providing Normalized Values. When you have determined the Quadrant Power Tilt, inform the examiner. 


Surry 2014-301 Quadrant Power Tilt Calculation SRO ONLY ANSWER KEY NOT FOR TRAINEE QPTR FOLLOW-UP Question With the calculated Quadrant Power Tilt, what are the Tech Spec actions (if any)?
ANSWER: TS 3.12.B.6 requires:
3.12.B.6.a Within 2 hours either hot channel factors shall be determined and power level adjusted to meet the requirement OR 3.12.B.6.b Power level to be reduced from Rated Power 2% for each percent of Quadrant Power Tilt. Therefore for a QPTR of 9% power must be reduced 18%. The high neutron flux trip setpoint shall also be reduced within the following 4 hours.
Surry 2014-301 Quadrant Power Tilt Calculation SRO ONLY Candidate QPTR FOLLOW-UP Question With the calculated Quadrant Power Tilt, what are the Tech Spec actions (if any)?
Operator Directions Handout (TO BE GIVEN TO APPLICANT)
Initial Conditions:
Unit 1 operating at 100% power.
o Control Rod D-10, Control Bank B, Group 1 dropped and is currently indicating 0 steps.
Initiating Cues Control Rod D-10, Control Bank B, has dropped on Unit 1.
A Quadrant Power Tilt Calculation needs to be performed as directed by 0-AP-1.00, Rod Control System Malfunction, Step 15.
The Shift Manager directs you to perform a Quadrant Power Tilt Calculation in accordance with Attachment 6, Calculation of Excore Quadrant Power Tilt Ratios.
You are provided a copy of the Power Range Currents from the NIS Data Book providing Normalized Values.
When you have determined the Quadrant Power Tilt, inform the examiner.
Actual detector currents taken from the Power Range NIs:
Actual detector currents taken from the Power Range NIs:
N-41 Upper Detector Current 120.5 N-41 Lower Detector Current 124.2 N-42 Upper Detector Current 96.5 N-42 Lower Detector Current 94.23 N-43 Upper Detector Current 114.7 N-43 Lower Detector Current 115.5 N-44 Upper Detector Current 119.1 N-44 Lower Detector Current 121.8
N-41 Upper Detector Current 120.5 N-41 Lower Detector Current 124.2 N-42 Upper Detector Current 96.5 N-42 Lower Detector Current 94.23 N-43 Upper Detector Current 114.7 N-43 Lower Detector Current 115.5 N-44 Upper Detector Current 119.1 N-44 Lower Detector Current 121.8  


Surry Unit 1 NI Calibration Data Power Range Currents   N41 N42 N43 N44 DELTA FLUX @ 100% I (Top) &#xb5;amps I (Bottom) &#xb5;amps I (Top) &#xb5;amps I (Bottom) &#xb5;amps I (Top) &#xb5;amps I (Bottom) &#xb5;amps I (Top) &#xb5;amps I (Bottom) &#xb5;amps 0 118.8 119.5 118.5 119.3 119.1 119.5 119.1 119.5             DELTA FLUX @ 120% I (Top) &#xb5;amps I (Bottom) &#xb5;amps I (Top) &#xb5;amps I (Bottom) &#xb5;amps I (Top) &#xb5;amps I (Bottom) &#xb5;amps I (Top) &#xb5;amps I (Bottom) &#xb5;amps 0 142.5 143.4 142.2 143.1 142.9 143.5 142.9 143.4 8 148.6 137.2 148.3 137.0 149.1 137.3 149.1 137.2 - 24 124.2 161.8 123.9 161.5 124.5 161.9 124.6 161.9 Data based on flux map number S1C26M15A   Computer and Recorder Constants Recorder = K0411 = K0412 = K0413 = K0414 = 18.647 Performed / Verified By: __________/ __________     Date: _______
Surry Unit 1 NI Calibration Data Power Range Currents N41 N42 N43 N44 DELTA FLUX @
LaFrance Davis 7/21/14 Surry 2014-301 Auth Fuel Move  U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission  Surry Power Station  SR2014301  Administrative Job Performance Measure G2.1.40 Applicant________________________________    Start Time___________________  Examiner_______________________________
100%
Date ___________________________________  Stop Time___________________  Title  Authorize Fuel Movement K/A: G2.1.40 Knowledge of refueling administrative procedures (2.8/3.9)
I (Top)  
Applicability      Estimated Time  Actual Time  SRO(I)/SRO(U)    20 Minutes Conditions Task is to be PERFORMED in the simulator.
&#xb5;amps I (Bottom)  
Standards Correctly identify all plant conditions that do not support fuel movement in accordance with 1-OSP-ZZ-004 attachment 8, given a specific set of plant conditions. Terminating Cues 1-OSP-ZZ-004, attachment 8 assessment complete. Procedures 1-OSP-ZZ-004, Unit 1 Safety Systems Status List For Cold Shutdown/Refueling Conditions, Revision 47. Tools and Equipment    Safety Considerations  None      None 
&#xb5;amps I (Top)  
&#xb5;amps I (Bottom)  
&#xb5;amps I (Top)  
&#xb5;amps I (Bottom)  
&#xb5;amps I (Top)  
&#xb5;amps I (Bottom)  
&#xb5;amps 0
118.8 119.5 118.5 119.3 119.1 119.5 119.1 119.5 DELTA FLUX @
120%
I (Top)  
&#xb5;amps I (Bottom)  
&#xb5;amps I (Top)  
&#xb5;amps I (Bottom)  
&#xb5;amps I (Top)  
&#xb5;amps I (Bottom)  
&#xb5;amps I (Top)  
&#xb5;amps I (Bottom)  
&#xb5;amps 0
142.5 143.4 142.2 143.1 142.9 143.5 142.9 143.4 8
148.6 137.2 148.3 137.0 149.1 137.3 149.1 137.2  
- 24 124.2 161.8 123.9 161.5 124.5 161.9 124.6 161.9 Data based on flux map number S1C26M15A Computer and Recorder Constants Recorder = K0411 = K0412 = K0413 = K0414 = 18.647 Performed / Verified By: __________/ __________ Date: _______
LaFrance Davis 7/21/14  


Surry 2014-301 Auth Fuel Move Initiating Cues   It is a Monday DAYSHIFT.
Surry 2014-301 Auth Fuel Move U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission Surry Power Station SR2014301 Administrative Job Performance Measure G2.1.40 Applicant________________________________
Unit One is in refueling shutdown with the head and upper internals removed. A request from the refueling supervisor has been made to authorize fuel movement (core offload) in accordance with 1-OSP-ZZ-004 attachment 8. Current conditions are as follows (items not observable from the control room): o Refueling containment integrity is set and verified by the shift manager. o Cavity level is 26.5'. o RHR pump discharge and cavity boron is currently 2404 ppm (sampled 30 minutes ago). o The reactor was shutdown 122 hours ago. o Both station batteries are operable and split out. o Both trains of SFP cooling are available with one in service. o All make-up flowpaths to the SFP are available. o 1-RM-Q7, CTMT PARTC ALERT/FAILURE and 1-RM-R7, 1-RM-RI-159 have just alarmed. o 'A' RHR pump in service to the 'A' HX. 'B' RHR pump and HX are tagged out for maintenance.
Start Time___________________
Examiner_______________________________
Date ___________________________________
Stop Time___________________
Title Authorize Fuel Movement K/A: G2.1.40 Knowledge of refueling administrative procedures (2.8/3.9)
Applicability Estimated Time Actual Time SRO(I)/SRO(U) 20 Minutes Conditions Task is to be PERFORMED in the simulator.
Standards Correctly identify all plant conditions that do not support fuel movement in accordance with 1-OSP-ZZ-004 attachment 8, given a specific set of plant conditions.
Terminating Cues 1-OSP-ZZ-004, attachment 8 assessment complete.
Procedures 1-OSP-ZZ-004, Unit 1 Safety Systems Status List For Cold Shutdown/Refueling Conditions, Revision 47.
Tools and Equipment Safety Considerations None None
 
Surry 2014-301 Auth Fuel Move Initiating Cues It is a Monday DAYSHIFT.
Unit One is in refueling shutdown with the head and upper internals removed. A request from the refueling supervisor has been made to authorize fuel movement (core offload) in accordance with 1-OSP-ZZ-004 attachment 8.
Current conditions are as follows (items not observable from the control room):
o Refueling containment integrity is set and verified by the shift manager.
o Cavity level is 26.5.
o RHR pump discharge and cavity boron is currently 2404 ppm (sampled 30 minutes ago).
o The reactor was shutdown 122 hours ago.
o Both station batteries are operable and split out.
o Both trains of SFP cooling are available with one in service.
o All make-up flowpaths to the SFP are available.
o 1-RM-Q7, CTMT PARTC ALERT/FAILURE and 1-RM-R7, 1-RM-RI-159 have just alarmed.
o A RHR pump in service to the A HX. B RHR pump and HX are tagged out for maintenance.
Headset communications between the MCR and the manipulator crane have been verified.
Headset communications between the MCR and the manipulator crane have been verified.
You are to authorize fuel movement after completing attachment 8, if conditions allow. If conditions do not allow, you are to list ALL issues present that must be resolved to allow fuel movement to commence.
You are to authorize fuel movement after completing attachment 8, if conditions allow. If conditions do not allow, you are to list ALL issues present that must be resolved to allow fuel movement to commence.
Terminating Cues Applicant has completed the attachment and discussed results and problems with examiner.
Terminating Cues Applicant has completed the attachment and discussed results and problems with examiner.
Tools and Equipment 1-OSP-ZZ-004, Attachment 8 Technical Specifications Simulator Safety Considerations None Notes
Tools and Equipment 1-OSP-ZZ-004, Attachment 8 Technical Specifications Simulator Safety Considerations None Notes  


Surry 2014-301 Auth Fuel Move PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST   Simulator Set-up Recall a CSD IC (IC 274 Protected) or (IC35 25% Cold Cal) and ensure that RHR pump discharge and RCS temperatures are below 140 oF. Align HHSI and fill pressurizer to 56.5% cold cal if necessary. Fail Rad Monitor 1-RM-159 HI by inserting Malf RM0202 Fail NI-32 low NO0102- Severity -1 Tagout 1-RH-P-1B and place a red magnet above control switch.
Surry 2014-301 Auth Fuel Move PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST Simulator Set-up Recall a CSD IC (IC 274 Protected) or (IC35 25% Cold Cal) and ensure that RHR pump discharge and RCS temperatures are below 140 oF.
Align HHSI and fill pressurizer to 56.5% cold cal if necessary.
Fail Rad Monitor 1-RM-159 HI by inserting Malf RM0202 Fail NI-32 low NO0102-Severity -1 Tagout 1-RH-P-1B and place a red magnet above control switch.
Notes to the Evaluator Task critical elements are bolded and denoted by an asterisk (*).
START TIME: _________________
Evaluators note-determination of items to be in non-compliance that actually are in compliance constitutes a critical step failure.
STEP 1:
Refueling Containment Integrity set.
Remarks:
IAW 1-OP-FH-001 STANDARD:
_____ Recalls (or refers to) turnover statement that refuel integrity is SET.
_____ Initials in D block for Refueling Containment Integrity set EVALUATOR NOTES:
If asked: The shift manager has verified that refueling integrity is set as directed by 1-OP-FH-001.
COMMENTS:
_______ SAT
_______ UNSAT


Notes to the Evaluator Task critical elements are bolded and denoted by an asterisk (*). START TIME: _________________        Evaluator's note- determination of items to be in non-compliance that actually are in compliance constitutes a critical step failure.
Surry 2014-301 Auth Fuel Move STEP 2:
STEP 1:    Refueling Containment Integrity set. Remarks:   IAW 1-OP-FH-001  STANDARD: _____ Recalls (or refers to) turnover statement that refuel integrity is SET. _____ Initials in "D" block for Refueling Containment Integrity set  EVALUATOR NOTES:   If asked: The shift manager has verified that refueling integrity is set as directed by 1-OP-FH-001. COMMENTS:   _______ SAT _______ UNSAT
Radiation Monitors Operable:
Manipulator Crane 1 operable Containment Gaseous 1 operable Containment Particulate 0 operable SFP Bridge 1 operable Vent-Vent Gaseous 1 operable Vent-Vent Particulate 1 operable Remarks:
Alarms 1-RM-Q7, and 1-RM-R7 will both be lit.
STANDARD:
Examines each radiation monitor and verifies normal readings.
* CRITICAL TASK-TRAINEE DETERMINES RADIATION MONITOR 1-RM-RI-159 OPERABILITY PREVENTS FUEL MOVEMENT.
EVALUATOR NOTES:
If asked: Radiation monitors are as they appear.
COMMENTS:
_______ SAT
_______ UNSAT  


Surry 2014-301 Auth Fuel Move   STEP 2:    Radiation Monitors Operable:   Manipulator Crane  1 operable  Containment Gaseous 1 operable  Containment Particulate 0 operable  SFP Bridge  1 operable  Vent-Vent Gaseous  1 operable  Vent-Vent Particulate  1 operable    Remarks:  Alarms 1-RM-Q7, and 1-RM-R7 will both be lit. STANDARD:  _____ Examines each radiation monitor and verifies normal readings.
Surry 2014-301 Auth Fuel Move STEP 3:
_____
Source Range Detectors (audible indication in CTMT must be verified operable) 2 operable Remarks: None STANDARD:
* CRITICAL TASK- TRAINEE DETERMINES RADIATION MONITOR 1-RM-RI-159 OPERABILITY PREVENTS FUEL MOVEMENT.
Observes normal indication on NI-31 Determines that NI-32 is reading erroneously.
EVALUATOR NOTES:  If asked: Radiation monitors are as they appear. COMMENTS:    _______ SAT  _______ UNSAT Surry 2014-301 Auth Fuel Move  STEP 3:    Source Range Detectors (audible indication in CTMT must be verified operable) 2 operable   Remarks: None   STANDARD: _____ Observes normal indication on NI-31
* CRITICAL TASK-TRAINEE DETERMINES TWO SOURCE RANGE NIs ARE NOT OPERABLE.
_____  Determines that NI-32 is reading erroneously. _____
EVALUATOR NOTES:
* CRITICAL TASK- TRAINEE DETERMINES TWO SOURCE RANGE NIs ARE NOT OPERABLE.
If directed: the operating team will implement 1-AP-4.00 (NI Malfunction).
EVALUATOR NOTES:   If directed: the operating team will implement 1-AP-4.00 (NI Malfunction). If asked: there is NO audible count rate in containment. Determination that audible count rate does not exist is not a critical step as the source range failure is the cause of the lack of audible count rate.
If asked: there is NO audible count rate in containment.
COMMENTS:   _______ SAT _______ UNSAT   STEP 4:     Cavity level > 23 feet. Remarks:   OU-SU-201, should be maintained as high as possible. No fuel movement permitted if < 23 feet in Cavity STANDARD: _____  Recalls (or refers to) turnover statement that cavity level is 26.5'.
Determination that audible count rate does not exist is not a critical step as the source range failure is the cause of the lack of audible count rate.
_____  Determines that adequate cavity level exists to support fuel movement.
COMMENTS:
EVALUATOR NOTES:   If asked: cavity level has been verified at 26.5'. COMMENTS:   _______ SAT  _______ UNSAT Surry 2014-301 Auth Fuel Move  STEP 5:    RHR pump and Heat Exchanger:  Cavity Level > 23 feet 1 operable  Cavity Level < 23 feet 2 operable  STANDARD:  _____  Recalls (or refers to) turnover statement that cavity level is 26.5'. _____  Observes 1 RHR pump in operation and one tagged out. _____  Determines that with present cavity level and operable RHR pump, fuel movement can commence. EVALUATOR NOTES:  If asked: cavity level has been verified at 26.5'. COMMENTS:    _______ SAT _______ UNSAT    STEP 6:    Direct communication between the Control Room and Manipulator Crane    Remarks: When changing core geometry STANDARD:  _____ Recalls (or refers to) turnover statement that communications have been established. _____ Determines that communication capability allows for fuel movement.
_______ SAT
EVALUATOR NOTES:  If asked: operator is in the MCR equipped with a headset in communication with the refueling team. COMMENTS:    _______ SAT  _______ UNSAT Surry 2014-301 Auth Fuel Move  STEP 7:    RCS Boron concentration-    Remarks:  RCS must be sampled at least once every 24 hours if the head is unbolted (Not required if defueled and cavity is drained below flange level. (Ref 2.3.15)
_______ UNSAT STEP 4:
STANDARD:  _____  Recalls (or refers to) turnover statement that RHR pump discharge and cavity boron is currently 2404 ppm (sampled 30 minutes ago). _____ Determines that current boron concentration allows for fuel movement.
Cavity level > 23 feet.
EVALUATOR NOTES:  If asked: RHR pump discharge and cavity boron is currently 2404 ppm (sampled 30 minutes ago). 
Remarks:
OU-SU-201, should be maintained as high as possible. No fuel movement permitted if < 23 feet in Cavity STANDARD:
Recalls (or refers to) turnover statement that cavity level is 26.5.
Determines that adequate cavity level exists to support fuel movement.
EVALUATOR NOTES:
If asked: cavity level has been verified at 26.5.
COMMENTS:
_______ SAT
_______ UNSAT  


COMMENTS:    _______ SAT  _______ UNSAT    STEP 8:     RHR Temperature:     Remarks: None  STANDARD: _____  Observes RHR pump discharge temperature and determines that current RCS temperature allows for fuel movement. EVALUATOR NOTES:   If asked: All RCS loops are isolated and drained. If asked: All CETCs have been disconnected.
Surry 2014-301 Auth Fuel Move STEP 5:
COMMENTS:   _______ SAT _______ UNSAT
RHR pump and Heat Exchanger:
Cavity Level > 23 feet 1 operable Cavity Level < 23 feet 2 operable STANDARD:
Recalls (or refers to) turnover statement that cavity level is 26.5.
Observes 1 RHR pump in operation and one tagged out.
Determines that with present cavity level and operable RHR pump, fuel movement can commence.
EVALUATOR NOTES:
If asked: cavity level has been verified at 26.5.
COMMENTS:
_______ SAT
_______ UNSAT STEP 6:
Direct communication between the Control Room and Manipulator Crane Remarks: When changing core geometry STANDARD:
Recalls (or refers to) turnover statement that communications have been established.
Determines that communication capability allows for fuel movement.
EVALUATOR NOTES:
If asked: operator is in the MCR equipped with a headset in communication with the refueling team.
COMMENTS:
_______ SAT
_______ UNSAT  


Surry 2014-301 Auth Fuel Move   STEP 9:     Reactor shutdown greater than 100 hours    Remarks: For movement of irradiated fuel STANDARD: _____  Recalls (or refers to) turnover statement that unit has been shutdown 122 hours. _____  Determines that sufficient time from shutdown exists to allow fuel movement. EVALUATOR NOTES:   If asked: The reactor was shutdown 122 hours ago. COMMENTS:   _______ SAT _______ UNSAT Surry 2014-301 Auth Fuel Move  STEP 10:     Control Room and Relay Room Emergency Ventilation- 2 Trains    Remarks: None STANDARD: _____ Examines current configuration of MCR/ESGR ventilation and determines that all fans are available. _____ Determines that current MCR/ESGR Emergency Ventilation configuration allows for fuel movement by observing the configuration of 1-VS-F-41/42 and 2-VS-F-41/42. EVALUATOR NOTES:   If asked: Conditions are as they appear. COMMENTS:    _______ SAT  _______ UNSAT    STEP 11:    Control Room Chillers- 3 minimum    Remarks: Operable IAW power supply requirements of TS 3.23  STANDARD:  _____ Examines current configuration of MCR chillers and determines that all chillers are available. _____ Determines that current MCR Chiller configuration allows for fuel movement by observing the configuration of 1-VS-E-4A, B, C, D, E. EVALUATOR NOTES:  If asked: Conditions are as they appear. COMMENTS:   _______ SAT _______ UNSAT
Surry 2014-301 Auth Fuel Move STEP 7:
RCS Boron concentration-2350 PPM (Admin limit)
Remarks:
RCS must be sampled at least once every 24 hours if the head is unbolted (Not required if defueled and cavity is drained below flange level. (Ref 2.3.15)
STANDARD:
Recalls (or refers to) turnover statement that RHR pump discharge and cavity boron is currently 2404 ppm (sampled 30 minutes ago).
Determines that current boron concentration allows for fuel movement.
EVALUATOR NOTES:
If asked: RHR pump discharge and cavity boron is currently 2404 ppm (sampled 30 minutes ago).
COMMENTS:
_______ SAT
_______ UNSAT STEP 8:
RHR Temperature: 140 &deg;F Remarks: None STANDARD:
Observes RHR pump discharge temperature and determines that current RCS temperature allows for fuel movement.
EVALUATOR NOTES:
If asked: All RCS loops are isolated and drained.
If asked: All CETCs have been disconnected.
COMMENTS:
_______ SAT
_______ UNSAT  


Surry 2014-301 Auth Fuel Move   STEP 12:     MCR/ESGR AHU- 8 minimum    Remarks: None STANDARD:  _____ Examines current configuration of MCR/ESGR air handlers and determines that all Air Handling Units are operable. _____ Determines that current MCR/ESGR air handler configuration allows for fuel movement  EVALUATOR NOTES:  If asked: Conditions are as they appear. COMMENTS:    _______ SAT  _______ UNSAT    STEP 13:    120 Volt Vital Buses- 2 minimum    Remarks: None  STANDARD: _____ Observes that all vital busses are energized and NO UPS/Battery charger alarms are LIT. _____ Recalls (or refers to) turnover statement that all vital bus UPS are in a normal EVALUATOR NOTES:
Surry 2014-301 Auth Fuel Move STEP 9:
If asked: All vital bus UPS are in a normal configuration. If asked: Both station batteries are operable and split out.
Reactor shutdown greater than 100 hours Remarks: For movement of irradiated fuel STANDARD:
COMMENTS:   _______ SAT _______ UNSAT
Recalls (or refers to) turnover statement that unit has been shutdown 122 hours.
Determines that sufficient time from shutdown exists to allow fuel movement.
EVALUATOR NOTES:
If asked: The reactor was shutdown 122 hours ago.
COMMENTS:
_______ SAT
_______ UNSAT  


Surry 2014-301 Auth Fuel Move   STEP 14:     SFP Cooling- 1 train available    Remarks: None STANDARD: _____ Observes that one spent fuel cooling pump is in service. _____ Recalls (or refers to) turnover statement that both trains of SFP cooling are available with one in service.
Surry 2014-301 Auth Fuel Move STEP 10:
Control Room and Relay Room Emergency Ventilation-2 Trains Remarks: None STANDARD:
Examines current configuration of MCR/ESGR ventilation and determines that all fans are available.
Determines that current MCR/ESGR Emergency Ventilation configuration allows for fuel movement by observing the configuration of 1-VS-F-41/42 and 2-VS-F-41/42.
EVALUATOR NOTES:
EVALUATOR NOTES:
If asked: both trains of SFP cooling are available with one in service.
If asked: Conditions are as they appear.
COMMENTS:   _______ SAT _______ UNSAT   STEP 16:     SFP makeup borated water source- 1 source available    Remarks: None  STANDARD: _____ Recalls (or refers to) turnover statement that all make-up flowpaths to the SFP are available.
COMMENTS:
_______ SAT
_______ UNSAT STEP 11:
Control Room Chillers-3 minimum Remarks: Operable IAW power supply requirements of TS 3.23 STANDARD:
Examines current configuration of MCR chillers and determines that all chillers are available.
Determines that current MCR Chiller configuration allows for fuel movement by observing the configuration of 1-VS-E-4A, B, C, D, E.
EVALUATOR NOTES:
EVALUATOR NOTES:
If asked: All make-up flowpaths to the SFP are available.
If asked: Conditions are as they appear.
COMMENTS:
_______ SAT
_______ UNSAT


COMMENTS:    _______ SAT  _______ UNSAT Surry 2014-301 Auth Fuel Move   STEP 17:     Reports to Shift Manager that task is complete  STANDARD: _____ Reports that fuel movement CANNOT commence until the following problems are resolved: 1-RM-RI-158 must be returned to operable status. NI-32 must be returned to operable status  EVALUATOR NOTES:
Surry 2014-301 Auth Fuel Move STEP 12:
None COMMENTS:   _______ SAT _______ UNSAT     STOP TIME_______________________________________:
MCR/ESGR AHU-8 minimum Remarks: None STANDARD:
____________________________________________________________________________________
Examines current configuration of MCR/ESGR air handlers and determines that all Air Handling Units are operable.
____________________________________________________________________________________
Determines that current MCR/ESGR air handler configuration allows for fuel movement EVALUATOR NOTES:
If asked: Conditions are as they appear.
COMMENTS:
_______ SAT
_______ UNSAT STEP 13:
120 Volt Vital Buses-2 minimum Remarks: None STANDARD:
Observes that all vital busses are energized and NO UPS/Battery charger alarms are LIT.
Recalls (or refers to) turnover statement that all vital bus UPS are in a normal EVALUATOR NOTES:
If asked: All vital bus UPS are in a normal configuration.
If asked: Both station batteries are operable and split out.
COMMENTS:
_______ SAT
_______ UNSAT  


____________________________________________________________________________________
Surry 2014-301 Auth Fuel Move STEP 14:
SFP Cooling-1 train available Remarks: None STANDARD:
Observes that one spent fuel cooling pump is in service.
_____ Recalls (or refers to) turnover statement that both trains of SFP cooling are available with one in service.
EVALUATOR NOTES:
If asked: both trains of SFP cooling are available with one in service.
COMMENTS:
_______ SAT
_______ UNSAT STEP 16:
SFP makeup borated water source-1 source available Remarks: None STANDARD:
Recalls (or refers to) turnover statement that all make-up flowpaths to the SFP are available.
EVALUATOR NOTES:
If asked: All make-up flowpaths to the SFP are available.
COMMENTS:
_______ SAT
_______ UNSAT


____________________________________________________________________________________
Surry 2014-301 Auth Fuel Move STEP 17:
____________________________________________________________________________________
Reports to Shift Manager that task is complete STANDARD:
____________________________________________________________________________________
Reports that fuel movement CANNOT commence until the following problems are resolved:
1-RM-RI-158 must be returned to operable status.
NI-32 must be returned to operable status EVALUATOR NOTES:
None COMMENTS:
_______ SAT
_______ UNSAT STOP TIME_______________________________________:


____________________________________________________________________________________
Operator Directions Handout (TO BE READ TO APPLICANT BY EXAMINER)
Task Task is to be performed in the simulator.
Determine if current plant conditions support fuel movement..
Directions The evaluator will explain the initial conditions of the task to be performed and will provide the initiating cue. Ensure you indicate to the evaluator when you understand your assigned task.
Initial Conditions:
Unit 1 is at Refueling Shutdown.
The containment refueling SRO has called the control room for permission to commence core offload.
Initiating Cues It is a Monday DAYSHIFT.
Unit One is in refueling shutdown with the head and upper internals removed. A request from the refueling supervisor has been made to authorize fuel movement (core offload) in accordance with 1-OSP-ZZ-004 attachment 8.
Current conditions are as follows (items not observable from the control room):
o Refueling containment integrity is set and verified by the shift manager.
o Cavity level is 26.5.
o RHR pump discharge and cavity boron is currently 2404 ppm (sampled 30 minutes ago).
o The reactor was shutdown 122 hours ago.
o Both station batteries are operable and split out.
o Both trains of SFP cooling are available with one in service.
o All make-up flowpaths to the SFP are available.
o 1-RM-Q7, CTMT PARTC ALERT/FAILURE and 1-RM-R7, 1-RM-RI-159 have just alarmed.
o A RHR pump in service to the A HX. B RHR pump and HX are tagged out for maintenance.
Headset communications between the MCR and the manipulator crane have been verified.
You are to authorize fuel movement after completing attachment 8, if conditions allow. If conditions do not allow, you are to list ALL issues present that must be resolved to allow fuel movement to commence.


____________________________________________________________________________________
Operator Directions Handout (TO BE GIVEN TO APPLICANT)
____________________________________________________________________________________
Initial Conditions:
____________________________________________________________________________________
Unit 1 is at Refueling Shutdown.
____________________________________________________________________________________
 
____________________________________________________________________________________
 
____________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________
Operator Directions Handout (TO BE READ TO APPLICANT BY EXAMINER) Task  Task is to be performed in the simulator. Determine if current plant conditions support fuel movement.. Directions  The evaluator will explain the initial conditions of the task to be performed and will provide the initiating cue. Ensure you indicate to the evaluator when you understand your assigned task. Initial Conditions:   Unit 1 is at Refueling Shutdown.
The containment refueling SRO has called the control room for permission to commence core offload.
The containment refueling SRO has called the control room for permission to commence core offload.
Initiating Cues It is a Monday DAYSHIFT.
Initiating Cues It is a Monday DAYSHIFT.
Unit One is in refueling shutdown with the head and upper internals removed. A request from the refueling supervisor has been made to authorize fuel movement (core offload) in accordance with 1-OSP-ZZ-004 attachment 8. Current conditions are as follows (items not observable from the control room): o Refueling containment integrity is set and verified by the shift manager. o Cavity level is 26.5'. o RHR pump discharge and cavity boron is currently 2404 ppm (sampled 30 minutes ago). o The reactor was shutdown 122 hours ago. o Both station batteries are operable and split out. o Both trains of SFP cooling are available with one in service. o All make-up flowpaths to the SFP are available. o 1-RM-Q7, CTMT PARTC ALERT/FAILURE and 1-RM-R7, 1-RM-RI-159 have just alarmed. o 'A' RHR pump in service to the 'A' HX. 'B' RHR pump and HX are tagged out for maintenance. Headset communications between the MCR and the manipulator crane have been verified.
Unit One is in refueling shutdown with the head and upper internals removed. A request from the refueling SRO has been made to authorize fuel movement (core offload) in accordance with 1-OSP-ZZ-004 attachment 8.
You are to authorize fuel movement after completing attachment 8, if conditions allow. If conditions do not allow, you are to list ALL issues present that must be resolved to allow fuel movement to commence.
Current conditions are as follows (items not observable from the control room):
Operator Directions Handout  (TO BE GIVEN TO APPLICANT)  Initial Conditions:
o Refueling containment integrity is set and verified by the shift manager.
Unit 1 is at Refueling Shutdown.
o Cavity level is 26.5.
The containment refueling SRO has called the control room for permission to commence core offload. Initiating Cues  It is a Monday DAYSHIFT.
o RHR pump discharge and cavity boron is currently 2404 ppm (sampled 30 minutes ago).
Unit One is in refueling shutdown with the head and upper internals removed. A request from the refueling SRO has been made to authorize fuel movement (core offload) in accordance with 1-OSP-ZZ-004 attachment 8. Current conditions are as follows (items not observable from the control room): o Refueling containment integrity is set and verified by the shift manager. o Cavity level is 26.5'. o RHR pump discharge and cavity boron is currently 2404 ppm (sampled 30 minutes ago). o The reactor was shutdown 122 hours ago. o Both station batteries are operable and split out. o Both trains of SFP cooling are available with one in service. o All make-up flowpaths to the SFP are available. o 1-RM-Q7, CTMT PARTC ALERT/FAILURE and 1-RM-R7, 1-RM-RI-159 have just alarmed. o 'A' RHR pump in service to the 'A' HX. 'B' RHR pump and HX are tagged out for maintenance.
o The reactor was shutdown 122 hours ago.
o Both station batteries are operable and split out.
o Both trains of SFP cooling are available with one in service.
o All make-up flowpaths to the SFP are available.
o 1-RM-Q7, CTMT PARTC ALERT/FAILURE and 1-RM-R7, 1-RM-RI-159 have just alarmed.
o A RHR pump in service to the A HX. B RHR pump and HX are tagged out for maintenance.
Headset communications between the MCR and the manipulator crane have been verified.
Headset communications between the MCR and the manipulator crane have been verified.
You are to authorize fuel movement after completing attachment 8, if conditions allow. If conditions do not allow, you are to list ALL issues present that must be resolved to allow fuel movement to commence.  
You are to authorize fuel movement after completing attachment 8, if conditions allow. If conditions do not allow, you are to list ALL issues present that must be resolved to allow fuel movement to commence.  


Surry 2014-301 OPT Review               Page 1 of 10 U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission Surry Power Station SR14301 Administrative Job Performance Measure G2.2.12   Applicant________________________________     Start Time___________________
Surry 2014-301 OPT Review Page 1 of 10 U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission Surry Power Station SR14301 Administrative Job Performance Measure G2.2.12 Applicant________________________________
Examiner_______________________________  
Start Time___________________
Examiner_______________________________
Date ___________________________________
Stop Time___________________
Title Review 1-OPT-FW-006, Auxiliary Feedwater MOV Test.
K/A: G.2.2.12 - Knowledge of surveillance procedures. RO: 3.7/ SRO: 4.1 Applicability Estimated Time Actual Time RO/SRO(D)/SRO(U) 10 Minutes Conditions Task is to be PERFORMED in the CLASSROOM.
Standards Review 1-OPT-FW-006, Auxiliary Feedwater MOV Test.
Initiating Cues 1-OPT-FW-006 has been completed by the previous shift.
You are to review the completed OPT for accuracy and completeness.
Document any issues identified during review and operability requirements, if any, on the answer sheet provided.
When you have completed the review, inform your examiner.
Terminating Cues 1-OPT-FW-006 review complete.
Tools and Equipment Copy of 1-OPT-FW-006 Safety Considerations None


Date ___________________________________  Stop Time___________________  Title  Review 1-OPT-FW-006, Auxiliary Feedwater MOV Test. K/A: G.2.2.12 - Knowledge of surveillance procedures. RO: 3.7/ SRO: 4.1  Applicability      Estimated Time  Actual Time  RO/SRO(D)/SRO(U)    10 Minutes                        Conditions  Task is to be PERFORMED in the CLASSROOM. Standards  Review 1-OPT-FW-006, Auxiliary Feedwater MOV Test. Initiating Cues  1-OPT-FW-006 has been completed by the previous shift. You are to review the completed OPT for accuracy and completeness. Document any issues identified during review and operability requirements, if any, on the answer sheet provided. When you have completed the review, inform your examiner. Terminating Cues 1-OPT-FW-006 review complete. Tools and Equipment Copy of 1-OPT-FW-006  Safety Considerations None Surry 2014-301 OPT Review               Page 2 of 14   Initial Conditions:   Unit 1 at 100% power. Initiating Cues   1-OPT-FW-006 has been completed by the previous shift. You are to review the completed OPT for accuracy and completeness.
Surry 2014-301 OPT Review Page 2 of 14 Initial Conditions:
Document any issues identified during review and operability requirements, if any, on the answer sheet provided. When you have completed the review, inform your examiner.
Unit 1 at 100% power.
Surry 2014-301 OPT Review               Page 3 of 14 PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST Notes to the Evaluator   Task critical elements are bolded and denoted by an asterisk (*). At the completion of the JPM all SRO Candidates will have a Follow-Up question. START TIME: ____________           STEP 1:   Reviews Scheduled PT Cover Sheet.
Initiating Cues 1-OPT-FW-006 has been completed by the previous shift.
STANDARD: a) Reviews the following:   Reviews Schedule Date, Drop Dead Date, Actual Start Date & Time, and Actual Finish Date & time. Determines that PT was performed on the Schedule Start Date. Determines that PT was completed prior to the Drop Dead date. Identifies check mark correct in Completed by DDD in Maximo, YES blank. Identifies that Satisfactory blank is checked. Identifies Departmental Signature on appropriate blank. EVALUATOR NOTES: If asked, it is desired to perform this Review now. COMMENTS:   _______ SAT _______ UNSAT
You are to review the completed OPT for accuracy and completeness.
Document any issues identified during review and operability requirements, if any, on the answer sheet provided.
When you have completed the review, inform your examiner.  
 
Surry 2014-301 OPT Review Page 3 of 14 PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST Notes to the Evaluator Task critical elements are bolded and denoted by an asterisk (*).
At the completion of the JPM all SRO Candidates will have a Follow-Up question.
START TIME: ____________
STEP 1:
Reviews Scheduled PT Cover Sheet.
STANDARD:
a) Reviews the following:
Reviews Schedule Date, Drop Dead Date, Actual Start Date & Time, and Actual Finish Date & time.
Determines that PT was performed on the Schedule Start Date.
Determines that PT was completed prior to the Drop Dead date.
Identifies check mark correct in Completed by DDD in Maximo, YES blank.
Identifies that Satisfactory blank is checked.
Identifies Departmental Signature on appropriate blank.
EVALUATOR NOTES:
If asked, it is desired to perform this Review now.
COMMENTS:
_______ SAT
_______ UNSAT
 
Surry 2014-301 OPT Review Page 4 of 14 STEP 2:
Reviews Initial Conditions and Precautions and Limitations.
STANDARD:
Identifies Initial Condition 3.1 initialed.
Identifies Precautions and limitations 4.1 through 4.5 initialed.
EVALUATOR NOTES: NONE COMMENTS:
_______ SAT
_______ UNSAT STEP 3:
Reviews section 6.1, Work Preparation, of section 6.0, INSTRUCTIONS.
STANDARD:
Identifies correct use of N/A for Step 6.1.1.
EVALUATOR NOTES: NONE COMMENTS:
_______ SAT
_______ UNSAT STEP 4:
Reviews section 6.2, Testing 1-FW-MOV-151E, SG A AFW Flow Isol.
STANDARD:
a) Step 6.2.1: Cycle 1-FW-MOV-151E and verify full stroke. Record the time required to close and to open the MOV.
Identifies Close and Open times within the Acceptable Range.
b) Step 6.2.2: Return 1-FW-MOV-151E to position specified by Shift Supervision. Circle as left position.
Identifies Open circled.
Identifies Return to position correctly verified by initial in verification blank.
c) Step 6.2.3: record the stopwatch SQC No. and Cal Due Date.
Identifies SQC No. and Cal Due Date blanks filled out appropriately.
EVALUATOR NOTES: NONE COMMENTS:
_______ SAT
_______ UNSAT
 
Surry 2014-301 OPT Review Page 5 of 14 STEP 5:
Reviews section 6.3, Testing 1-FW-MOV-151F, SG A AFW Flow Isol.
STANDARD:
a) Step 6.3.1: Cycle 1-FW-MOV-151F and verify full stroke. Record the time required to close and to open the MOV.
Identifies Close and Open times within the Acceptable Range.
b) Step 6.3.2: Return 1-FW-MOV-151F to position specified by Shift Supervision. Circle as left position.
*Identifies Neither Open or Closed circled.
*Identifies Return to position verification initial missing in verification blank.
c) Step 6.3.3: record the stopwatch SQC No. and Cal Due Date.
Identifies SQC No. and Cal Due Date blanks filled out appropriately.
EVALUATOR NOTES:
Acknowledge that return to position open/closed not circled, and verification initial missing.
Have the Candidate continue with the PT review.
COMMENTS:
_______ SAT
_______ UNSAT STEP 6:
Reviews section 6.4, Testing 1-FW-MOV-151C, SG B AFW Flow Isol.
STANDARD:
a) Step 6.4.1: Cycle 1-FW-MOV-151C and verify full stroke. Record the time required to close and to open the MOV.
Identifies Close and Open times within the Acceptable Range.
b) Step 6.4.2: Return 1-FW-MOV-151C to position specified by Shift Supervision. Circle as left position.
Identifies Open circled.
Identifies Return to position correctly verified by initial in verification blank.
c) Step 6.4.3: record the stopwatch SQC No. and Cal Due Date.
Identifies SQC No. and Cal Due Date blanks filled out appropriately.
EVALUATOR NOTES: NONE COMMENTS:
_______ SAT
_______ UNSAT  


Surry 2014-301 OPT Review               Page 4 of 14   STEP 2:   Reviews Initial Conditions and Precautions and Limitations. STANDARD:   Identifies Initial Condition 3.1 initialed. Identifies Precautions and limitations 4.1 through 4.5 initialed. EVALUATOR NOTES:   NONE COMMENTS:    _______ SAT  _______ UNSAT STEP 3:  Reviews section 6.1, Work Preparation, of section 6.0, INSTRUCTIONS. STANDARD:   Identifies correct use of N/A for Step 6.1.1. EVALUATOR NOTES: NONE COMMENTS:   _______ SAT _______ UNSAT STEP 4:   Reviews section 6.2, Testing 1-FW-MOV-151E, SG A AFW Flow Isol. STANDARD: a) Step 6.2.1: Cycle 1-FW-MOV-151E and verify full stroke. Record the time required to close and to open the MOV. Identifies Close and Open times within the Acceptable Range. b) Step 6.2.2: Return 1-FW-MOV-151E to position specified by Shift Supervision. Circle as left position. Identifies Open circled. Identifies Return to position correctly verified by initial in verification blank. c) Step 6.2.3: record the stopwatch SQC No. and Cal Due Date. Identifies SQC No. and Cal Due Date blanks filled out appropriately. EVALUATOR NOTES: NONE   COMMENTS:   _______ SAT _______ UNSAT
Surry 2014-301 OPT Review Page 6 of 14 STEP 7:
Reviews section 6.5, Testing 1-FW-MOV-151D, SG B AFW Flow Isol.
STANDARD:
a) Step 6.5.1: Cycle 1-FW-MOV-151D and verify full stroke. Record the time required to close and to open the MOV.
Identifies Close and Open times within the Acceptable Range.
b) Step 6.5.2: Return 1-FW-MOV-151D to position specified by Shift Supervision. Circle as left position.
*Identifies Open Not circled.
Identifies Return to position correctly verified by initial in verification blank.
c) Step 6.5.3: record the stopwatch SQC No. and Cal Due Date.
Identifies SQC No. filled in appropriately.  
*Identifies Cal Date Due Date: is blank.
EVALUATOR NOTES:
Acknowledge Open not circled, and Cal Date Due: is blank.
Have the Candidate continue the PT Review.
COMMENTS:
_______ SAT
_______ UNSAT STEP 8:
Reviews section 6.6, Testing 1-FW-MOV-151A, SG C AFW Flow Isol.
STANDARD:
a) Step 6.6.1: Cycle 1-FW-MOV-151A and verify full stroke. Record the time required to close and to open the MOV.
Identifies Close and Open times within the Acceptable Range.
b) Step 6.6.2: Return 1-FW-MOV-151A to position specified by Shift Supervision. Circle as left position.
Identifies Open circled.
Identifies Return to position correctly verified by initial in verification blank.
c) Step 6.6.3: record the stopwatch SQC No. and Cal Due Date.
Identifies SQC No. and Cal Due Date blanks filled out appropriately.
EVALUATOR NOTES: NONE COMMENTS:
_______ SAT
_______ UNSAT  


Surry 2014-301 OPT Review               Page 5 of 14   STEP 5:   Reviews section 6.3, Testing 1-FW-MOV-151F, SG A AFW Flow Isol. STANDARD: a) Step 6.3.1: Cycle 1-FW-MOV-151F and verify full stroke. Record the time required to close and to open the MOV. Identifies Close and Open times within the Acceptable Range. b) Step 6.3.2: Return 1-FW-MOV-151F to position specified by Shift Supervision. Circle as left position. *Identifies Neither Open or Closed circled. *Identifies Return to position verification initial missing in verification blank. c) Step 6.3.3: record the stopwatch SQC No. and Cal Due Date. Identifies SQC No. and Cal Due Date blanks filled out appropriately. EVALUATOR NOTES: Acknowledge that return to position open/closed not circled, and verification initial missing. Have the Candidate continue with the PT review. COMMENTS:   _______ SAT _______ UNSAT STEP 6:   Reviews section 6.4, Testing 1-FW-MOV-151C, SG B AFW Flow Isol. STANDARD: a) Step 6.4.1: Cycle 1-FW-MOV-151C and verify full stroke. Record the time required to close and to open the MOV. Identifies Close and Open times within the Acceptable Range. b) Step 6.4.2: Return 1-FW-MOV-151C to position specified by Shift Supervision. Circle as left position. Identifies Open circled. Identifies Return to position correctly verified by initial in verification blank. c) Step 6.4.3:  record the stopwatch SQC No. and Cal Due Date. Identifies SQC No. and Cal Due Date blanks filled out appropriately. EVALUATOR NOTES: NONE   COMMENTS:   _______ SAT _______ UNSAT
Surry 2014-301 OPT Review Page 7 of 14 STEP 9:
Reviews section 6.7, Testing 1-FW-MOV-151B, SG C AFW Flow Isol.
STANDARD:
a) Step 6.7.1: Cycle 1-FW-MOV-151B and verify full stroke. Record the time required to close and to open the MOV.
Identifies Close and Open times within the Acceptable Range.
b) Step 6.7.2: Return 1-FW-MOV-151B to position specified by Shift Supervision. Circle as left position.
Identifies Open circled.
Identifies Return to position correctly verified by initial in verification blank.
c) Step 6.7.3: record the stopwatch SQC No. and Cal Due Date.
Identifies SQC No. and Cal Due Date blanks filled out appropriately.
EVALUATOR NOTES: NONE COMMENTS:
_______ SAT
_______ UNSAT STEP 10: reviews Section 7.0 Follow-On.
STANDARD:
Verifies Step 7.1.1 initialed.
Verifies Step 7.1.2 initialed.
Verifies Satisfactory checked.
EVALUATOR NOTES: NONE COMMENTS:
_______ SAT
_______ UNSAT  


Surry 2014-301 OPT Review               Page 6 of 14   STEP 7:   Reviews section 6.5, Testing 1-FW-MOV-151D, SG B AFW Flow Isol. STANDARD: a) Step 6.5.1: Cycle 1-FW-MOV-151D and verify full stroke. Record the time required to close and to open the MOV. Identifies Close and Open times within the Acceptable Range. b) Step 6.5.2: Return 1-FW-MOV-151D to position specified by Shift Supervision. Circle as left position.  *Identifies Open Not circled. Identifies Return to position correctly verified by initial in verification blank. c) Step 6.5.3:  record the stopwatch SQC No. and Cal Due Date. Identifies SQC No. filled in appropriately.  *Identifies Cal Date Due Date: is blank. EVALUATOR NOTES: Acknowledge Open not circled, and Cal Date Due: is blank. Have the Candidate continue the PT Review. COMMENTS:   _______ SAT _______ UNSAT STEP 8:   Reviews section 6.6, Testing 1-FW-MOV-151A, SG C AFW Flow Isol. STANDARD: a) Step 6.6.1: Cycle 1-FW-MOV-151A and verify full stroke. Record the time required to close and to open the MOV. Identifies Close and Open times within the Acceptable Range. b) Step 6.6.2: Return 1-FW-MOV-151A to position specified by Shift Supervision. Circle as left position. Identifies Open circled. Identifies Return to position correctly verified by initial in verification blank. c) Step 6.6.3:  record the stopwatch SQC No. and Cal Due Date. Identifies SQC No. and Cal Due Date blanks filled out appropriately. EVALUATOR NOTES: NONE   COMMENTS:   _______ SAT _______ UNSAT
Surry 2014-301 OPT Review Page 8 of 14 STEP 11:
Reviews Section 7.2 Follow-On Tasks.
STANDARD:  
*Identifies inappropriate N/A of Step 7.2.3. (N/A should stop at Step 7.2.2), and Step 7.2.3 should be initialed.
EVALUATOR NOTES:
Acknowledge inappropriate N/A of Step 7.2.3.
Have the candidate continue review of the PT.
COMMENTS:
_______ SAT
_______ UNSAT STEP 12:
Reviews Section 7.3 Notification, Documentation, and Procedure Closeout.
STANDARD:
Identifies initial for Step 7.3.1.
Identifies Both Names listed in Table.
Identifies Signature and date at bottom of page.
EVALUATOR NOTES: NONE Candidate must identify 4/5 of the incorrect items (80%) to be satisfactory.
COMMENTS:
_______ SAT
_______ UNSAT STOP TIME: ________
Notes:
EVALUATOR NOTE: Proceed to Follow-up question for SRO Candidates.


Surry 2014-301 OPT Review               Page 7 of 14   STEP 9:  Reviews section 6.7, Testing 1-FW-MOV-151B, SG C AFW Flow Isol. STANDARD:  a) Step 6.7.1: Cycle 1-FW-MOV-151B and verify full stroke. Record the time required to close and to open the MOV. Identifies Close and Open times within the Acceptable Range. b) Step 6.7.2: Return 1-FW-MOV-151B to position specified by Shift Supervision. Circle as left position. Identifies Open  circled. Identifies Return to position correctly verified by initial in verification blank. c) Step 6.7.3: record the stopwatch SQC No. and Cal Due Date. Identifies SQC No. and Cal Due Date blanks filled out appropriately. EVALUATOR NOTES: NONE COMMENTS:    _______ SAT  _______ UNSAT  STEP 10:  reviews Section 7.0 Follow-On.
Surry 2014-301 OPT Review Page 9 of 14 ANSWER KEY NOT FOR TRAINEE 1-OPT-FW-006 REVIEW
: 1.
Step 6.3.2 - Identifies Neither Open or Closed circled.
: 2.
Step 6.3.2 - Identifies Return to position verification initial missing in verification blank.
: 3.
Step 6.5.2 - Identifies Open not circled.
: 4.
Step 6.5.3 - Identifies Cal Date Due Date is blank.
: 5.
Step 7.2.3 - Identifies inappropriate N/A of Step 7.2.3 Candidate must identify 4/5 of the incorrect items (80%) to be satisfactory.  


STANDARD:  Verifies Step 7.1.1 initialed. Verifies Step 7.1.2 initialed. Verifies Satisfactory checked. EVALUATOR NOTES:  NONE  COMMENTS:    _______ SAT  _______ UNSAT Surry 2014-301 OPT Review               Page 8 of 14  STEP 11:  Reviews Section 7.2 Follow-On Tasks. STANDARD:  *Identifies inappropriate N/A of Step 7.2.3.  (N/A should stop at Step 7.2.2), and Step 7.2.3 should be initialed. EVALUATOR NOTES: Acknowledge inappropriate N/A of Step 7.2.3. Have the candidate continue review of the PT. COMMENTS:  _______ SAT  _______ UNSAT  STEP 12:  Reviews Section 7.3 Notification, Documentation, and Procedure Closeout. STANDARD:  Identifies initial for Step 7.3.1. Identifies Both Names listed in Table. Identifies Signature and date at bottom of page.
Surry 2014-301 OPT Review Page 10 of 14 EVALUATORS REFERENCE COPY Operator Directions Handout (TO BE READ TO APPLICANT BY EXAMINER)
EVALUATOR NOTES:  NONE Candidate must identify 4/5 of the incorrect items (80%) to be satisfactory.
Task Task is to be performed in the Classroom.
COMMENTS:    _______ SAT  _______ UNSAT STOP TIME: ________
Directions The evaluator will explain the initial conditions of the task to be performed and will provide the initiating cue. Ensure you indicate to the evaluator when you understand your assigned task.
Notes: _______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
Initial Conditions:
_____________________________________________________________________________________________
Unit 1 at 100% power.
_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________  EVALUATOR NOTE: Proceed to Follow-up question for SRO Candidates.
Initiating Cues 1-OPT-FW-006 has been completed by the previous shift.
Surry 2014-301 OPT Review              Page 9 of 14  ANSWER KEY  NOT FOR TRAINEE  1-OPT-FW-006 REVIEW  1. Step 6.3.2 - Identifies Neither Open or Closed circled. 2. Step 6.3.2 - Identifies Return to position verification initial missing in verification blank. 3. Step 6.5.2 - Identifies Open not circled. 4. Step 6.5.3 - Identifies Cal Date Due Date is blank. 5. Step 7.2.3 - Identifies inappropriate N/A of Step 7.2.3  Candidate must identify 4/5 of the incorrect items (80%) to be satisfactory.
You are to review the completed OPT for accuracy and completeness.
Surry 2014-301 OPT Review              Page 10 of 14   EVALUATOR'S REFERENCE COPY Operator Directions Handout (TO BE READ TO APPLICANT BY EXAMINER) Task   Task is to be performed in the Classroom. Directions The evaluator will explain the initial conditions of the task to be performed and will provide the initiating cue. Ensure you indicate to the evaluator when you understand your assigned task.
Document any issues identified during review and operability requirements, if any, on the answer sheet provided.
Initial Conditions:   Unit 1 at 100% power. Initiating Cues   1-OPT-FW-006 has been completed by the previous shift. You are to review the completed OPT for accuracy and completeness. Document any issues identified during review and operability requirements, if any, on the answer sheet provided. When you have completed the review, inform your examiner.  
When you have completed the review, inform your examiner.  


Surry 2014-301 OPT Review               Page 11 of 14   SRO ONLY ANSWER KEY   NOT FOR TRAINEE 1-OPT-FW-006 FOLLOW-UP Question     1-OPT-FW-006 has been completed and the following MOV had a "Close "stroke time outside the Acceptable range:   Stroke Time Reference Acceptable Range     1-FW-MOV-151C, SG B AFW ISOL 28.2 sec 20.0 sec 17.0 - 23.0 sec   What actions are required by Technical Specifications?
Surry 2014-301 OPT Review Page 11 of 14 SRO ONLY ANSWER KEY NOT FOR TRAINEE 1-OPT-FW-006 FOLLOW-UP Question 1-OPT-FW-006 has been completed and the following MOV had a Close stroke time outside the Acceptable range:
Stroke Time Reference Acceptable Range 1-FW-MOV-151C, SG B AFW ISOL 28.2 sec 20.0 sec 17.0 - 23.0 sec What actions are required by Technical Specifications?
ANSWER: TS 3.6.C.3 require two redundant flowpaths, including system piping, headers, valves, and control board indication required for operation.
ANSWER: TS 3.6.C.3 require two redundant flowpaths, including system piping, headers, valves, and control board indication required for operation.
TS 3.6.G.1 requires a 72 hour clock to restore to OPERABLE status.
TS 3.6.G.1 requires a 72 hour clock to restore to OPERABLE status.  
Surry 2014-301 OPT Review              Page 12 of 14  SRO ONLY Candidate  1-OPT-FW-006 FOLLOW-UP Question    1-OPT-FW-006 has been completed and the following MOV had a "Close "stroke time outside the Acceptable range:    Stroke Time Reference Acceptable Range    1-FW-MOV-151C, SG  B AFW ISOL  28.2 sec 20.0 sec 17.0 - 23.0 sec What actions are required by Technical Specifications?
Operator Directions Handout  (TO BE GIVEN TO APPLICANT)    Initial Conditions:  Unit 1 at 100% power. Initiating Cues  1-OPT-FW-006 has been completed by the previous shift. You are to review the completed OPT for accuracy and completeness.
Document any issues identified during review and operability requirements, if any, on the answer sheet provided. When you have completed the review, inform your examiner.
ANSWER SHEET  1-OPT-FW-006 REVIEW  _______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________


_______________________________________________________________________________________
Surry 2014-301 OPT Review Page 12 of 14 SRO ONLY Candidate 1-OPT-FW-006 FOLLOW-UP Question 1-OPT-FW-006 has been completed and the following MOV had a Close stroke time outside the Acceptable range:
Stroke Time Reference Acceptable Range 1-FW-MOV-151C, SG B AFW ISOL 28.2 sec 20.0 sec 17.0 - 23.0 sec What actions are required by Technical Specifications?


_______________________________________________________________________________________
Operator Directions Handout (TO BE GIVEN TO APPLICANT)
Initial Conditions:
Unit 1 at 100% power.
Initiating Cues 1-OPT-FW-006 has been completed by the previous shift.
You are to review the completed OPT for accuracy and completeness.
Document any issues identified during review and operability requirements, if any, on the answer sheet provided.
When you have completed the review, inform your examiner.


_______________________________________________________________________________________
ANSWER SHEET 1-OPT-FW-006 REVIEW
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________


_______________________________________________________________________________________
Surry 2014-301 Emerg Exposure Auth.
1 of 5 U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission Surry Power Station SR2014301 Administrative Job Performance Measure G2.3.4 (RO 3.2 / SRO 3.7)
Applicant________________________________
Start Time___________________
Examiner_______________________________
Date ___________________________________
Stop Time___________________
Title Authorize Emergency Exposure in accordance with EPIP-4.04, Emergency Exposure Limits.
K/A: G2.3.4 Knowledge of radiation exposure limits under normal or emergency conditions.
Applicability Estimated Time Actual Time SRO(D)/SRO(U) 5 Minutes Conditions Task may be PERFORMED in the Classroom.
Unit has experienced a LBLOCA.
Standards Emergency Exposure Denied IAW EPIP-4.04.
Initiating Cues Nuclear Shift Manager Direction.
Terminating Cues EPIP-4.04, Emergency Exposure Limits, step 9.0 completed.
Procedures EPIP-1.01, Revision 56.
EPIP-1.03, Revision 22.
EPIP-4.04, Revision 9.
Tools and Equipment Safety Considerations None None


_______________________________________________________________________________________
Surry 2014-301 Emerg Exposure Auth.
2 of 5 Initial Conditions You are the Station Emergency Manager.
Unit 1 experienced a LBLOCA today at 1330 hrs. An Alert was declared at 1340 based on EAL identifier FA1.1 due to loss of RCS barrier.
All notifications have been made.
The following unit conditions exist:
o RMT is currently in service.
o 1-SI-P-1A experienced excessive seal leakage and was spraying water on the motor. The pump has been secured.
o 1-SI-P-1B is in service at this time.
Maintenance has two mechanics standing by to repair the seal for 1-SI-P-1A. Both men are between the ages of 40-45.
The calculated estimated TEDE dose is 12 Rem per individual.
You are currently performing step 15 of EPIP-1.03.
The Radiological Assessment Director (RAD) has performed EPIP-4.04 through step 9 as required and is waiting on authorization from you for emergency exposure.
Initiating Cues Here is the completed, up through step 9, EPIP-4.04 from the RAD. I need you to approve or disapprove the emergency exposure for the two mechanics. When you finish the actions necessary to accomplish this, please inform me.
Notes Fill out copies of EPIP-1.01 through step 8, and EPIP-1.03 through step 15. FA1.1 is the EAL identifier.
Use todays date. Alert declared at 1340 due to a LBLOCA. Two-mechanics between the ages of 40-45 are prepared to repair a seal leak on 1-SI-P-1A and are waiting on approval from the SEM for emergency exposure.
The estimated dose to each individual is 12 Rem TEDE. Use the name of the SRO being evaluated in the SM name spots in EPIP-1.01 (step 3), EPIP-1.03 (step 1), and EPIP-4.04 (step 1).
Fill out EPIP 4.04 through step 9. Fill out two (2) Attachment 3 forms with name of individual and exposure. Both forms should be approved by the RAD with Final authorization by the Shift manager left blank.


_______________________________________________________________________________________
Surry 2014-301 Emerg Exposure Auth.
_______________________________________________________________________________________
3 of 5 PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST Notes to the Evaluator Task critical elements are bolded and denoted by an asterisk (*).
_______________________________________________________________________________________
Have copies of all procedures (EPIP-1.01, 1.03 and 4.04) available upon request.
_______________________________________________________________________________________
Role play as Radiological Assessment Director.
START TIME: _________________
STEP 1:
AUTHORIZES EMERGENCY EXPOSURE:
STANDARD:
a) Reviews EPIP-4.04 and notes that the limit to save valuable equipment is 10 Rem TEDE.
b) Determines from initiating conditions and review of EPIP-4.04, ATTACHMENT 3 (12 REM) that both operators would exceed the maximum limit of Dose to protect equipment.
c)
* Does not authorize (DISAPPROVES) emergency exposure for the two mechanics.
EVALUATORS NOTE:
COMMENTS:
_______ SAT
_______ UNSAT STEP 2:
Report completion of Task.
COMMENTS:
JPM COMPLETE STOP TIME: ___________________________
Comments: __________________________________________________________________________________


_______________________________________________________________________________________
Operator Directions Handout (TO BE READ TO APPLICANT BY EXAMINER)
Task Task is to be performed in the simulator.
Directions The evaluator will explain the initial conditions of the task to be performed and will provide the initiating cue. Ensure you indicate to the evaluator when you understand your assigned task.
Initial Conditions You are the Station Emergency Manager.
Unit 1 experienced a LBLOCA today at 1330 hrs. An Alert was declared at 1340 based on EAL identifier FA1.1 due to loss of RCS barrier.
All notifications have been made.
The following unit conditions exist:
o RMT is currently in service.
o 1-SI-P-1A experienced excessive seal leakage and was spraying water on the motor. The pump has been secured.
o 1-SI-P-1B is in service at this time.
Maintenance has two mechanics standing by to repair the seal for 1-SI-P-1A. Both men are between the ages of 40-45.
The calculated estimated TEDE dose is 12 Rem per individual.
You are currently performing step 15 of EPIP-1.03.
The Radiological Assessment Director (RAD) has performed EPIP-4.04 through step 9 as required and is waiting on authorization from you for emergency exposure.
Initiating Cues Here is the completed, up through step 9, EPIP-4.04 from the RAD. I need you to approve or disapprove the emergency exposure for the two mechanics. When you finish the actions necessary to accomplish this, please inform me.


_______________________________________________________________________________________
Operator Directions Handout (TO BE GIVEN TO APPLICANT)
Initial Conditions You are the Station Emergency Manager.
Unit 1 experienced a LBLOCA today at 1330 hrs. An Alert was declared at 1340 based on EAL identifier FA1.1 due to loss of RCS barrier.
All notifications have been made.
The following unit conditions exist:
o RMT is currently in service.
o 1-SI-P-1A experienced excessive seal leakage and was spraying water on the motor. The pump has been secured.
o 1-SI-P-1B is in service at this time.
Maintenance has two mechanics standing by to repair the seal for 1-SI-P-1A. Both men are between the ages of 40-45.
The calculated estimated TEDE dose is 12 Rem per individual.
You are currently performing step 15 of EPIP-1.03.
The Radiological Assessment Director (RAD) has performed EPIP-4.04 through step 9 as required and is waiting on authorization from you for emergency exposure.
Initiating Cues Here is the completed, up through step 9, EPIP-4.04 from the RAD. I need you to approve or disapprove the emergency exposure for the two mechanics. When you finish the actions necessary to accomplish this, please inform me.


Surry  2014-301 Emerg Exposure Auth. 1 of 5  U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission  Surry Power Station  SR2014301  Administrative Job Performance Measure G2.3.4 (RO 3.2 / SRO 3.7)
Surry 2014-301 Calculate Rad Dose Page 1 of 9 U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission Surry Power Station SR2014301 Administrative Job Performance Measure G2.3.4 (RO 3.2 / SRO 3.7)
Applicant________________________________    Start Time___________________  Examiner_______________________________  Date ___________________________________  Stop Time___________________  Title  Authorize Emergency Exposure in accordance with EPIP-4.04, Emergency Exposure Limits. K/A: G2.3.4 Knowledge of radiation exposure limits under normal or emergency conditions. Applicability      Estimated Time  Actual Time SRO(D)/SRO(U)      5 Minutes    __________                      Conditions  Task may be PERFORMED in the Classroom. Unit has experienced a LBLOCA. Standards  Emergency Exposure Denied IAW EPIP-4.04. Initiating Cues  Nuclear Shift Manager Direction. Terminating Cues  EPIP-4.04, Emergency Exposure Limits, step 9.0 completed. Procedures  EPIP-1.01, Revision 56. EPIP-1.03, Revision 22. EPIP-4.04, Revision 9. Tools and Equipment    Safety Considerations  None      None Surry  2014-301 Emerg Exposure Auth. 2 of 5  Initial Conditions  You are the Station Emergency Manager. Unit 1 experienced a LBLOCA today at 1330 hrs. An Alert was declared at 1340 based on EAL identifier FA1.1 due to loss of RCS barrier. All notifications have been made. The following unit conditions exist: o RMT is currently in service. o 1-SI-P-1A experienced excessive seal leakage and was spraying water on the motor. The pump has been secured. o 1-SI-P-1B is in service at this time. Maintenance has two mechanics standing by to repair the seal for 1-SI-P-1A. Both men are between the ages of 40-45. The calculated estimated TEDE dose is 12 Rem per individual. You are currently performing step 15 of EPIP-1.03. The Radiological Assessment Director (RAD) has performed EPIP-4.04 through step 9 as required and is waiting on authorization from you for emergency exposure. Initiating Cues  Here is the completed, up through step 9, EPIP-4.04 from the RAD. I need you to approve or disapprove the emergency exposure for the two mechanics. When you finish the actions necessary to accomplish this, please inform me. Notes  Fill out copies of EPIP-1.01 through step 8, and EPIP-1.03 through step 15. FA1.1 is the EAL identifier. Use today's date. Alert declared at 1340 due to a LBLOCA. Two-mechanics between the ages of 40-45 are prepared to repair a seal leak on 1-SI-P-1A and are waiting on approval from the SEM for emergency exposure. The estimated dose to each individual is 12 Rem TEDE. Use the name of the SRO being evaluated in the SM name spots in EPIP-1.01 (step 3), EPIP-1.03 (step 1), and EPIP-4.04 (step 1). Fill out EPIP 4.04 through step 9. Fill out two (2) Attachment 3 forms with name of individual and exposure. Both forms should be approved by the RAD with Final authorization by the Shift manager left blank.
Applicant________________________________
Surry  2014-301 Emerg Exposure Auth. 3 of 5  PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST  Notes to the Evaluator  Task critical elements are bolded and denoted by an asterisk (*). Have copies of all procedures (EPIP-1.01, 1.03 and 4.04) available upon request. Role play as Radiological Assessment Director. START TIME: _________________        STEP 1:  AUTHORIZES EMERGENCY EXPOSURE:  STANDARD:
Start Time___________________
a) Reviews EPIP-4.04 and notes that the limit to save valuable equipment is 10 Rem TEDE. b) Determines from initiating conditions and review of EPIP-4.04, ATTACHMENT 3 (12 REM) that both operators would exceed the maximum limit of Dose to protect equipment. c)
Examiner_______________________________
* Does not authorize (DISAPPROVES) emergency exposure for the two mechanics. EVALUATOR'S NOTE:  COMMENTS:    _______ SAT  _______ UNSAT  STEP 2:  Report completion of Task. COMMENTS:      ** JPM COMPLETE **
Date ___________________________________
STOP TIME:  ___________________________  Comments: __________________________________________________________________________________
Stop Time___________________
____________________________________________________________________________________________  ____________________________________________________________________________________________  ____________________________________________________________________________________________  ____________________________________________________________________________________________  ____________________________________________________________________________________________
Title Calculate Dose and Best Work Method K/A: G2.3.4 Knowledge of radiation exposure limits under normal or emergency conditions. (3.2/3.7)
Operator Directions Handout  (TO BE READ TO APPLICANT BY EXAMINER)    Task  Task is to be performed in the simulator. Directions  The evaluator will explain the initial conditions of the task to be performed and will provide the initiating cue. Ensure you indicate to the evaluator when you understand your assigned task. Initial Conditions  You are the Station Emergency Manager. Unit 1 experienced a LBLOCA today at 1330 hrs. An Alert was declared at 1340 based on EAL identifier FA1.1 due to loss of RCS barrier. All notifications have been made. The following unit conditions exist: o RMT is currently in service. o 1-SI-P-1A experienced excessive seal leakage and was spraying water on the motor. The pump has been secured. o 1-SI-P-1B is in service at this time. Maintenance has two mechanics standing by to repair the seal for 1-SI-P-1A. Both men are between the ages of 40-45. The calculated estimated TEDE dose is 12 Rem per individual. You are currently performing step 15 of EPIP-1.03. The Radiological Assessment Director (RAD) has performed EPIP-4.04 through step 9 as required and is waiting on authorization from you for emergency exposure. Initiating Cues  Here is the completed, up through step 9, EPIP-4.04 from the RAD. I need you to approve or disapprove the emergency exposure for the two mechanics. When you finish the actions necessary to accomplish this, please inform me.
Applicability Estimated Time Actual Time ALL 30 Minutes Conditions Task is to be PERFORMED in the classroom.
Operator Directions Handout  (TO BE GIVEN TO APPLICANT)  Initial Conditions  You are the Station Emergency Manager. Unit 1 experienced a LBLOCA today at 1330 hrs. An Alert was declared at 1340 based on EAL identifier FA1.1 due to loss of RCS barrier. All notifications have been made. The following unit conditions exist: o RMT is currently in service. o 1-SI-P-1A experienced excessive seal leakage and was spraying water on the motor. The pump has been secured. o 1-SI-P-1B is in service at this time. Maintenance has two mechanics standing by to repair the seal for 1-SI-P-1A. Both men are between the ages of 40-45. The calculated estimated TEDE dose is 12 Rem per individual. You are currently performing step 15 of EPIP-1.03. The Radiological Assessment Director (RAD) has performed EPIP-4.04 through step 9 as required and is waiting on authorization from you for emergency exposure. Initiating Cues  Here is the completed, up through step 9, EPIP-4.04 from the RAD. I need you to approve or disapprove the emergency exposure for the two mechanics. When you finish the actions necessary to accomplish this, please inform me.
Standards Determines the maximum allowable time for opening 1-RH-MOV-1700 is 6 minutes.
Surry 2014-301 Calculate Rad Dose             Page 1 of 9 U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission Surry Power Station SR2014301 Administrative Job Performance Measure G2.3.4 (RO 3.2 / SRO 3.7)   Applicant________________________________     Start Time___________________ Examiner_______________________________
Initial Conditions:
Date ___________________________________   Stop Time___________________ Title Calculate Dose and Best Work Method K/A: G2.3.4 Knowledge of radiation exposure limits under normal or emergency conditions. (3.2/3.7) Applicability     Estimated Time Actual Time ALL       30 Minutes                         Conditions   Task is to be PERFORMED in the classroom. Standards   Determines the maximum allowable time for opening 1-RH-MOV-1700 is 6 minutes. Initial Conditions:
Unit 1 has experienced a small break LOCA with a safety injection.
Unit 1 has experienced a small break LOCA with a safety injection. The Operating Team is attempting to place the Residual Heat Removal System in service, but they are unable to open 1-RH-MOV-1700 from the Main Control Room. You have been tasked with entering Containment and locally opening 1-RH-MOV-1700. Your allowable dose limit for this job is 1800 mr. General area radiation levels have been manually estimated based on installed radiation monitor readings. Survey maps of the Unit 1 Containment are available, showing dose rates and one way travel time to reach the valve via the chosen route. Health Physics personnel are currently unavailable to provide assistance for dose determination.
The Operating Team is attempting to place the Residual Heat Removal System in service, but they are unable to open 1-RH-MOV-1700 from the Main Control Room.
Surry 2014-301 Calculate Rad Dose            Page 2 of 9  On the 3'6" elevation, travel time (one way) is all the way to 1-RH-MOV-1700. Calculate dose received on travel on the 3'6" based on pathway dose and not dose rate in loop room- time to walk across loop room floor to 1-RH-MOV-1700 is negligible. Initiating Cues  You have been directed to determine:  1. The maximum time you will have to open 1-RH-MOV-1700 without exceeding your allowable dose. Terminating Cues  Determines the maximum time for opening 1-RH-MOV-1700 without exceeding dose limits. Tools and Equipment  Calculator  Survey Data  VPAP-2101  Safety Considerations  None  Notes       
You have been tasked with entering Containment and locally opening 1-RH-MOV-1700.
Your allowable dose limit for this job is 1800 mr.
General area radiation levels have been manually estimated based on installed radiation monitor readings.
Survey maps of the Unit 1 Containment are available, showing dose rates and one way travel time to reach the valve via the chosen route.
Health Physics personnel are currently unavailable to provide assistance for dose determination.  


Surry 2014-301 Calculate Rad Dose             Page 3 of 9 PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST Notes to the Evaluator   Task critical elements are bolded and denoted by an asterisk (*). Provide survey map to candidate. START TIME:__________________             STEP 1:     Calculate path exposure to 1-RH-MOV-1700. STANDARD: ___ 1. (3 R/HR)(1000 MR/R)(1 HR/60 MIN)(1 MIN)(2 TRIPS) = 100 MR.   (Personnel Hatch to Stairway) ___ 2. (3 R/HR)(1000 MR/R)(1 HR/60 MIN)(3 MIN)(2 TRIPS) = 300 MR.     (Stairway)   ___ 3. (12 R/HR)(1000 MR/R)(1 HR/60 MIN)(2 MIN)(2 TRIPS) = 800 MR.     (Stairway on -3'6" to valve)   ___ 4.   (100 MR)+(300 MR)+(800MR) =
Surry 2014-301 Calculate Rad Dose Page 2 of 9 On the 36 elevation, travel time (one way) is all the way to 1-RH-MOV-1700. Calculate dose received on travel on the 36 based on pathway dose and not dose rate in loop room-time to walk across loop room floor to 1-RH-MOV-1700 is negligible.
Initiating Cues You have been directed to determine:
: 1. The maximum time you will have to open 1-RH-MOV-1700 without exceeding your allowable dose.
Terminating Cues Determines the maximum time for opening 1-RH-MOV-1700 without exceeding dose limits.
Tools and Equipment Calculator Survey Data VPAP-2101 Safety Considerations None Notes
 
Surry 2014-301 Calculate Rad Dose Page 3 of 9 PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST Notes to the Evaluator Task critical elements are bolded and denoted by an asterisk (*).
Provide survey map to candidate.
START TIME:__________________
STEP 1:
Calculate path exposure to 1-RH-MOV-1700.
STANDARD:
___ 1.
(3 R/HR)(1000 MR/R)(1 HR/60 MIN)(1 MIN)(2 TRIPS) = 100 MR.
(Personnel Hatch to Stairway)
___ 2.
(3 R/HR)(1000 MR/R)(1 HR/60 MIN)(3 MIN)(2 TRIPS) = 300 MR.
(Stairway)
___ 3.
(12 R/HR)(1000 MR/R)(1 HR/60 MIN)(2 MIN)(2 TRIPS) = 800 MR.
(Stairway on -36 to valve)
___ 4.
(100 MR)+(300 MR)+(800MR) =
* 1200 MR.
* 1200 MR.
EVALUATOR'S NOTES: Total exposure via this path: 1200 mr. (acceptable band - 1699-1701 mr). THIS IS A CRITICAL STEP   COMMENTS:
EVALUATOR'S NOTES: Total exposure via this path: 1200 mr. (acceptable band - 1699-1701 mr). THIS IS A CRITICAL STEP COMMENTS:
_______ SAT _______ UNSAT STEP 2:
_______ SAT
Calculate remaining allowable exposure at valve. STANDARD:   __ 1. Allowable Dose to open the valve - (1800 MR) - (1200 MR) =
_______ UNSAT STEP 2:
* 600 MR EVALUATOR'S NOTES: Total allowable dose: 600 MR. THIS IS A CRITICAL STEP COMMENTS:     _______ SAT _______ UNSAT Surry 2014-301 Calculate Rad Dose             Page 4 of 9 STEP 3:     Determine the maximum allowable time the operator has to open 1-RH-MOV-1700. STANDARD:
Calculate remaining allowable exposure at valve.
___ 1. (600 MR)(HR/6R)(1R/1000 MR)(1 HR/60 MIN) =
STANDARD:
* 6 MIN.   (Personnel Hatch to Stairway)
__ 1.
EVALUATOR'S NOTES: Determines maximum allowable time to operate the valve is 6 minutes. THIS IS A CRITICAL STEP COMMENTS:     _______ SAT _______ UNSAT     STOP TIME:   ____________________________________________________________________________________  ____________________________________________________________________________________
Allowable Dose to open the valve - (1800 MR) - (1200 MR) =
____________________________________________________________________________________  ____________________________________________________________________________________  ____________________________________________________________________________________
* 600 MR EVALUATOR'S NOTES:
Operator Directions Handout (TO BE READ TO APPLICANT BY EXAMINER) Task   Task is to be performed in the classroom. Directions The evaluator will explain the initial conditions of the task to be performed and will provide the initiating cue. Ensure you indicate to the evaluator when you understand your assigned task. Initial Conditions:   Unit 1 has experienced a small break LOCA with a safety injection. The Operating Team is attempting to place the Residual Heat Removal System in service, but they are unable to open 1-RH-MOV-1700 from the Main Control Room. You have been tasked with entering Containment and locally opening 1-RH-MOV-1700. Your allowable dose limit for this job is 1800 mr. General area radiation levels have been manually estimated based on installed radiation monitor readings.
Total allowable dose: 600 MR. THIS IS A CRITICAL STEP COMMENTS:
_______ SAT
_______ UNSAT  
 
Surry 2014-301 Calculate Rad Dose Page 4 of 9 STEP 3:
Determine the maximum allowable time the operator has to open 1-RH-MOV-1700.
STANDARD:
___ 1.
(600 MR)(HR/6R)(1R/1000 MR)(1 HR/60 MIN) =
* 6 MIN.
(Personnel Hatch to Stairway)
EVALUATOR'S NOTES: Determines maximum allowable time to operate the valve is 6 minutes. THIS IS A CRITICAL STEP COMMENTS:
_______ SAT
_______ UNSAT STOP TIME:  
 
Operator Directions Handout (TO BE READ TO APPLICANT BY EXAMINER)
Task Task is to be performed in the classroom.
Directions The evaluator will explain the initial conditions of the task to be performed and will provide the initiating cue. Ensure you indicate to the evaluator when you understand your assigned task.
Initial Conditions:
Unit 1 has experienced a small break LOCA with a safety injection.
The Operating Team is attempting to place the Residual Heat Removal System in service, but they are unable to open 1-RH-MOV-1700 from the Main Control Room.
You have been tasked with entering Containment and locally opening 1-RH-MOV-1700.
Your allowable dose limit for this job is 1800 mr.
General area radiation levels have been manually estimated based on installed radiation monitor readings.
Survey maps of the Unit 1 Containment are available, showing dose rates and one way travel time to reach the valve via the chosen route.
Health Physics personnel are currently unavailable to provide assistance for dose determination.
On the 36 elevation, travel time (one way) is all the way to 1-RH-MOV-1700. Calculate dose received on travel on the 36 based on pathway dose and not dose rate in loop room-time to walk across loop room floor to 1-RH-MOV-1700 is negligible.
Initiating Cues You have been directed to determine:
: 2. The maximum time you will have to open 1-RH-MOV-1700 without exceeding your allowable dose.
 
Operator Directions Handout (TO BE GIVEN TO APPLICANT)
Task Task is to be performed in the classroom.
Initial Conditions:
Unit 1 has experienced a small break LOCA with a safety injection.
The Operating Team is attempting to place the Residual Heat Removal System in service, but they are unable to open 1-RH-MOV-1700 from the Main Control Room.
You have been tasked with entering Containment and locally opening 1-RH-MOV-1700.
Your allowable dose limit for this job is 1800 mr.
General area radiation levels have been manually estimated based on installed radiation monitor readings.
Survey maps of the Unit 1 Containment are available, showing dose rates and one way travel time to reach the valve via the chosen route.
Survey maps of the Unit 1 Containment are available, showing dose rates and one way travel time to reach the valve via the chosen route.
Health Physics personnel are currently unavailable to provide assistance for dose determination.
Health Physics personnel are currently unavailable to provide assistance for dose determination.
On the 3'6" elevation, travel time (one way) is all the way to 1-RH-MOV-1700. Calculate dose received on travel on the 3'6" based on pathway dose and not dose rate in loop room- time to walk across loop room floor to 1-RH-MOV-1700 is negligible. Initiating Cues   You have been directed to determine: 2. The maximum time you will have to open 1-RH-MOV-1700 without exceeding your allowable dose.
On the 36 elevation, travel time (one way) is all the way to 1-RH-MOV-1700. Calculate dose received on travel on the 36 based on pathway dose and not dose rate in loop room-time to walk across loop room floor to 1-RH-MOV-1700 is negligible.
Operator Directions Handout  (TO BE GIVEN TO APPLICANT)  Task  Task is to be performed in the classroom. Initial Conditions:
Initiating Cues You have been directed to determine:
Unit 1 has experienced a small break LOCA with a safety injection. The Operating Team is attempting to place the Residual Heat Removal System in service, but they are unable to open 1-RH-MOV-1700 from the Main Control Room. You have been tasked with entering Containment and locally opening 1-RH-MOV-1700. Your allowable dose limit for this job is 1800 mr. General area radiation levels have been manually estimated based on installed radiation monitor readings. Survey maps of the Unit 1 Containment are available, showing dose rates and one way travel time to reach the valve via the chosen route. Health Physics personnel are currently unavailable to provide assistance for dose determination. On the 3'6" elevation, travel time (one way) is all the way to 1-RH-MOV-1700. Calculate dose received on travel on the 3'6" based on pathway dose and not dose rate in loop room- time to walk across loop room floor to 1-RH-MOV-1700 is negligible. Initiating Cues You have been directed to determine: 1. The maximum time you will have to open 1-RH-MOV-1700 without exceeding your allowable dose.  
: 1. The maximum time you will have to open 1-RH-MOV-1700 without exceeding your allowable dose.  


Surry 2014-301 Obtain Data for EPIP-2.01               Page 1 of 9   U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission Surry Power Station   SR2014301 Administrative Job Performance Measure G 2.4.39 (RO 3.8 / SRO 3.7)
Surry 2014-301 Obtain Data for EPIP-2.01 Page 1 of 9 U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission Surry Power Station SR2014301 Administrative Job Performance Measure G 2.4.39 (RO 3.8 / SRO 3.7)
Applicant________________________________     Start Time___________________ Examiner_______________________________ Date ___________________________________   Stop Time___________________ Title Obtain Required information in accordance with EPIP-2.01, Notification of State and Local Governments. K/A: G2.4.39 - Knowledge of RO responsibilities in emergency plan implementation. Applicability     Estimated Time Actual Time RO/SRO       12 Minutes                         Conditions   Task may be PERFORMED in classroom or Simulator. A simulated GENERAL EMERGENCY is in progress. Standards   Determines Meteorological data in accordance with EPIP-2.01, Notification of State and Local Governments. Initiating Cues   Nuclear Shift Manager direction. Terminating Cues   EPIP-2.01 steps 16-21 complete. Procedures   EPIP-2.01, Revision 43 Tools and Equipment     Safety Considerations   None       None Surry 2014-301 Obtain Data for EPIP-2.01               Page 2 of 9 Initial Conditions   You are an extra Reactor Operator assisting the shift. A General Emergency was declared one-half hour ago due to a LBLOCA. Initial Notifications to the State and Local governments were made on time. Initial Notification to the NRC was also made on time. PCS is inoperable. The Corporate Emergency Response Center reports that their link to our MET tower is inoperable. Initiating Cues   I am the Nuclear Shift Manager and you are the RO / BOP. You are to acquire the following MET data in accordance with EPIP-2.01 and give that information to the State and Local Emergency Communicator. 1) Temperature 2) Average Wind Direction 3) Wind Speed 4) Stability class   Notes Surry 2014-301 Obtain Data for EPIP-2.01               Page 3 of 9 PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST Simulator Set-up   Enter the following Meter Overrides for MET PANEL Recorder Name Variable Name Initial Value Final Value Recorder Reading Wind Dir Upper MET_WIND_DIR_UPR 0.6111111 0 0o Wind Dir Lower MET_WIND_DIR_LWR 0.6111111 0 0o Wind Speed Upper MET_WIND_SPD_UPR 0.23 0.5 50 mph Wind Speed Lower MET_WIND_SPD_LWR 0.23 0.2 20 mph Ambient Temp. MET_TEMP 0.651852 0.763 90 oF Delta Temp MET_DELTAT 1.0 0.22 -1.1 Wind Dir Backup MET_WIND_DIR_BKP 0.611111 0.67 361.8 oF Wind Spd Backup MET_WIND_SPD_BKP 0.23 0.45 45 mph Sigma Theta MET_WIND- MET_SIGMA_THETA 0.28 0.4 20o         When complete the Recorders should look as shown below.
Applicant________________________________
Surry 2014-301 Obtain Data for EPIP-2.01               Page 4 of 9   Notes to the Evaluator. Task critical elements are bolded and denoted by an asterisk (*). START TIME:   _________. STEP 1:   Determines EPIP-2.01 steps 16 provides procedural guidance for obtaining MET data. STANDARD:   a) Continuous Action Page directs RO to go to step 16. EVALUATOR'S NOTE:
Start Time___________________
Candidate can also identify step 16 by review of procedure. COMMENTS:   _______ SAT _______ UNSAT   STEP 2: Notes: (Prior to Step 16) Data may be obtained from MET panel charts, PCS, the computer modem or local data logger (Described in 0-AP-20.03, LOSS OF METEOROLOGICAL MONITORING INSTRUMENTATION). Both the PCS EMCOMM feature and PCS Point Group #39, contains meteorological information averaged over the previous 15 minutes STANDARD:   a) Reads and acknowledges the Notes. EVALUATOR'S NOTE:   If asked: PCS is inoperable, you are to use the MET Data Recorder. COMMENTS:   _______ SAT _______ UNSAT Surry 2014-301 Obtain Data for EPIP-2.01               Page 5 of 9     STEP 3: Check ON-SITE METEOROLOGICAL INFORMATION - AVAILABLE. (Step 16) STANDARD:
Examiner_______________________________
a) Determines that METEOROLOGICAL INFORMATION is available. b) Initials Step 16.
Date ___________________________________
EVALUATOR'S NOTE:   If asked: MET information is available on site. COMMENTS:   _______ SAT
Stop Time___________________
_______ UNSAT STEP 4: Get current on-site meteorological information as requested. (Step 17)   STANDARD: a) Candidate may obtain the information in any order. b) Initials Step 17. COMMENTS:   _______ SAT _______ UNSAT Surry 2014-301 Obtain Data for EPIP-2.01               Page 6 of 9 STEP 5: Get Temperature from Main Tower Temperature Indicator. (Step 18) STANDARD: a) Determines from MET Tower Primary Signal Recorder that Temperature is 90 oF. b) Records Temperature 90.0 oF on data sheet. c) Initials Step 18.
Title Obtain Required information in accordance with EPIP-2.01, Notification of State and Local Governments.
EVALUATOR'S NOTE:   Data sheet is provided to record indications, but candidate can write value on other paper. COMMENTS:       _______ SAT _______ UNSAT STEP 6: Notes: (Prior to Step 19)   Primary source of wind speed is the Main Tower Lower Level indicator. Alternate sources are (1) Backup Tower, and (2) Main Tower Upper Level. The Dose Assessment Team may direct the use of meteorological data from the Main Tower Upper Level, based on the nature of the release. STANDARD: a) Acknowledges Notes.
K/A: G2.4.39 - Knowledge of RO responsibilities in emergency plan implementation.
EVALUATOR'S NOTE:   If asked: The Dose Asessment Team has not made any requests. COMMENTS:
Applicability Estimated Time Actual Time RO/SRO 12 Minutes Conditions Task may be PERFORMED in classroom or Simulator.
_______ SAT _______ UNSAT Surry 2014-301 Obtain Data for EPIP-2.01               Page 7 of 9 STEP 7: GET WIND SPEED (Step 19)   STANDARD: a) Determines from MET Tower Primary Signal Recorder that Wind Speed is 20mph. b) Records Wind Speed 20.0 mph on data sheet. c) Initials Step 19 EVALUATOR'S NOTE: Note prior to Step 19 identifies the correct source for Wind Speed. Data sheet is provided to record indications, but candidate can write value on other paper   COMMENTS:   _______ SAT _______ UNSAT STEP 7: Notes: (Prior to Step 20) An approximate average wind direction for the previous 15 minutes should be determined. Primary source of wind direction is the Main Tower Lower Level indicator.
A simulated GENERAL EMERGENCY is in progress.
Alternate sources are (1) Backup Tower, and (2) Main Tower Upper Level. STANDARD: a) Candidate reads and acknowledges Notes. EVALUATOR'S NOTE:
Standards Determines Meteorological data in accordance with EPIP-2.01, Notification of State and Local Governments.
Initiating Cues Nuclear Shift Manager direction.
Terminating Cues EPIP-2.01 steps 16-21 complete.
Procedures EPIP-2.01, Revision 43 Tools and Equipment Safety Considerations None None  
 
Surry 2014-301 Obtain Data for EPIP-2.01 Page 2 of 9 Initial Conditions You are an extra Reactor Operator assisting the shift.
A General Emergency was declared one-half hour ago due to a LBLOCA.
Initial Notifications to the State and Local governments were made on time.
Initial Notification to the NRC was also made on time.
PCS is inoperable.
The Corporate Emergency Response Center reports that their link to our MET tower is inoperable.
Initiating Cues I am the Nuclear Shift Manager and you are the RO / BOP. You are to acquire the following MET data in accordance with EPIP-2.01 and give that information to the State and Local Emergency Communicator.
: 1) Temperature
: 2) Average Wind Direction
: 3) Wind Speed
: 4) Stability class Notes  
 
Surry 2014-301 Obtain Data for EPIP-2.01 Page 3 of 9 PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST Simulator Set-up Enter the following Meter Overrides for MET PANEL Recorder Name Variable Name Initial Value Final Value Recorder Reading Wind Dir Upper MET_WIND_DIR_UPR 0.6111111 0
0o Wind Dir Lower MET_WIND_DIR_LWR 0.6111111 0
0o Wind Speed Upper MET_WIND_SPD_UPR 0.23 0.5 50 mph Wind Speed Lower MET_WIND_SPD_LWR 0.23 0.2 20 mph Ambient Temp.
MET_TEMP 0.651852 0.763 90 oF Delta Temp MET_DELTAT 1.0 0.22  
-1.1 Wind Dir Backup MET_WIND_DIR_BKP 0.611111 0.67 361.8 oF Wind Spd Backup MET_WIND_SPD_BKP 0.23 0.45 45 mph Sigma Theta MET_WIND-MET_SIGMA_THETA 0.28 0.4 20o When complete the Recorders should look as shown below.  
 
Surry 2014-301 Obtain Data for EPIP-2.01 Page 4 of 9 Notes to the Evaluator.
Task critical elements are bolded and denoted by an asterisk (*).
START TIME: _________.
STEP 1:
Determines EPIP-2.01 steps 16 provides procedural guidance for obtaining MET data.
STANDARD:
a) Continuous Action Page directs RO to go to step 16.
EVALUATORS NOTE:
Candidate can also identify step 16 by review of procedure.
COMMENTS:
_______ SAT
_______ UNSAT STEP 2:
Notes: (Prior to Step 16)
Data may be obtained from MET panel charts, PCS, the computer modem or local data logger (Described in 0-AP-20.03, LOSS OF METEOROLOGICAL MONITORING INSTRUMENTATION).
Both the PCS EMCOMM feature and PCS Point Group #39, contains meteorological information averaged over the previous 15 minutes STANDARD:
a) Reads and acknowledges the Notes.
EVALUATORS NOTE:
If asked: PCS is inoperable, you are to use the MET Data Recorder.
COMMENTS:
_______ SAT
_______ UNSAT  
 
Surry 2014-301 Obtain Data for EPIP-2.01 Page 5 of 9 STEP 3:
Check ON-SITE METEOROLOGICAL INFORMATION - AVAILABLE. (Step 16)
STANDARD:
a) Determines that METEOROLOGICAL INFORMATION is available.
b) Initials Step 16.
EVALUATORS NOTE:
If asked: MET information is available on site.
COMMENTS:
_______ SAT
_______ UNSAT STEP 4:
Get current on-site meteorological information as requested. (Step 17)
STANDARD:
a) Candidate may obtain the information in any order.
b) Initials Step 17.
COMMENTS:
_______ SAT
_______ UNSAT  
 
Surry 2014-301 Obtain Data for EPIP-2.01 Page 6 of 9 STEP 5:
Get Temperature from Main Tower Temperature Indicator. (Step 18)
STANDARD:
a) Determines from MET Tower Primary Signal Recorder that Temperature is 90 oF.
b) Records Temperature 90.0 oF on data sheet.
c) Initials Step 18.
EVALUATORS NOTE:
Data sheet is provided to record indications, but candidate can write value on other paper.
COMMENTS:
_______ SAT
_______ UNSAT STEP 6:
Notes: (Prior to Step 19)
Primary source of wind speed is the Main Tower Lower Level indicator.
Alternate sources are (1) Backup Tower, and (2) Main Tower Upper Level.
The Dose Assessment Team may direct the use of meteorological data from the Main Tower Upper Level, based on the nature of the release.
STANDARD:
a) Acknowledges Notes.
EVALUATORS NOTE:
If asked: The Dose Asessment Team has not made any requests.
COMMENTS:
_______ SAT
_______ UNSAT  
 
Surry 2014-301 Obtain Data for EPIP-2.01 Page 7 of 9 STEP 7:
GET WIND SPEED (Step 19)
STANDARD:
a) Determines from MET Tower Primary Signal Recorder that Wind Speed is 20mph.
b) Records Wind Speed 20.0 mph on data sheet.
c) Initials Step 19 EVALUATORS NOTE:
Note prior to Step 19 identifies the correct source for Wind Speed.
Data sheet is provided to record indications, but candidate can write value on other paper COMMENTS:
_______ SAT
_______ UNSAT STEP 7:
Notes: (Prior to Step 20)
An approximate average wind direction for the previous 15 minutes should be determined.
Primary source of wind direction is the Main Tower Lower Level indicator.
Alternate sources are (1) Backup Tower, and (2) Main Tower Upper Level.
STANDARD:
a) Candidate reads and acknowledges Notes.
EVALUATORS NOTE:
If asked: Time Compression: 15 minutes has been met.
If asked: Time Compression: 15 minutes has been met.
COMMENTS:   _______ SAT _______ UNSAT Surry 2014-301 Obtain Data for EPIP-2.01               Page 8 of 9 STEP 8: GET AVERAGE WIND DIRECTION FROM PCS. (Step 20) STANDARD: a) Determines PCS is NOT Available. b) Performs RNO gets Average Wind Direction from MET Recorder. c)   Records Wind Direction 0.0 reading on data sheet. c) Initials step. EVALUATOR'S NOTE:   Note prior to Step 20 identifies Primary source and Alternate source. Data sheet is provided to record indications, but candidate can write value on other paper. COMMENTS:   _______ SAT _______ UNSAT STEP 9: Notes: (Prior to Step 21) Main Tower Delta T is the preferred source of stability class. Sigma Theta (Backup Tower) is the secondary source. The value closer to "G" should be used if unable to distinguish Delta T or Sigma Theta value. Numerical ranges presented below for Delta T and Sigma Theta are less than the range of the chart recorder and indicator in the Control Room. Indications are not expected to read outside the ranges found on these tables. STANDARD: a) Candidate reads and acknowledges Notes. EVALUATOR'S NOTE:   COMMENTS:   _______ SAT _______ UNSAT Surry 2014-301 Obtain Data for EPIP-2.01               Page 9 of 9 STEP 10: DETERMINE STABILITY CLASS. (Step 21)   STANDARD: a) Candidate determines Stability class using Delta T. Delta T is -1.1 oF from MET Tower Primary Recorder. b) Records Stability Class B on data sheet. c) Initials Step.
COMMENTS:
EVALUATOR'S NOTE:   Note prior to step 21 identifies the correct column (Delta T) to use. Data sheet is provided to record indications, but candidate can write value on other paper. COMMENTS:    
_______ SAT
_______ UNSAT  
 
Surry 2014-301 Obtain Data for EPIP-2.01 Page 8 of 9 STEP 8:
GET AVERAGE WIND DIRECTION FROM PCS. (Step 20)
STANDARD:
a) Determines PCS is NOT Available.
b) Performs RNO gets Average Wind Direction from MET Recorder.
c) Records Wind Direction 0.0 reading on data sheet.
c) Initials step.
EVALUATORS NOTE:
Note prior to Step 20 identifies Primary source and Alternate source.
Data sheet is provided to record indications, but candidate can write value on other paper.
COMMENTS:
_______ SAT
_______ UNSAT STEP 9:
Notes: (Prior to Step 21)
Main Tower Delta T is the preferred source of stability class. Sigma Theta (Backup Tower) is the secondary source.
The value closer to G should be used if unable to distinguish Delta T or Sigma Theta value.
Numerical ranges presented below for Delta T and Sigma Theta are less than the range of the chart recorder and indicator in the Control Room. Indications are not expected to read outside the ranges found on these tables.
STANDARD:
a) Candidate reads and acknowledges Notes.
EVALUATORS NOTE:
COMMENTS:
_______ SAT
_______ UNSAT  
 
Surry 2014-301 Obtain Data for EPIP-2.01 Page 9 of 9 STEP 10:
DETERMINE STABILITY CLASS. (Step 21)
STANDARD:
a) Candidate determines Stability class using Delta T. Delta T is -1.1 oF from MET Tower Primary Recorder.
b) Records Stability Class B on data sheet.
c) Initials Step.
EVALUATORS NOTE:
Note prior to step 21 identifies the correct column (Delta T) to use.
Data sheet is provided to record indications, but candidate can write value on other paper.
COMMENTS:
_______ SAT
_______ UNSAT
 
Surry 2014-301 Obtain Data for EPIP-2.01 Page 10 of 9 STEP 11:
Provides MET data to Emergency Communicator.
Temperature 90.0 oF Wind Speed 20.0 mph Wind Direction 0.0 Stability Class B
STANDARD:
a)
* Provides MET Data as shown above. This is a critical step.
EVALUATORS NOTE:
Accept data as Emergency Communicator COMMENTS:
JPM COMPLETE
_______ SAT
_______ UNSAT STOP TIME: ___________________________
Comments: __________________________________________________________________________________
 
Surry 2014-301 Obtain Data for EPIP-2.01 Operator Directions Handout (TO BE READ TO APPLICANT BY EXAMINER)
Directions The evaluator will explain the initial conditions of the task to be performed and will provide the initiating cue. Ensure you indicate to the evaluator when you understand your assigned task.
Initial Conditions You are an extra Reactor Operator assisting the shift.
A General Emergency was declared one-half hour ago due to a LBLOCA.
Initial Notifications to the State and Local governments were made on time.
Initial Notification to the NRC was also made on time.
PCS is inoperable.
The Corporate Emergency Response Center reports that their link to our MET tower is inoperable.
Initiating Cues I am the Nuclear Shift Manager and you are the RO / BOP. You are to acquire the following MET data in accordance with EPIP-2.01 and give that information to the State and Local Emergency Communicator.
: 1) Temperature
: 2) Average Wind Direction
: 3) Wind Speed
: 4) Stability class
 
Surry 2014-301 Obtain Data for EPIP-2.01 Operator Directions Handout (TO BE GIVEN TO APPLICANT)
Initial Conditions You are an extra Reactor Operator assisting the shift.
A General Emergency was declared one-half hour ago due to a LBLOCA.
Initial Notifications to the State and Local governments were made on time.
Initial Notification to the NRC was also made on time.
PCS is inoperable.
The Corporate Emergency Response Center reports that their link to our MET tower is inoperable.
Initiating Cues I am the Nuclear Shift Manager and you are the RO / BOP. You are to acquire the following MET data in accordance with EPIP-2.01 and give that information to the State and Local Emergency Communicator.
: 1) Temperature
: 2) Average Wind Direction
: 3) Wind Speed
: 4) Stability class Data Sheet Temperature Wind Speed Wind Direction Stability Class
 
Surry 2014-301 Determine Classification and PAR Page 1 of U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission Surry Power Station SR2014301 Administrative Job Performance Measure 2.4.41(RO 2.9 / SRO 3.7)
Applicant________________________________
Start Time___________________
Examiner_______________________________
Date ___________________________________
Stop Time___________________
Title CLASSIFY AN EVENT AND DETERMINE THE REQUIRED PAR ACTIONS K/A: G2.4.41 - Knowledge of the emergency action level thresholds and classifications. (2.9/4.6)
Applicability Est Completion Time Actual Time SRO ONLY 20 Minutes (Portions **TC**)
Conditions Task is to be PERFORMED in the SIMULATOR or CLASSROOM.
A simulated GENERAL EMERGENCY is in progress.
Standards Evaluate a given set of plant conditions and determine that a General Emergency exists in accordance with EPIP-1.01 and the EAL table, and then determine that the appropriate PAR for that General Emergency is PAR B.
Initiating Cues Significant event notification.
EPIP-1.01, Emergency Manager Controlling Procedure.
Terminating Cues EPIP-1.06, Step 8 Completed.
Procedures EPIP-1.01, Emergency Manager Controlling Procedure, Revision 56.
EPIP-1.06, Protective Action Recommendations, Revision 10.
Tools and Equipment Safety Considerations None None
 
Surry 2014-301 Determine Classification and PAR Page 2 of MAKE SURE YOU PROVIDE THE CORRECT CUE SHEET (PAGE 1, LAST PAGE OF THIS JPM) FOR THE PORTION OF THE TASK TO BE PERFORMED!!!!
Initial Conditions You are the Nuclear Shift Manager. An event is in progress with plant conditions as follows:
The station has experienced a loss of offsite power due to grid collapse. The system operator reports 16 hours for power restoration to Surrys switchyard.
Both units are currently at Hot Shutdown.
When attempting to load the AAC diesel on the 1J bus, the 1J bus faulted and electricians have determined that extensive damage has occurred to the buswork with repairs estimated to take 4 days.
#1 EDG tripped on overspeed during start-up. Mechanics reset the overspeed, and when started, the diesel experienced extremely high vibrations and casing penetration by a piston, and was subsequently tripped locally.
All radiation monitors indicate pre-event radiation levels.
Unit 1 team is currently performing the actions of ECA-0.0, Loss of All AC power.
Unit 2 team is completing the actions of ES-0.1, Reactor Trip Response.
Initiating Cues Here is a copy of EPIP 1.01, you are directed to classify this event in accordance with EPIP-1.01 and inform me of your classification as soon as it has been made.
This portion of the JPM is TIME CRITICAL.
 
Surry 2014-301 Determine Classification and PAR Page 1 of 18 Performance Checklist Notes to the Evaluator.
Task critical elements are denoted by an asterisk (*). If substeps of a critical element also have an asterisk (*),
then only those asterisked substeps are critical to performance of that task element.
Critical step sequencing requirements: 1 before 3.
START TIME: _________
Evaluators note-candidate may choose to make EAL classification straight from EAL tables and NOT implement steps of EPIP-1.01. Steps are given here as guidance.
Critical task time ends when classification determined regardless of determination method.
Caution and Note prior to step 1.
CAUTION: Declaration of the highest emergency class for which an Emergency Action Level is exceeded shall be made.
NOTE:
The PCS is potentially unreliable in the event of an earthquake. Therefore, PCS parameters should be evaluated for accuracy should an earthquake occur.
Standards (a)
Acknowledges CAUTION and NOTE Evaluators Note Evaluator's Comments
_______ SAT
_______ UNSAT
 
Surry 2014-301 Determine Classification and PAR Page 2 of 18 EAL STEP 1:
EVALUATE EMERGENCY ACTION LEVELS:
a) Determine event category using the applicable Emergency Action Level Matrix:
Hot Conditions (RCS > 200 &deg;F)
Cold Conditions (RCS 200 &deg;F) b) Review EAL associated with event category c) Use Control Room monitors, PCS, and outside reports to get indications of emergency conditions listed in the EAL Matrix d) Verify EAL - CURRENTLY EXCEEDED e) Initiate a chronological log of events Standards (a)
Refers to the HOT chart (b)
Determines event category to be Loss of Power.
(c)
Refers to given conditions to determine EAL applicability (d)
DETERMINES EAL SG1.1 GENERAL EMERGENCY to be met.
(e)
Initiates (or verbalizes) a chronological log of events.
Evaluators Note: If candidate makes EAL determination at this step, record stop time.
Evaluator's Comments STOP TIME: ___________
TIME CRITIAL-15 minutes
_______ SAT
_______ UNSAT
 
Surry 2014-301 Determine Classification and PAR Page 3 of 18 EAL Step 2:
RECORD EAL IDENTIFIER, TIME EMERGENCY DECLARED AND SM/SEM NAME.
Standards (a)
Determines that event is a General Emergency based on EAL SG1.1 (Loss of all offsite and onsite power to Unit 1 Emergency Busses H and J-This is a critical step.
(b)
Classifies event as a GENERAL EMERGENCY-This is a critical step.
Evaluators Note: If candidate makes EAL determination at this step, record stop time.
Evaluator's Comments STOP TIME: ___________
TIME CRITIAL-15 minutes
_______ SAT
_______ UNSAT EAL Step 3:
ANNOUNCE THE FOLLOWING DECLARATIONS:
Station Emergency Manager position Emergency Classification EAL Time Declared Standards (a)
Makes announcement Evaluators Note If candidate makes incorrect classification end the JPM at this point.
Evaluator's Comments
_______ SAT
_______ UNSAT
 
Surry 2014-301 Determine Classification and PAR Page 4 of 18 EVALUATOR:
Take EPIP-1.01 into your possession at this time.
HANDOUT PAGE 2 of OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS AT THIS TIME.
Initial Conditions A simulated GENERAL EMERGENCY is in progress.
You are the Nuclear Shift Manager. A GENERAL EMERGENCY has been declared on SG1.1.
EPIP-1.05, Response to General Emergency, Step 3 has been completed.
The State and Local Communicator has determined wind direction to be (from) 180&deg; and speed to be 17 mph.
There are no known impediments making evacuation dangerous.
A dose assessment has not been made.
All available radiation monitors indicate pre-event trends.
Initiating Cues Here's a copy of EPIP-1.06, Protective Action Recommendations. You are to complete EPIP-1.06, Protective Action Recommendations in its entirety.
When you finish the actions necessary to accomplish this, please inform me.
This portion of the JPM is TIME CRITICAL.
Notes to the Evaluator.
TIME CRITICAL REQUIREMENT:
This PAR must be identified and relayed to S&L communicators within 15 minutes.
START TIME:
PAR Step 1:
Procedure Step 1 INITIATE PROCEDURE.
Standards Fills in Name, Time and Date on Step 1.
Evaluator's Comments
_______ SAT
_______ UNSAT PAR Step 2:
Procedure Step 1 USE ATTACHMENT 1, PROTECTIVE ACTION RECOMMENDATION MATRIX, TO DETERMINE INITIAL PAR Standards (a)
Goes to Attachment 1.
Evaluator's Comments
_______ SAT
_______ UNSAT
 
Surry 2014-301 Determine Classification and PAR Page 5 of 18 PAR Step 3:
- Flowchart block 1-Known impediments make evacuation dangerous.
Standards
- Determines there are no known impediments that make evacuation dangerous.
Evaluator's Comments
_______ SAT
_______ UNSAT PAR Step 4:
- Flowchart block 2-Radiological release in progress or has occurred related to the event. (YES or NO).
Standards
- Determines that no radiological release in progress.
Evaluator's Comments
_______ SAT
_______ UNSAT
 
Surry 2014-301 Determine Classification and PAR Page 6 of 18 PAR Step 5:
- Flowchart-Evacuate 2 miles radius and 5 miles downwind.
Standards Determines that PAR B is required-This is a critical step.
Evaluator's Comments
_______ SAT
_______ UNSAT
 
Surry 2014-301 Determine Classification and PAR Page 7 of 18 PAR Step 6 Evaluators note - Candidate will now return to step 3 of the procedure (attachment 1 items complete)
Notes prior to step 3-ATTACHMENT 2, AFFECTED SECTOR(S) MAP, is to be used for all PAR developments from this procedure. ATTACHMENT 2, AFFECTED SECOTR(S) MAP is not to be used for PARs developed IAW EPIP-4.07, PROTECTECTIVE MEASURES.
Standards
- Acknowledges notes CUES
- None Evaluator's Comments
_______ SAT
_______ UNSAT PAR Step 7 Procedure Step 3 IMPLEMENT ATTACHMENT 2, AFFECTED SECTOR(S) MAP:
a) Record time wind data acquired.
b) Record average wind direction from, in degrees and compass point.
c) Record average wind speed in mph.
d) Record affected sectors.
e) Mark affected sectors on map (use any writing implement available, e.g.,
pen, pencil, highlighter etc.)
f)
GO TO Step 6 Standards Completes attachment 2 as follows:
* At (now) wind direction from 180&deg; (S), Wind Speed 17 mph, Sectors RAB.
- Using attachment 5 (as per the note), determines that affected sectors are R, A, B.
CUES
- If asked: Met data obtained at JPM start time.
Evaluator's Comments
_______ SAT
_______ UNSAT


_______ SAT _______ UNSAT
Surry 2014-301 Determine Classification and PAR Page 8 of 18 PAR Step 8 Procedure Step 6 COMPLETE ATTACHMENT 3, PROTECTIVE ACTION RECOMMENDATION FORM:
a) Protective Action Recommendation:
: 1) Mark appropriate PAR box(s)
: 2) Record Mile radius and Miles downwind
: 3) Record Downwind Sectors b) Remarks/Approval Information:
: 1) Record Remarks (optional)
: 2) Approve PAR (sign report)
: 3) Record date and time report approved Standards Completes item 1 of attachment 3 by marking EVACUATE 2 mile radius (360&deg;) and 5 miles downwind in the following sectors R, A, B -
this is a critical step.
Completes item 2 by signing and entering the current time and date.
Evaluators Note None CUES If asked: None Evaluator's Comments
_______ SAT
_______ UNSAT  


Surry 2014-301 Obtain Data for EPIP-2.01              Page 10 of 9  STEP 11:  Provides MET data to Emergency Communicator. Temperature 90.0 oF Wind Speed 20.0 mph Wind Direction 0.0 Stability Class B  STANDARD:  a)
Surry 2014-301 Determine Classification and PAR Page 9 of 18 PAR Step 9 Procedure Step 7 - HAVE EMERGENCY COMMUNICATORS NOTIFY OFF-SITE AUTHORITIES OF PAR:
* Provides MET Data as shown above. This is a critical step. EVALUATOR'S NOTE:
Virginia Emergency Operations Center notified IAW:
Accept data as Emergency Communicator COMMENTS:   
EPIP-1.06, PROTECTIVE ACTION RECOMMENDATIONS OR EPIP-4.07, PROTECTIVE MEASURES NRC notified IAW EPIP-2.02, NOTIFICATION OF NRC (notification made from Control Room or TSC, when activated)
** JPM COMPLETE **  _______ SAT
NRC notified IAW EPIP-4.33, HEALTH PHYSICS NETWORK COMMUNICATIONS (notifications made from TSC or LEOF/CEOF only after NRC requests HPN be established)
_______ UNSAT STOP TIME:  ___________________________  Comments: __________________________________________________________________________________  ____________________________________________________________________________________________
Standards (a)
____________________________________________________________________________________________  ____________________________________________________________________________________________  ____________________________________________________________________________________________
Directs State and Local EC to notify Virginia EOC - this is a critical step.
____________________________________________________________________________________________
(b)
____________________________________________________________________________________________
Directs NRC EC.
Surry 2014-301 Obtain Data for EPIP-2.01 Operator Directions Handout  (TO BE READ TO APPLICANT BY EXAMINER)  Directions  The evaluator will explain the initial conditions of the task to be performed and will provide the initiating cue. Ensure you indicate to the evaluator when you understand your assigned task. Initial Conditions  You are an extra Reactor Operator assisting the shift. A General Emergency was declared one-half hour ago due to a LBLOCA. Initial Notifications to the State and Local governments were made on time. Initial Notification to the NRC was also made on time. PCS is inoperable. The Corporate Emergency Response Center reports that their link to our MET tower is inoperable. Initiating Cues  I am the Nuclear Shift Manager and you are the RO / BOP. You are to acquire the following MET data in accordance with EPIP-2.01 and give that information to the State and Local Emergency Communicator. 1) Temperature 2) Average Wind Direction 3) Wind Speed  4) Stability class Surry 2014-301 Obtain Data for EPIP-2.01 Operator Directions Handout  (TO BE GIVEN TO APPLICANT)
CUES Tell SRO: State and Local EC will transmit PAR to Virginia EOC.
Initial Conditions  You are an extra Reactor Operator assisting the shift. A General Emergency was declared one-half hour ago due to a LBLOCA. Initial Notifications to the State and Local governments were made on time. Initial Notification to the NRC was also made on time. PCS is inoperable. The Corporate Emergency Response Center reports that their link to our MET tower is inoperable. Initiating Cues  I am the Nuclear Shift Manager and you are the RO / BOP. You are to acquire the following MET data in accordance with EPIP-2.01 and give that information to the State and Local Emergency Communicator. 1) Temperature 2) Average Wind Direction 3) Wind Speed  4) Stability class Data Sheet  Temperature  Wind Speed  Wind Direction  Stability Class Surry 2014-301 Determine Classification and PAR Page 1 of   U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission  Surry Power Station  SR2014301  Administrative Job Performance Measure 2.4.41(RO 2.9 / SRO 3.7)  Applicant________________________________    Start Time___________________  Examiner_______________________________  Date ___________________________________  Stop Time___________________  Title  CLASSIFY AN EVENT AND DETERMINE THE REQUIRED PAR ACTIONS  K/A: G2.4.41 - Knowledge of the emergency action level thresholds and classifications.  (2.9/4.6)  Applicability  Est Completion Time  Actual Time  SRO ONLY    20 Minutes (Portions **TC**) ___________  Conditions  Task is to be PERFORMED in the SIMULATOR or CLASSROOM. A simulated GENERAL EMERGENCY is in progress. Standards  Evaluate a given set of plant conditions and determine that a 'General Emergency' exists in accordance with EPIP-1.01 and the EAL table, and then determine that the appropriate PAR for that 'General Emergency' is PAR 'B'. Initiating Cues  Significant event notification. EPIP-1.01, Emergency Manager Controlling Procedure. Terminating Cues  EPIP-1.06, Step 8 Completed. Procedures  EPIP-1.01, Emergency Manager Controlling Procedure, Revision 56. EPIP-1.06, Protective Action Recommendations, Revision 10. Tools and Equipment    Safety Considerations  None      None Surry 2014-301 Determine Classification and PAR  Page 2 of    MAKE SURE YOU PROVIDE THE CORRECT CUE SHEET (PAGE 1, LAST PAGE OF THIS JPM) FOR THE PORTION OF THE TASK TO BE PERFORMED!!!!  Initial Conditions  You are the Nuclear Shift Manager. An event is in progress with plant conditions as follows:  The station has experienced a loss of offsite power due to grid collapse. The system operator reports 16 hours for power restoration to Surry's switchyard. Both units are currently at Hot Shutdown. When attempting to load the AAC diesel on the 1J bus, the 1J bus faulted and electricians have determined that extensive damage has occurred to the buswork with repairs estimated to take 4 days.  #1 EDG tripped on overspeed during start-up. Mechanics reset the overspeed, and when started, the diesel experienced extremely high vibrations and casing penetration by a piston, and was subsequently tripped locally. All radiation monitors indicate pre-event radiation levels. Unit 1 team is currently performing the actions of ECA-0.0, Loss of All AC power. Unit 2 team is completing the actions of ES-0.1, Reactor Trip Response. Initiating Cues  Here is a copy of EPIP 1.01, you are directed to classify this event in accordance with EPIP-1.01 and inform me of your classification as soon as it has been made. This portion of the JPM is TIME CRITICAL.
Tell SRO: NRC EC will notify NRC of PAR.
Surry 2014-301 Determine Classification and PAR Page 1 of 18  Performance Checklist  Notes to the Evaluator. Task critical elements are denoted by an asterisk (*). If substeps of a critical element also have an asterisk (*), then only those asterisked substeps are critical to performance of that task element. Critical step sequencing requirements: 1 before 3. START TIME:  _________                      Evaluator's note- candidate may choose to make EAL classification straight from EAL tables and NOT implement steps of EPIP-1.01. Steps are given here as guidance. Critical task time ends when classification determined regardless of determination method. Caution and Note prior to step 1. CAUTION:  Declaration of the highest emergency class for which an Emergency Action Level is exceeded shall be made.
If asked: HPN has not been requested yet.
NOTE: The PCS is potentially unreliable in the event of an earthquake. Therefore, PCS parameters should be evaluated for accuracy should an earthquake occur.
Evaluator's Note This step must be complete within 15 minutes of start of task.
Standards    (a) Acknowledges CAUTION and NOTE    Evaluator's Note    Evaluator's Comments     _______ SAT _______ UNSAT
Record Time: ______
Evaluator's Comments
_______ SAT
_______ UNSAT  


Surry 2014-301 Determine Classification and PAR Page 2 of 18   EAL STEP 1:    EVALUATE EMERGENCY ACTION LEVELS:  a) Determine event category using the applicable Emergency Action Level Matrix:  Hot Conditions (RCS > 200 &deg;F) b) Review EAL associated with event category c) Use Control Room monitors, PCS, and outside reports to get indications of emergency conditions listed in the EAL Matrix  d) Verify EAL - CURRENTLY EXCEEDED  e) Initiate a chronological log of events    Standards    (a) Refers to the HOT chart  (b) Determines event category to be Loss of Power.  (c) Refers to given conditions to determine EAL applicability  (d) DETERMINES EAL SG1.1 GENERAL EMERGENCY to be met.  (e) Initiates (or verbalizes) a chronological log of events. Evaluator's Note: If candidate makes EAL determination at this step, record stop time. Evaluator's Comments  STOP TIME:    ___________                TIME CRITIAL- 15 minutes  _______ SAT  _______ UNSAT Surry 2014-301 Determine Classification and PAR Page 3 of 18  EAL Step 2:  RECORD EAL IDENTIFIER, TIME EMERGENCY DECLARED AND SM/SEM NAME. Standards    (a) Determines that event is a General Emergency based on EAL SG1.1 (Loss of all offsite and onsite power to Unit 1 Emergency Busses H and J- This is a critical step.    (b) Classifies event as a GENERAL EMERGENCY- This is a critical step. Evaluator's Note: If candidate makes EAL determination at this step, record stop time.
Surry 2014-301 Determine Classification and PAR Page 10 of 18 PAR Step 10 Procedure Step 8 -
Evaluator's Comments  STOP TIME:    ___________                TIME CRITIAL- 15 minutes  _______ SAT  _______ UNSAT  EAL Step 3:    ANNOUNCE THE FOLLOWING DECLARATIONS:  Station Emergency Manager position  Emergency Classification  EAL  Time Declared Standards    (a) Makes announcement    Evaluator's Note    If candidate makes incorrect classification end the JPM at this point. Evaluator's Comments      _______ SAT  _______ UNSAT Surry 2014-301 Determine Classification and PAR  Page 4 of 18  EVALUATOR:  Take EPIP-1.01 into your possession at this time. HANDOUT PAGE 2 of OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS AT THIS TIME. Initial Conditions  A simulated GENERAL EMERGENCY is in progress. You are the Nuclear Shift Manager. A GENERAL EMERGENCY has been declared on SG1.1. EPIP-1.05, Response to General Emergency, Step 3 has been completed. The State and Local Communicator has determined wind direction to be (from) 180&deg; and speed to be 17 mph. There are no known impediments making evacuation dangerous. A dose assessment has not been made. All available radiation monitors indicate pre-event trends. Initiating Cues  Here's a copy of EPIP-1.06, Protective Action Recommendations. You are to complete EPIP-1.06, Protective Action Recommendations in its entirety. When you finish the actions necessary to accomplish this, please inform me. This portion of the JPM is TIME CRITICAL. Notes to the Evaluator.
CHECK IF CURRENT PROTECTIVE ACTION RECOMMENDATION - INITIAL PAR.
TIME CRITICAL REQUIREMENT:  This PAR must be identified and relayed to S&L communicators within 15 minutes. START TIME:                PAR Step 1:  Procedure Step 1  INITIATE PROCEDURE. Standards    Fills in Name, Time and Date on Step 1.      Evaluator's Comments    _______ SAT  _______ UNSAT  PAR Step 2:    Procedure Step 1 USE ATTACHMENT 1, PROTECTIVE ACTION   RECOMMENDATION MATRIX, TO DETERMINE INITIAL PAR   Standards  (a) Goes to Attachment 1. Evaluator's Comments    _______ SAT  _______ UNSAT Surry 2014-301 Determine Classification and PAR  Page 5 of 18  PAR Step 3:  Attachment 1 - Flowchart block 1-    Known impediments make evacuation dangerous. Standards    - Determines there are no known impediments that make evacuation dangerous.
Standards Determines this is current PAR from CUES If Asked: This is the initial PAR.
Evaluator's Comments    _______ SAT  _______ UNSAT  PAR Step 4:  Attachment 1 - Flowchart block 2-      Radiological release in progress or has occurred related to the event. (YES or NO).      Standards   - Determines that no radiological release in progress. Evaluator's Comments    _______ SAT  _______ UNSAT Surry 2014-301 Determine Classification and PAR Page 6 of 18  PAR Step 5:   Attachment 1 - Flowchart-    Evacuate 2 miles radius and 5 miles downwind.
Standards  Determines that PAR B is required- This is a critical step.
Evaluator's Comments
Evaluator's Comments
_______ SAT _______ UNSAT Surry 2014-301 Determine Classification and PAR  Page 7 of 18  PAR Step 6 Evaluator's note - Candidate will now return to step 3 of the procedure (attachment 1 items complete)    Notes prior to step 3-    ATTACHMENT 2, AFFECTED SECTOR(S) MAP, is to be used for all PAR developments from this procedure. ATTACHMENT 2, AFFECTED SECOTR(S) MAP is not to be used for PARs developed IAW EPIP-4.07, PROTECTECTIVE MEASURES. Standards  -  Acknowledges notes    CUES    - None    Evaluator's Comments    _______ SAT  _______ UNSAT  PAR Step 7 Procedure Step 3 IMPLEMENT ATTACHMENT 2, AFFECTED SECTOR(S) MAP: a) Record time wind data acquired. b) Record average wind direction from, in degrees and compass point. c) Record average wind speed in mph. d) Record affected sectors. e) Mark affected sectors on map (use any writing implement available, e.g.,
_______ SAT
pen, pencil, highlighter etc.) f) GO TO Step 6    Standards  - Completes attachment 2 as follows:
_______ UNSAT PAR Step 11 Procedure Step 9 -
* At (now) wind direction from 180&deg; (S), Wind Speed 17 mph, Sectors RAB.    -  Using attachment 5 (as per the note), determines that affected sectors are    R, A, B. CUES    - If asked: Met data obtained at JPM start time.
HAVE RADIOLOGICAL ASSESSMENT DIRECTOR (RAD) IMPLEMENT EPIP-4.07, PROTECTIVE MEASURES [RADIOLOGICAL ASSESSMENT COORDINATOR (RAC) IF IN LEOF/CEOF]
Evaluator's Comments    _______ SAT  _______ UNSAT Surry 2014-301 Determine Classification and PAR  Page 8 of 18  PAR Step Procedure Step 6  COMPLETE ATTACHMENT 3, PROTECTIVE ACTION RECOMMENDATION FORM:  a) Protective Action Recommendation: 1) Mark appropriate PAR box(s) 2) Record Mile radius and Miles downwind 3) Record Downwind Sectors b) Remarks/Approval Information: 1) Record Remarks (optional) 2) Approve PAR (sign report) 3) Record date and time report approved    Standards  - Completes item 1 of attachment 3 by marking EVACUATE 2 mile radius (360&deg;) and 5 miles downwind in the following sectors R, A, B - this is a critical step.  - Completes item 2 by signing and entering the current time and date.
Standards Tells Evaluator to Initiate EPIP-4.07.
Evaluator's Note    None    CUES  If asked: None Evaluator's Comments    _______ SAT  _______ UNSAT Surry 2014-301 Determine Classification and PAR  Page 9 of 18  PAR Step 9   Procedure Step 7 - HAVE EMERGENCY COMMUNICATORS NOTIFY OFF-SITE AUTHORITIES OF PAR:  - Virginia Emergency Operations Center notified IAW:  EPIP-1.06, PROTECTIVE ACTION RECOMMENDATIONS OR  EPIP-4.07, PROTECTIVE MEASURES - NRC notified IAW EPIP-2.02, NOTIFICATION OF NRC (notification made from Control Room or TSC, when activated) - NRC notified IAW EPIP-4.33, HEALTH PHYSICS NETWORK COMMUNICATIONS (notifications made from TSC or LEOF/CEOF only after NRC requests HPN be established)    Standards    (a) Directs State and Local EC to notify Virginia EOC - this is a critical step.  (b) Directs NRC EC. CUES  Tell SRO:  State and Local EC will transmit PAR to Virginia EOC. Tell SRO: NRC EC will notify NRC of PAR. If asked:  HPN has not been requested yet. Evaluator's Note    This step must be complete within 15 minutes of start of task. Record Time: ______    Evaluator's Comments    _______ SAT  _______ UNSAT Surry 2014-301 Determine Classification and PAR  Page 10 of 18  PAR Step 10  Procedure Step 8 -  CHECK IF CURRENT PROTECTIVE ACTION RECOMMENDATION - INITIAL PAR. Standards    Determines this is current PAR from    CUES  If Asked:  This is the initial PAR.
CUES Tell SRO: EPIP-4.07 has been initiated.
Evaluator's Comments  _______ SAT  _______ UNSAT  PAR Step 11 Procedure Step 9 -  HAVE RADIOLOGICAL ASSESSMENT DIRECTOR (RAD) IMPLEMENT EPIP-4.07, PROTECTIVE MEASURES [RADIOLOGICAL ASSESSMENT COORDINATOR (RAC) IF IN LEOF/CEOF]   Standards Tells Evaluator to Initiate EPIP-4.07. CUES   Tell SRO: EPIP-4.07 has been initiated. Evaluator's Comments   _______ SAT _______ UNSAT PAR Step 12 CAUTION prior to step 10 Previously issued Protective Action Recommendations should not be reduced until the threat is fully under control and after consulting with Commonwealth of Virginia emergency response organization Standards SRO Acknowledges the Caution. CUES   Evaluator's Comments   _______ SAT _______ UNSAT PAR Step 13 NOTE prior to step 10 _______ SAT Surry 2014-301 Determine Classification and PAR Page 11 of 18   A "Shelter-in-Place" recommendation may supersede a "Radiological Evacuation" recommendation based on known impediments. Standards   SRO Acknowledges the Note. CUES   Evaluator's Comments   _______ UNSAT PAR Step 14 Procedure Step 10     Standards (a) Determines that no conditions at this time necessitate a change to the current PAR. CUES   If asked: HP does not recommend a radiological based PAR or implementation of Potassium Iodide strategies. If asked: Met data remains as previously reported. Evaluator's Comments   _______ SAT _______ UNSAT Surry 2014-301 Determine Classification and PAR Page 12 of 18 PAR Step 15   Procedure Step 11 - CHECK EMERGENCY - TERMINATED   Standards     (a) Asks Evaluator if Emergency is terminated.   (b) Asks Evaluator if RAD/RAC recommends a PAR change.   (c) Determines Procedure is completed until conditions change. CUES     If asked: Emergency classification is still in effect. If asked: RAD/RAC does not recommend a PAR change at this time. Evaluator's Comments   STOP TIME:                           _______ SAT _______ UNSAT  
Evaluator's Comments
_______ SAT
_______ UNSAT PAR Step 12 CAUTION prior to step 10 Previously issued Protective Action Recommendations should not be reduced until the threat is fully under control and after consulting with Commonwealth of Virginia emergency response organization Standards SRO Acknowledges the Caution.
CUES Evaluator's Comments
_______ SAT
_______ UNSAT PAR Step 13 NOTE prior to step 10
_______ SAT  
 
Surry 2014-301 Determine Classification and PAR Page 11 of 18 A Shelter-in-Place recommendation may supersede a Radiological Evacuation recommendation based on known impediments.
Standards SRO Acknowledges the Note.
CUES Evaluator's Comments
_______ UNSAT PAR Step 14 Procedure Step 10 Standards (a)
Determines that no conditions at this time necessitate a change to the current PAR.
CUES If asked: HP does not recommend a radiological based PAR or implementation of Potassium Iodide strategies.
If asked: Met data remains as previously reported.
Evaluator's Comments
_______ SAT
_______ UNSAT  
 
Surry 2014-301 Determine Classification and PAR Page 12 of 18 PAR Step 15 Procedure Step 11 - CHECK EMERGENCY - TERMINATED Standards (a)
Asks Evaluator if Emergency is terminated.
(b)
Asks Evaluator if RAD/RAC recommends a PAR change.
(c)
Determines Procedure is completed until conditions change.
CUES If asked: Emergency classification is still in effect.
If asked: RAD/RAC does not recommend a PAR change at this time.
Evaluator's Comments STOP TIME:
_______ SAT
_______ UNSAT  
 
Surry 2014-301 Determine Classification and PAR Page 13 of 18 KEY
 
Surry 2014-301 Determine Classification and PAR Page 14 of 18 Evaluator's Summary CLASSIFY AN EVENT AND DETERMINE THE REQUIRED PAR ACTIONS
 
Surry 2014-301 Determine Classification and PAR Page 15 of 18 PAGE 1 Operator Directions Handout (TO BE READ TO APPLICANT BY EXAMINER)
Directions The evaluator will explain the initial conditions of the task to be performed and will provide the initiating cue. Ensure you indicate to the evaluator when you understand your assigned task.
Initial Conditions You are the Nuclear Shift Manager. An event is in progress with plant conditions as follows:
The station has experienced a loss of offsite power due to grid collapse. The system operator reports 16 hours for power restoration to Surrys switchyard.
Both units are currently at Hot Shutdown.
When attempting to load the AAC diesel on the 1J bus, the 1J bus faulted and electricians have determined that extensive damage has occurred to the buswork with repairs estimated to take 4 days.
#1 EDG tripped on overspeed during start-up. Mechanics reset the overspeed, and when started, the diesel experienced extremely high vibrations and casing penetration by a piston, and was subsequently tripped locally.
All radiation monitors indicate pre-event radiation levels.
Unit 1 team is currently performing the actions of ECA-0.0, Loss of All AC power.
Unit 2 team is completing the actions of ES-0.1, Reactor Trip Response.
Initiating Cues Here is a copy of EPIP 1.01, you are directed to classify this event in accordance with EPIP-1.01 and inform me of your classification as soon as it has been made.
This portion of the JPM is TIME CRITICAL.
 
Surry 2014-301 Determine Classification and PAR Page 16 of 18 PAGE 2 Operator Directions Handout (TO BE READ TO APPLICANT BY EXAMINER)
Initial Conditions A simulated GENERAL EMERGENCY is in progress.
You are the Nuclear Shift Manager. A GENERAL EMERGENCY has been declared on SG1.1.
EPIP-1.05, Response to General Emergency, Step 3 has been completed.
The State and Local Communicator has determined wind direction to be (from) 180&deg; and speed to be 17 mph.
There are no known impediments making evacuation dangerous.
A dose assessment has not been made.
All available radiation monitors indicate pre-event trends.
Initiating Cues Here's a copy of EPIP-1.06, Protective Action Recommendations. You are to complete EPIP-1.06, Protective Action Recommendations in its entirety.
When you finish the actions necessary to accomplish this, please inform me.
This portion of the JPM is TIME CRITICAL.


Surry 2014-301 Determine Classification and PAR  Page 13 of 18  KEY Surry 2014-301 Determine Classification and PAR  Page 14 of 18  Evaluator's Summary  CLASSIFY AN EVENT AND DETERMINE THE REQUIRED PAR ACTIONS Surry 2014-301 Determine Classification and PAR  Page 15 of 18  PAGE Operator Directions Handout   (TO BE READ TO APPLICANT BY EXAMINER)   Directions  The evaluator will explain the initial conditions of the task to be performed and will provide the initiating cue. Ensure you indicate to the evaluator when you understand your assigned task. Initial Conditions   You are the Nuclear Shift Manager. An event is in progress with plant conditions as follows:  The station has experienced a loss of offsite power due to grid collapse. The system operator reports 16 hours for power restoration to Surry's switchyard. Both units are currently at Hot Shutdown. When attempting to load the AAC diesel on the 1J bus, the 1J bus faulted and electricians have determined that extensive damage has occurred to the buswork with repairs estimated to take 4 days.  #1 EDG tripped on overspeed during start-up. Mechanics reset the overspeed, and when started, the diesel experienced extremely high vibrations and casing penetration by a piston, and was subsequently tripped locally. All radiation monitors indicate pre-event radiation levels. Unit 1 team is currently performing the actions of ECA-0.0, Loss of All AC power. Unit 2 team is completing the actions of ES-0.1, Reactor Trip Response. Initiating Cues  Here is a copy of EPIP 1.01, you are directed to classify this event in accordance with EPIP-1.01 and inform me of your classification as soon as it has been made. This portion of the JPM is TIME CRITICAL.
PAGE 2 Operator Directions Handout (TO BE GIVEN TO APPLICANT)
Surry 2014-301 Determine Classification and PAR  Page 16 of 18  PAGE 2  Operator Directions Handout  (TO BE READ TO APPLICANT BY EXAMINER)    Initial Conditions  A simulated GENERAL EMERGENCY is in progress. You are the Nuclear Shift Manager. A GENERAL EMERGENCY has been declared on SG1.1. EPIP-1.05, Response to General Emergency, Step 3 has been completed. The State and Local Communicator has determined wind direction to be (from) 180&deg; and speed to be 17 mph. There are no known impediments making evacuation dangerous. A dose assessment has not been made. All available radiation monitors indicate pre-event trends. Initiating Cues   Here's a copy of EPIP-1.06, Protective Action Recommendations. You are to complete EPIP-1.06, Protective Action Recommendations in its entirety. When you finish the actions necessary to accomplish this, please inform me. This portion of the JPM is TIME CRITICAL.  
Initial Conditions
* A simulated GENERAL EMERGENCY is in progress.
You are the Nuclear Shift Manager. A GENERAL EMERGENCY has been declared on SG1.1.
EPIP-1.05, Response to General Emergency, Step 3 has been completed.
The State and Local Communicator has determined wind direction to be (from) 180&deg; and speed to be 17 mph.
There are no known impediments making evacuation dangerous.
A dose assessment has not been made.
All available radiation monitors indicate pre-event trends.
Initiating Cues Here's a copy of EPIP-1.06, Protective Action Recommendations. You are to complete EPIP-1.06, Protective Action Recommendations in its entirety.
When you finish the actions necessary to accomplish this, please inform me.
* This portion of the JPM is TIME CRITICAL.  


PAGE Operator Directions Handout (TO BE GIVEN TO APPLICANT)     Initial Conditions  A simulated GENERAL EMERGENCY is in progress. You are the Nuclear Shift Manager. A GENERAL EMERGENCY has been declared on SG1.1. EPIP-1.05, Response to General Emergency, Step 3 has been completed. The State and Local Communicator has determined wind direction to be (from) 180&deg; and speed to be 17 mph. There are no known impediments making evacuation dangerous. A dose assessment has not been made. All available radiation monitors indicate pre-event trends. Initiating Cues  Here's a copy of EPIP-1.06, Protective Action Recommendations. You are to complete EPIP-1.06, Protective Action Recommendations in its entirety. When you finish the actions necessary to accomplish this, please inform me. This portion of the JPM is TIME CRITICAL.
PAGE 1 Operator Directions Handout (TO BE GIVEN TO APPLICANT)
PAGE 1  Operator Directions Handout  (TO BE GIVEN TO APPLICANT)      Initial Conditions   You are the Nuclear Shift Manager. An event is in progress with plant conditions as follows: The station has experienced a loss of offsite power due to grid collapse. The system operator reports 16 hours for power restoration to Surry's switchyard. Both units are currently at Hot Shutdown. When attempting to load the AAC diesel on the 1J bus, the 1J bus faulted and electricians have determined that extensive damage has occurred to the buswork with repairs estimated to take 4 days. #1 EDG tripped on overspeed during start-up. Mechanics reset the overspeed, and when started, the diesel experienced extremely high vibrations and casing penetration by a piston, and was subsequently tripped locally. All radiation monitors indicate pre-event radiation levels. Unit 1 team is currently performing the actions of ECA-0.0, Loss of All AC power. Unit 2 team is completing the actions of ES-0.1, Reactor Trip Response. Initiating Cues   Here is a copy of EPIP 1.01, you are directed to classify this event in accordance with EPIP-1.01 and inform me of your classification as soon as it has been made. This portion of the JPM is TIME CRITICAL}}
Initial Conditions You are the Nuclear Shift Manager. An event is in progress with plant conditions as follows:
The station has experienced a loss of offsite power due to grid collapse. The system operator reports 16 hours for power restoration to Surrys switchyard.
Both units are currently at Hot Shutdown.
When attempting to load the AAC diesel on the 1J bus, the 1J bus faulted and electricians have determined that extensive damage has occurred to the buswork with repairs estimated to take 4 days.  
#1 EDG tripped on overspeed during start-up. Mechanics reset the overspeed, and when started, the diesel experienced extremely high vibrations and casing penetration by a piston, and was subsequently tripped locally.
All radiation monitors indicate pre-event radiation levels.
Unit 1 team is currently performing the actions of ECA-0.0, Loss of All AC power.
Unit 2 team is completing the actions of ES-0.1, Reactor Trip Response.
Initiating Cues Here is a copy of EPIP 1.01, you are directed to classify this event in accordance with EPIP-1.01 and inform me of your classification as soon as it has been made.
This portion of the JPM is TIME CRITICAL}}

Latest revision as of 02:05, 10 January 2025

301 Section 6
ML16089A386
Person / Time
Site: Surry  Dominion icon.png
Issue date: 03/22/2016
From:
NRC/RGN-II
To:
Virginia Electric & Power Co (VEPCO)
References
Download: ML16089A386 (91)


Text

Surry 2014-301 Quadrant Power Tilt Calculation Page 1 of 9 U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission Surry Power Station SR14301 Administrative Job Performance Measure G2.1.7 Applicant________________________________

Start Time___________________

Examiner_______________________________

Date ___________________________________

Stop Time___________________

Title Perform a Quadrant Power Tilt Calculation.

K/A: G.2.1.7 Ability to evaluate plant performance and make operational judgments based on operating characteristics, reactor behavior, and instrument interpretation.

Applicability Estimated Time Actual Time RO/SRO(D)/SRO(U) 15 Minutes Conditions Task is to be PERFORMED in the classroom.

Standards Correctly calculates Quadrant Power Tilt for given core conditions on the Calculation of Excore Quadrant Power Tilt Ratios, Attachment 6 of 0-AP-1.00, Rod Control Malfunction.

Initiating Cues A dropped rod has occurred on Unit 1.

A Quadrant Power Tilt Calculation needs to be performed as directed by 0-AP-1.00. Rod Control System Malfunction.

When you have determined the Quadrant Power Tilt, inform the examiner.

Terminating Cues Applicant has completed the QPTR Calculation.

Tools and Equipment Calculator NIS Setpoints and Power Range Currents Data Sheet Safety Considerations None

Surry 2014-301 Quadrant Power Tilt Calculation Page 2 of 9 Initial Conditions:

Unit 1 operating at 100% power.

o Control Rod D-10, Control Bank B, Group 1 dropped and is currently indicating 0 steps.

Initiating Cues Control Rod D-10, Control Bank B, has dropped on Unit 1.

A Quadrant Power Tilt Calculation needs to be performed as directed by 0-AP-1.00, Rod Control System Malfunction, Step 15.

The Shift Manager directs you to perform the Quadrant Power Tilt Calculation in accordance with Attachment 6, Calculation of Excore Quadrant Power Tilt Ratios.

You are to perform these calculations to 4 significant digits.

You are provided a copy of the Power Range Currents from the NIS Data Book providing Normalized Values.

When you have determined the Quadrant Power Tilt, inform the examiner.

Notes Actual detector currents taken from the Power Range NIs:

N-41 Upper Detector Current 120.5 N-41 Lower Detector Current 124.2 N-42 Upper Detector Current 96.5 N-42 Lower Detector Current 94.23 N-43 Upper Detector Current 114.7 N-43 Lower Detector Current 115.5 N-44 Upper Detector Current 119.1 N-44 Lower Detector Current 121.8

Surry 2014-301 Quadrant Power Tilt Calculation Page 3 of 9 PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST Notes to the Evaluator Task critical elements are bolded and denoted by an asterisk (*).

At the completion of the JPM all SRO Candidates will have a Follow-Up question.

START TIME: ____________

STEP 1:

Acknowledges NOTE prior to Step 1 of Att. 6.

Calculations for QPTR should be carried out to four places to the right of the decimal place to provide accuracy and consistency of results.

_______ SAT

_______ UNSAT STEP 2:

[Step 1, Att. 6]

a) Record Reactor Power, Date, and Time in appropriate blocks.

b) Initials Step 1.

STANDARD:

Records 100% for Reactor Power block, Current Date in Date block, Time in Time block.

EVALUATORS NOTE:

If Asked: Current Reactor Power is 100%.

If Asked: Use todays date.

If Asked: Use current time.

COMMENTS:

_______ SAT

_______ UNSAT STEP 3:

[Step 2, Att. 6]

a) Transcribes information from data sheets onto 0-AP-1.00, Attachment 6, Calculation of Excore Quadrant Power Tilt Ratios, Step 2 Table.

STANDARD:

Places PR NI currents and Normalized Currents in appropriate location on Calculation of Excore Quadrant Power Tilt Ratios.

COMMENTS:

_______ SAT

_______ UNSAT

Surry 2014-301 Quadrant Power Tilt Calculation Page 4 of 9 STEP 4:

[STEP 3, Att. 6]

a) Performs calculations to obtain normalized values for Upper Detectors.

STANDARD:

a) Divides Upper Detector current by Normalized currents for each detector.

EVALUATOR S NOTE:

(See attached Calculation of Excore Quadrant Power Tilt Ratios for calculations.)

COMMENTS:

_______ SAT

_______ UNSAT STEP 5:

[STEP 3, Att. 6]

a) Performs calculations to obtain Sum of normalized values for Upper Detectors.

STANDARD:

a) Adds Upper Detector Normalized currents for all Upper detectors EVALUATOR S NOTE:

(See attached Calculation of Excore Quadrant Power Tilt Ratios for calculations.

COMMENTS:

_______ SAT

_______ UNSAT STEP 6:

[STEP 3, Att. 6]

a) Performs calculations to obtain normalized values for Lower Detectors.

STANDARD:

a) Divides Lower Detector current by Normalized currents for each detector.

EVALUATOR S NOTE:

(See attached Calculation of Excore Quadrant Power Tilt Ratios for calculations.)

COMMENTS:

_______ SAT

_______ UNSAT

Surry 2014-301 Quadrant Power Tilt Calculation Page 5 of 9 STEP 7:

[Step 3, Att. 6]

a) Performs calculations to obtain Sum of normalized values for Lower Detectors.

STANDARD:

a) Adds Lower Detector Normalized currents for all Lower Detectors.

b) Initials Step 3 of Attachment 6.

EVALUATOR S NOTE:

(See attached Calculation of Excore Quadrant Power Tilt Ratios for calculations.)

COMMENTS:

_______ SAT

_______ UNSAT STEP 8:

[Step 4, Att. 6]

a) Records the Number of Detectors in use.

b) Initials Step 4.

STANDARD:

a) Records the Number of Detectors in Step 4; b) Initials Step 4.

EVALUATOR S NOTE:

(See attached Calculation of Excore Quadrant Power Tilt Ratios for calculations.)

If Asked: All 4 Detectors are used.

COMMENTS:

_______ SAT

_______ UNSAT STEP 9:

[Step 5, Att. 6]

a) Calculates the average upper and lower detector current values.

STANDARD:

a) Transcribes Upper and Lower detector Sum of Normalized Values from Step 3 of Attachment 6.

b) Divides each Sum by the number of Detectors in use.

c) Initials Step 5.

EVALUATOR S NOTE:

(See attached Calculation of Excore Quadrant Power Tilt Ratios for calculations.)

COMMENTS:

_______ SAT

_______ UNSAT

Surry 2014-301 Quadrant Power Tilt Calculation Page 6 of 9 STEP 10: [Step 6, Att. 6]

a) From Step 3, Record the following values.

STANDARD:

a) Records the Maximum Normalized Upper Detector Current from Step 3 (N41 value of 1.0143.)

b) Records the Maximum Normalized Lower Detector Current From Step 3 (N41 value of 1.0393.)

c) Initials Step 6 of Attachment 6.

EVALUATOR S NOTE:

(See attached Calculation of Excore Quadrant Power Tilt Ratios for calculations.)

COMMENTS:

_______ SAT

_______ UNSAT STEP 11: [Step 7, Att. 6]

a) Calculates the maximum upper and lower Excore Quadrant Power Tilt Ratios.

STANDARD:

a) Divides Maximum Upper channel current by the Average Upper Detector currents to determine the Upper Excore Quadrant Power Tilt Ratio.

b) Divides Maximum Lower channel current by the Average Lower Detector current to determine the Lower Excore Quadrant Power Tilt Ratio.

c) Initials Step 7 of Attachment 6.

EVALUATOR S NOTE:

(See attached Calculation of Excore Quadrant Power Tilt Ratios for calculations.)

COMMENTS:

_______ SAT

_______ UNSAT STEP 12: [Step 8, Att. 6]

a) Calculates Tilt %.

STANDARD:

a) Calculates Tilt % for Upper channels.

b) Caculates % Tilt for Lower channels.

c) Initials Step 8 of Attachment 6.

EVALUATOR S NOTE:

(See attached Calculation of Excore Quadrant Power Tilt Ratios for calculations.)

COMMENTS:

_______ SAT

_______ UNSAT

Surry 2014-301 Quadrant Power Tilt Calculation Page 7 of 9 STEP 13: Determines final Quadrant Power Tilt Value.

STANDARD:

a) Determines final Quadrant Power Tilt Value from above calculations to be 1.0898 or 8.98% Tilt based on the Lower Channels. (Range 8.6% - 9%; 8.6% based on rounding of NI current values; 9% based on rounding 8.98% to 9%)

b) Notifies Examiner, Task Complete.

EVALUATOR NOTES:

COMMENTS:

_______ SAT

_______ UNSAT STOP TIME:

EVALUATOR NOTE: Proceed to Follow-up question for SRO Candidates.

Surry 2014-301 Quadrant Power Tilt Calculation Page 8 of 9

Surry 2014-301 Quadrant Power Tilt Calculation Page 9 of 9

Surry 2014-301 Quadrant Power Tilt Calculation Operator Directions Handout (TO BE READ TO APPLICANT BY EXAMINER)

Task Task is to be performed in the classroom.

Perform a Quadrant Power Tilt calculation.

Directions The evaluator will explain the initial conditions of the task to be performed and will provide the initiating cue. Ensure you indicate to the evaluator when you understand your assigned task.

Initial Conditions:

Unit 1 operating at 100% power.

o Control Rod D-10, Control Bank B, Group 1 dropped and is currently indicating 0 steps.

Initiating Cues Control Rod D-10, Control Bank B, has dropped on Unit 1.

A Quadrant Power Tilt Calculation needs to be performed as directed by 0-AP-1.00, Rod Control System Malfunction, Step 15.

The Shift Manager directs you to perform a Quadrant Power Tilt Calculation in accordance with Attachment 6, Calculation of Excore Quadrant Power Tilt Ratios.

You are provided a copy of the Power Range Currents from the NIS Data Book providing Normalized Values.

When you have determined the Quadrant Power Tilt, inform the examiner.

Actual detector currents taken from the Power Range NIs:

N-41 Upper Detector Current 120.5 N-41 Lower Detector Current 124.2 N-42 Upper Detector Current 96.5 N-42 Lower Detector Current 94.23 N-43 Upper Detector Current 114.7 N-43 Lower Detector Current 115.5 N-44 Upper Detector Current 119.1 N-44 Lower Detector Current 121.8

Surry 2014-301 Quadrant Power Tilt Calculation SRO ONLY ANSWER KEY NOT FOR TRAINEE QPTR FOLLOW-UP Question With the calculated Quadrant Power Tilt, what are the Tech Spec actions (if any)?

ANSWER: TS 3.12.B.6 requires:

3.12.B.6.a Within 2 hours2.314815e-5 days <br />5.555556e-4 hours <br />3.306878e-6 weeks <br />7.61e-7 months <br /> either hot channel factors shall be determined and power level adjusted to meet the requirement OR 3.12.B.6.b Power level to be reduced from Rated Power 2% for each percent of Quadrant Power Tilt. Therefore for a QPTR of 9% power must be reduced 18%. The high neutron flux trip setpoint shall also be reduced within the following 4 hours4.62963e-5 days <br />0.00111 hours <br />6.613757e-6 weeks <br />1.522e-6 months <br />.

Surry 2014-301 Quadrant Power Tilt Calculation SRO ONLY Candidate QPTR FOLLOW-UP Question With the calculated Quadrant Power Tilt, what are the Tech Spec actions (if any)?

Operator Directions Handout (TO BE GIVEN TO APPLICANT)

Initial Conditions:

Unit 1 operating at 100% power.

o Control Rod D-10, Control Bank B, Group 1 dropped and is currently indicating 0 steps.

Initiating Cues Control Rod D-10, Control Bank B, has dropped on Unit 1.

A Quadrant Power Tilt Calculation needs to be performed as directed by 0-AP-1.00, Rod Control System Malfunction, Step 15.

The Shift Manager directs you to perform a Quadrant Power Tilt Calculation in accordance with Attachment 6, Calculation of Excore Quadrant Power Tilt Ratios.

You are provided a copy of the Power Range Currents from the NIS Data Book providing Normalized Values.

When you have determined the Quadrant Power Tilt, inform the examiner.

Actual detector currents taken from the Power Range NIs:

N-41 Upper Detector Current 120.5 N-41 Lower Detector Current 124.2 N-42 Upper Detector Current 96.5 N-42 Lower Detector Current 94.23 N-43 Upper Detector Current 114.7 N-43 Lower Detector Current 115.5 N-44 Upper Detector Current 119.1 N-44 Lower Detector Current 121.8

Surry Unit 1 NI Calibration Data Power Range Currents N41 N42 N43 N44 DELTA FLUX @

100%

I (Top)

µamps I (Bottom)

µamps I (Top)

µamps I (Bottom)

µamps I (Top)

µamps I (Bottom)

µamps I (Top)

µamps I (Bottom)

µamps 0

118.8 119.5 118.5 119.3 119.1 119.5 119.1 119.5 DELTA FLUX @

120%

I (Top)

µamps I (Bottom)

µamps I (Top)

µamps I (Bottom)

µamps I (Top)

µamps I (Bottom)

µamps I (Top)

µamps I (Bottom)

µamps 0

142.5 143.4 142.2 143.1 142.9 143.5 142.9 143.4 8

148.6 137.2 148.3 137.0 149.1 137.3 149.1 137.2

- 24 124.2 161.8 123.9 161.5 124.5 161.9 124.6 161.9 Data based on flux map number S1C26M15A Computer and Recorder Constants Recorder = K0411 = K0412 = K0413 = K0414 = 18.647 Performed / Verified By: __________/ __________ Date: _______

LaFrance Davis 7/21/14

Surry 2014-301 Auth Fuel Move U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission Surry Power Station SR2014301 Administrative Job Performance Measure G2.1.40 Applicant________________________________

Start Time___________________

Examiner_______________________________

Date ___________________________________

Stop Time___________________

Title Authorize Fuel Movement K/A: G2.1.40 Knowledge of refueling administrative procedures (2.8/3.9)

Applicability Estimated Time Actual Time SRO(I)/SRO(U) 20 Minutes Conditions Task is to be PERFORMED in the simulator.

Standards Correctly identify all plant conditions that do not support fuel movement in accordance with 1-OSP-ZZ-004 attachment 8, given a specific set of plant conditions.

Terminating Cues 1-OSP-ZZ-004, attachment 8 assessment complete.

Procedures 1-OSP-ZZ-004, Unit 1 Safety Systems Status List For Cold Shutdown/Refueling Conditions, Revision 47.

Tools and Equipment Safety Considerations None None

Surry 2014-301 Auth Fuel Move Initiating Cues It is a Monday DAYSHIFT.

Unit One is in refueling shutdown with the head and upper internals removed. A request from the refueling supervisor has been made to authorize fuel movement (core offload) in accordance with 1-OSP-ZZ-004 attachment 8.

Current conditions are as follows (items not observable from the control room):

o Refueling containment integrity is set and verified by the shift manager.

o Cavity level is 26.5.

o RHR pump discharge and cavity boron is currently 2404 ppm (sampled 30 minutes ago).

o The reactor was shutdown 122 hours0.00141 days <br />0.0339 hours <br />2.017196e-4 weeks <br />4.6421e-5 months <br /> ago.

o Both station batteries are operable and split out.

o Both trains of SFP cooling are available with one in service.

o All make-up flowpaths to the SFP are available.

o 1-RM-Q7, CTMT PARTC ALERT/FAILURE and 1-RM-R7, 1-RM-RI-159 have just alarmed.

o A RHR pump in service to the A HX. B RHR pump and HX are tagged out for maintenance.

Headset communications between the MCR and the manipulator crane have been verified.

You are to authorize fuel movement after completing attachment 8, if conditions allow. If conditions do not allow, you are to list ALL issues present that must be resolved to allow fuel movement to commence.

Terminating Cues Applicant has completed the attachment and discussed results and problems with examiner.

Tools and Equipment 1-OSP-ZZ-004, Attachment 8 Technical Specifications Simulator Safety Considerations None Notes

Surry 2014-301 Auth Fuel Move PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST Simulator Set-up Recall a CSD IC (IC 274 Protected) or (IC35 25% Cold Cal) and ensure that RHR pump discharge and RCS temperatures are below 140 oF.

Align HHSI and fill pressurizer to 56.5% cold cal if necessary.

Fail Rad Monitor 1-RM-159 HI by inserting Malf RM0202 Fail NI-32 low NO0102-Severity -1 Tagout 1-RH-P-1B and place a red magnet above control switch.

Notes to the Evaluator Task critical elements are bolded and denoted by an asterisk (*).

START TIME: _________________

Evaluators note-determination of items to be in non-compliance that actually are in compliance constitutes a critical step failure.

STEP 1:

Refueling Containment Integrity set.

Remarks:

IAW 1-OP-FH-001 STANDARD:

_____ Recalls (or refers to) turnover statement that refuel integrity is SET.

_____ Initials in D block for Refueling Containment Integrity set EVALUATOR NOTES:

If asked: The shift manager has verified that refueling integrity is set as directed by 1-OP-FH-001.

COMMENTS:

_______ SAT

_______ UNSAT

Surry 2014-301 Auth Fuel Move STEP 2:

Radiation Monitors Operable:

Manipulator Crane 1 operable Containment Gaseous 1 operable Containment Particulate 0 operable SFP Bridge 1 operable Vent-Vent Gaseous 1 operable Vent-Vent Particulate 1 operable Remarks:

Alarms 1-RM-Q7, and 1-RM-R7 will both be lit.

STANDARD:

Examines each radiation monitor and verifies normal readings.

  • CRITICAL TASK-TRAINEE DETERMINES RADIATION MONITOR 1-RM-RI-159 OPERABILITY PREVENTS FUEL MOVEMENT.

EVALUATOR NOTES:

If asked: Radiation monitors are as they appear.

COMMENTS:

_______ SAT

_______ UNSAT

Surry 2014-301 Auth Fuel Move STEP 3:

Source Range Detectors (audible indication in CTMT must be verified operable) 2 operable Remarks: None STANDARD:

Observes normal indication on NI-31 Determines that NI-32 is reading erroneously.

  • CRITICAL TASK-TRAINEE DETERMINES TWO SOURCE RANGE NIs ARE NOT OPERABLE.

EVALUATOR NOTES:

If directed: the operating team will implement 1-AP-4.00 (NI Malfunction).

If asked: there is NO audible count rate in containment.

Determination that audible count rate does not exist is not a critical step as the source range failure is the cause of the lack of audible count rate.

COMMENTS:

_______ SAT

_______ UNSAT STEP 4:

Cavity level > 23 feet.

Remarks:

OU-SU-201, should be maintained as high as possible. No fuel movement permitted if < 23 feet in Cavity STANDARD:

Recalls (or refers to) turnover statement that cavity level is 26.5.

Determines that adequate cavity level exists to support fuel movement.

EVALUATOR NOTES:

If asked: cavity level has been verified at 26.5.

COMMENTS:

_______ SAT

_______ UNSAT

Surry 2014-301 Auth Fuel Move STEP 5:

RHR pump and Heat Exchanger:

Cavity Level > 23 feet 1 operable Cavity Level < 23 feet 2 operable STANDARD:

Recalls (or refers to) turnover statement that cavity level is 26.5.

Observes 1 RHR pump in operation and one tagged out.

Determines that with present cavity level and operable RHR pump, fuel movement can commence.

EVALUATOR NOTES:

If asked: cavity level has been verified at 26.5.

COMMENTS:

_______ SAT

_______ UNSAT STEP 6:

Direct communication between the Control Room and Manipulator Crane Remarks: When changing core geometry STANDARD:

Recalls (or refers to) turnover statement that communications have been established.

Determines that communication capability allows for fuel movement.

EVALUATOR NOTES:

If asked: operator is in the MCR equipped with a headset in communication with the refueling team.

COMMENTS:

_______ SAT

_______ UNSAT

Surry 2014-301 Auth Fuel Move STEP 7:

RCS Boron concentration-2350 PPM (Admin limit)

Remarks:

RCS must be sampled at least once every 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> if the head is unbolted (Not required if defueled and cavity is drained below flange level. (Ref 2.3.15)

STANDARD:

Recalls (or refers to) turnover statement that RHR pump discharge and cavity boron is currently 2404 ppm (sampled 30 minutes ago).

Determines that current boron concentration allows for fuel movement.

EVALUATOR NOTES:

If asked: RHR pump discharge and cavity boron is currently 2404 ppm (sampled 30 minutes ago).

COMMENTS:

_______ SAT

_______ UNSAT STEP 8:

RHR Temperature: 140 °F Remarks: None STANDARD:

Observes RHR pump discharge temperature and determines that current RCS temperature allows for fuel movement.

EVALUATOR NOTES:

If asked: All RCS loops are isolated and drained.

If asked: All CETCs have been disconnected.

COMMENTS:

_______ SAT

_______ UNSAT

Surry 2014-301 Auth Fuel Move STEP 9:

Reactor shutdown greater than 100 hours0.00116 days <br />0.0278 hours <br />1.653439e-4 weeks <br />3.805e-5 months <br /> Remarks: For movement of irradiated fuel STANDARD:

Recalls (or refers to) turnover statement that unit has been shutdown 122 hours0.00141 days <br />0.0339 hours <br />2.017196e-4 weeks <br />4.6421e-5 months <br />.

Determines that sufficient time from shutdown exists to allow fuel movement.

EVALUATOR NOTES:

If asked: The reactor was shutdown 122 hours0.00141 days <br />0.0339 hours <br />2.017196e-4 weeks <br />4.6421e-5 months <br /> ago.

COMMENTS:

_______ SAT

_______ UNSAT

Surry 2014-301 Auth Fuel Move STEP 10:

Control Room and Relay Room Emergency Ventilation-2 Trains Remarks: None STANDARD:

Examines current configuration of MCR/ESGR ventilation and determines that all fans are available.

Determines that current MCR/ESGR Emergency Ventilation configuration allows for fuel movement by observing the configuration of 1-VS-F-41/42 and 2-VS-F-41/42.

EVALUATOR NOTES:

If asked: Conditions are as they appear.

COMMENTS:

_______ SAT

_______ UNSAT STEP 11:

Control Room Chillers-3 minimum Remarks: Operable IAW power supply requirements of TS 3.23 STANDARD:

Examines current configuration of MCR chillers and determines that all chillers are available.

Determines that current MCR Chiller configuration allows for fuel movement by observing the configuration of 1-VS-E-4A, B, C, D, E.

EVALUATOR NOTES:

If asked: Conditions are as they appear.

COMMENTS:

_______ SAT

_______ UNSAT

Surry 2014-301 Auth Fuel Move STEP 12:

MCR/ESGR AHU-8 minimum Remarks: None STANDARD:

Examines current configuration of MCR/ESGR air handlers and determines that all Air Handling Units are operable.

Determines that current MCR/ESGR air handler configuration allows for fuel movement EVALUATOR NOTES:

If asked: Conditions are as they appear.

COMMENTS:

_______ SAT

_______ UNSAT STEP 13:

120 Volt Vital Buses-2 minimum Remarks: None STANDARD:

Observes that all vital busses are energized and NO UPS/Battery charger alarms are LIT.

Recalls (or refers to) turnover statement that all vital bus UPS are in a normal EVALUATOR NOTES:

If asked: All vital bus UPS are in a normal configuration.

If asked: Both station batteries are operable and split out.

COMMENTS:

_______ SAT

_______ UNSAT

Surry 2014-301 Auth Fuel Move STEP 14:

SFP Cooling-1 train available Remarks: None STANDARD:

Observes that one spent fuel cooling pump is in service.

_____ Recalls (or refers to) turnover statement that both trains of SFP cooling are available with one in service.

EVALUATOR NOTES:

If asked: both trains of SFP cooling are available with one in service.

COMMENTS:

_______ SAT

_______ UNSAT STEP 16:

SFP makeup borated water source-1 source available Remarks: None STANDARD:

Recalls (or refers to) turnover statement that all make-up flowpaths to the SFP are available.

EVALUATOR NOTES:

If asked: All make-up flowpaths to the SFP are available.

COMMENTS:

_______ SAT

_______ UNSAT

Surry 2014-301 Auth Fuel Move STEP 17:

Reports to Shift Manager that task is complete STANDARD:

Reports that fuel movement CANNOT commence until the following problems are resolved:

1-RM-RI-158 must be returned to operable status.

NI-32 must be returned to operable status EVALUATOR NOTES:

None COMMENTS:

_______ SAT

_______ UNSAT STOP TIME_______________________________________:

Operator Directions Handout (TO BE READ TO APPLICANT BY EXAMINER)

Task Task is to be performed in the simulator.

Determine if current plant conditions support fuel movement..

Directions The evaluator will explain the initial conditions of the task to be performed and will provide the initiating cue. Ensure you indicate to the evaluator when you understand your assigned task.

Initial Conditions:

Unit 1 is at Refueling Shutdown.

The containment refueling SRO has called the control room for permission to commence core offload.

Initiating Cues It is a Monday DAYSHIFT.

Unit One is in refueling shutdown with the head and upper internals removed. A request from the refueling supervisor has been made to authorize fuel movement (core offload) in accordance with 1-OSP-ZZ-004 attachment 8.

Current conditions are as follows (items not observable from the control room):

o Refueling containment integrity is set and verified by the shift manager.

o Cavity level is 26.5.

o RHR pump discharge and cavity boron is currently 2404 ppm (sampled 30 minutes ago).

o The reactor was shutdown 122 hours0.00141 days <br />0.0339 hours <br />2.017196e-4 weeks <br />4.6421e-5 months <br /> ago.

o Both station batteries are operable and split out.

o Both trains of SFP cooling are available with one in service.

o All make-up flowpaths to the SFP are available.

o 1-RM-Q7, CTMT PARTC ALERT/FAILURE and 1-RM-R7, 1-RM-RI-159 have just alarmed.

o A RHR pump in service to the A HX. B RHR pump and HX are tagged out for maintenance.

Headset communications between the MCR and the manipulator crane have been verified.

You are to authorize fuel movement after completing attachment 8, if conditions allow. If conditions do not allow, you are to list ALL issues present that must be resolved to allow fuel movement to commence.

Operator Directions Handout (TO BE GIVEN TO APPLICANT)

Initial Conditions:

Unit 1 is at Refueling Shutdown.

The containment refueling SRO has called the control room for permission to commence core offload.

Initiating Cues It is a Monday DAYSHIFT.

Unit One is in refueling shutdown with the head and upper internals removed. A request from the refueling SRO has been made to authorize fuel movement (core offload) in accordance with 1-OSP-ZZ-004 attachment 8.

Current conditions are as follows (items not observable from the control room):

o Refueling containment integrity is set and verified by the shift manager.

o Cavity level is 26.5.

o RHR pump discharge and cavity boron is currently 2404 ppm (sampled 30 minutes ago).

o The reactor was shutdown 122 hours0.00141 days <br />0.0339 hours <br />2.017196e-4 weeks <br />4.6421e-5 months <br /> ago.

o Both station batteries are operable and split out.

o Both trains of SFP cooling are available with one in service.

o All make-up flowpaths to the SFP are available.

o 1-RM-Q7, CTMT PARTC ALERT/FAILURE and 1-RM-R7, 1-RM-RI-159 have just alarmed.

o A RHR pump in service to the A HX. B RHR pump and HX are tagged out for maintenance.

Headset communications between the MCR and the manipulator crane have been verified.

You are to authorize fuel movement after completing attachment 8, if conditions allow. If conditions do not allow, you are to list ALL issues present that must be resolved to allow fuel movement to commence.

Surry 2014-301 OPT Review Page 1 of 10 U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission Surry Power Station SR14301 Administrative Job Performance Measure G2.2.12 Applicant________________________________

Start Time___________________

Examiner_______________________________

Date ___________________________________

Stop Time___________________

Title Review 1-OPT-FW-006, Auxiliary Feedwater MOV Test.

K/A: G.2.2.12 - Knowledge of surveillance procedures. RO: 3.7/ SRO: 4.1 Applicability Estimated Time Actual Time RO/SRO(D)/SRO(U) 10 Minutes Conditions Task is to be PERFORMED in the CLASSROOM.

Standards Review 1-OPT-FW-006, Auxiliary Feedwater MOV Test.

Initiating Cues 1-OPT-FW-006 has been completed by the previous shift.

You are to review the completed OPT for accuracy and completeness.

Document any issues identified during review and operability requirements, if any, on the answer sheet provided.

When you have completed the review, inform your examiner.

Terminating Cues 1-OPT-FW-006 review complete.

Tools and Equipment Copy of 1-OPT-FW-006 Safety Considerations None

Surry 2014-301 OPT Review Page 2 of 14 Initial Conditions:

Unit 1 at 100% power.

Initiating Cues 1-OPT-FW-006 has been completed by the previous shift.

You are to review the completed OPT for accuracy and completeness.

Document any issues identified during review and operability requirements, if any, on the answer sheet provided.

When you have completed the review, inform your examiner.

Surry 2014-301 OPT Review Page 3 of 14 PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST Notes to the Evaluator Task critical elements are bolded and denoted by an asterisk (*).

At the completion of the JPM all SRO Candidates will have a Follow-Up question.

START TIME: ____________

STEP 1:

Reviews Scheduled PT Cover Sheet.

STANDARD:

a) Reviews the following:

Reviews Schedule Date, Drop Dead Date, Actual Start Date & Time, and Actual Finish Date & time.

Determines that PT was performed on the Schedule Start Date.

Determines that PT was completed prior to the Drop Dead date.

Identifies check mark correct in Completed by DDD in Maximo, YES blank.

Identifies that Satisfactory blank is checked.

Identifies Departmental Signature on appropriate blank.

EVALUATOR NOTES:

If asked, it is desired to perform this Review now.

COMMENTS:

_______ SAT

_______ UNSAT

Surry 2014-301 OPT Review Page 4 of 14 STEP 2:

Reviews Initial Conditions and Precautions and Limitations.

STANDARD:

Identifies Initial Condition 3.1 initialed.

Identifies Precautions and limitations 4.1 through 4.5 initialed.

EVALUATOR NOTES: NONE COMMENTS:

_______ SAT

_______ UNSAT STEP 3:

Reviews section 6.1, Work Preparation, of section 6.0, INSTRUCTIONS.

STANDARD:

Identifies correct use of N/A for Step 6.1.1.

EVALUATOR NOTES: NONE COMMENTS:

_______ SAT

_______ UNSAT STEP 4:

Reviews section 6.2, Testing 1-FW-MOV-151E, SG A AFW Flow Isol.

STANDARD:

a) Step 6.2.1: Cycle 1-FW-MOV-151E and verify full stroke. Record the time required to close and to open the MOV.

Identifies Close and Open times within the Acceptable Range.

b) Step 6.2.2: Return 1-FW-MOV-151E to position specified by Shift Supervision. Circle as left position.

Identifies Open circled.

Identifies Return to position correctly verified by initial in verification blank.

c) Step 6.2.3: record the stopwatch SQC No. and Cal Due Date.

Identifies SQC No. and Cal Due Date blanks filled out appropriately.

EVALUATOR NOTES: NONE COMMENTS:

_______ SAT

_______ UNSAT

Surry 2014-301 OPT Review Page 5 of 14 STEP 5:

Reviews section 6.3, Testing 1-FW-MOV-151F, SG A AFW Flow Isol.

STANDARD:

a) Step 6.3.1: Cycle 1-FW-MOV-151F and verify full stroke. Record the time required to close and to open the MOV.

Identifies Close and Open times within the Acceptable Range.

b) Step 6.3.2: Return 1-FW-MOV-151F to position specified by Shift Supervision. Circle as left position.

  • Identifies Neither Open or Closed circled.
  • Identifies Return to position verification initial missing in verification blank.

c) Step 6.3.3: record the stopwatch SQC No. and Cal Due Date.

Identifies SQC No. and Cal Due Date blanks filled out appropriately.

EVALUATOR NOTES:

Acknowledge that return to position open/closed not circled, and verification initial missing.

Have the Candidate continue with the PT review.

COMMENTS:

_______ SAT

_______ UNSAT STEP 6:

Reviews section 6.4, Testing 1-FW-MOV-151C, SG B AFW Flow Isol.

STANDARD:

a) Step 6.4.1: Cycle 1-FW-MOV-151C and verify full stroke. Record the time required to close and to open the MOV.

Identifies Close and Open times within the Acceptable Range.

b) Step 6.4.2: Return 1-FW-MOV-151C to position specified by Shift Supervision. Circle as left position.

Identifies Open circled.

Identifies Return to position correctly verified by initial in verification blank.

c) Step 6.4.3: record the stopwatch SQC No. and Cal Due Date.

Identifies SQC No. and Cal Due Date blanks filled out appropriately.

EVALUATOR NOTES: NONE COMMENTS:

_______ SAT

_______ UNSAT

Surry 2014-301 OPT Review Page 6 of 14 STEP 7:

Reviews section 6.5, Testing 1-FW-MOV-151D, SG B AFW Flow Isol.

STANDARD:

a) Step 6.5.1: Cycle 1-FW-MOV-151D and verify full stroke. Record the time required to close and to open the MOV.

Identifies Close and Open times within the Acceptable Range.

b) Step 6.5.2: Return 1-FW-MOV-151D to position specified by Shift Supervision. Circle as left position.

  • Identifies Open Not circled.

Identifies Return to position correctly verified by initial in verification blank.

c) Step 6.5.3: record the stopwatch SQC No. and Cal Due Date.

Identifies SQC No. filled in appropriately.

  • Identifies Cal Date Due Date: is blank.

EVALUATOR NOTES:

Acknowledge Open not circled, and Cal Date Due: is blank.

Have the Candidate continue the PT Review.

COMMENTS:

_______ SAT

_______ UNSAT STEP 8:

Reviews section 6.6, Testing 1-FW-MOV-151A, SG C AFW Flow Isol.

STANDARD:

a) Step 6.6.1: Cycle 1-FW-MOV-151A and verify full stroke. Record the time required to close and to open the MOV.

Identifies Close and Open times within the Acceptable Range.

b) Step 6.6.2: Return 1-FW-MOV-151A to position specified by Shift Supervision. Circle as left position.

Identifies Open circled.

Identifies Return to position correctly verified by initial in verification blank.

c) Step 6.6.3: record the stopwatch SQC No. and Cal Due Date.

Identifies SQC No. and Cal Due Date blanks filled out appropriately.

EVALUATOR NOTES: NONE COMMENTS:

_______ SAT

_______ UNSAT

Surry 2014-301 OPT Review Page 7 of 14 STEP 9:

Reviews section 6.7, Testing 1-FW-MOV-151B, SG C AFW Flow Isol.

STANDARD:

a) Step 6.7.1: Cycle 1-FW-MOV-151B and verify full stroke. Record the time required to close and to open the MOV.

Identifies Close and Open times within the Acceptable Range.

b) Step 6.7.2: Return 1-FW-MOV-151B to position specified by Shift Supervision. Circle as left position.

Identifies Open circled.

Identifies Return to position correctly verified by initial in verification blank.

c) Step 6.7.3: record the stopwatch SQC No. and Cal Due Date.

Identifies SQC No. and Cal Due Date blanks filled out appropriately.

EVALUATOR NOTES: NONE COMMENTS:

_______ SAT

_______ UNSAT STEP 10: reviews Section 7.0 Follow-On.

STANDARD:

Verifies Step 7.1.1 initialed.

Verifies Step 7.1.2 initialed.

Verifies Satisfactory checked.

EVALUATOR NOTES: NONE COMMENTS:

_______ SAT

_______ UNSAT

Surry 2014-301 OPT Review Page 8 of 14 STEP 11:

Reviews Section 7.2 Follow-On Tasks.

STANDARD:

  • Identifies inappropriate N/A of Step 7.2.3. (N/A should stop at Step 7.2.2), and Step 7.2.3 should be initialed.

EVALUATOR NOTES:

Acknowledge inappropriate N/A of Step 7.2.3.

Have the candidate continue review of the PT.

COMMENTS:

_______ SAT

_______ UNSAT STEP 12:

Reviews Section 7.3 Notification, Documentation, and Procedure Closeout.

STANDARD:

Identifies initial for Step 7.3.1.

Identifies Both Names listed in Table.

Identifies Signature and date at bottom of page.

EVALUATOR NOTES: NONE Candidate must identify 4/5 of the incorrect items (80%) to be satisfactory.

COMMENTS:

_______ SAT

_______ UNSAT STOP TIME: ________

Notes:

EVALUATOR NOTE: Proceed to Follow-up question for SRO Candidates.

Surry 2014-301 OPT Review Page 9 of 14 ANSWER KEY NOT FOR TRAINEE 1-OPT-FW-006 REVIEW

1.

Step 6.3.2 - Identifies Neither Open or Closed circled.

2.

Step 6.3.2 - Identifies Return to position verification initial missing in verification blank.

3.

Step 6.5.2 - Identifies Open not circled.

4.

Step 6.5.3 - Identifies Cal Date Due Date is blank.

5.

Step 7.2.3 - Identifies inappropriate N/A of Step 7.2.3 Candidate must identify 4/5 of the incorrect items (80%) to be satisfactory.

Surry 2014-301 OPT Review Page 10 of 14 EVALUATORS REFERENCE COPY Operator Directions Handout (TO BE READ TO APPLICANT BY EXAMINER)

Task Task is to be performed in the Classroom.

Directions The evaluator will explain the initial conditions of the task to be performed and will provide the initiating cue. Ensure you indicate to the evaluator when you understand your assigned task.

Initial Conditions:

Unit 1 at 100% power.

Initiating Cues 1-OPT-FW-006 has been completed by the previous shift.

You are to review the completed OPT for accuracy and completeness.

Document any issues identified during review and operability requirements, if any, on the answer sheet provided.

When you have completed the review, inform your examiner.

Surry 2014-301 OPT Review Page 11 of 14 SRO ONLY ANSWER KEY NOT FOR TRAINEE 1-OPT-FW-006 FOLLOW-UP Question 1-OPT-FW-006 has been completed and the following MOV had a Close stroke time outside the Acceptable range:

Stroke Time Reference Acceptable Range 1-FW-MOV-151C, SG B AFW ISOL 28.2 sec 20.0 sec 17.0 - 23.0 sec What actions are required by Technical Specifications?

ANSWER: TS 3.6.C.3 require two redundant flowpaths, including system piping, headers, valves, and control board indication required for operation.

TS 3.6.G.1 requires a 72 hour8.333333e-4 days <br />0.02 hours <br />1.190476e-4 weeks <br />2.7396e-5 months <br /> clock to restore to OPERABLE status.

Surry 2014-301 OPT Review Page 12 of 14 SRO ONLY Candidate 1-OPT-FW-006 FOLLOW-UP Question 1-OPT-FW-006 has been completed and the following MOV had a Close stroke time outside the Acceptable range:

Stroke Time Reference Acceptable Range 1-FW-MOV-151C, SG B AFW ISOL 28.2 sec 20.0 sec 17.0 - 23.0 sec What actions are required by Technical Specifications?

Operator Directions Handout (TO BE GIVEN TO APPLICANT)

Initial Conditions:

Unit 1 at 100% power.

Initiating Cues 1-OPT-FW-006 has been completed by the previous shift.

You are to review the completed OPT for accuracy and completeness.

Document any issues identified during review and operability requirements, if any, on the answer sheet provided.

When you have completed the review, inform your examiner.

ANSWER SHEET 1-OPT-FW-006 REVIEW

Surry 2014-301 Emerg Exposure Auth.

1 of 5 U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission Surry Power Station SR2014301 Administrative Job Performance Measure G2.3.4 (RO 3.2 / SRO 3.7)

Applicant________________________________

Start Time___________________

Examiner_______________________________

Date ___________________________________

Stop Time___________________

Title Authorize Emergency Exposure in accordance with EPIP-4.04, Emergency Exposure Limits.

K/A: G2.3.4 Knowledge of radiation exposure limits under normal or emergency conditions.

Applicability Estimated Time Actual Time SRO(D)/SRO(U) 5 Minutes Conditions Task may be PERFORMED in the Classroom.

Unit has experienced a LBLOCA.

Standards Emergency Exposure Denied IAW EPIP-4.04.

Initiating Cues Nuclear Shift Manager Direction.

Terminating Cues EPIP-4.04, Emergency Exposure Limits, step 9.0 completed.

Procedures EPIP-1.01, Revision 56.

EPIP-1.03, Revision 22.

EPIP-4.04, Revision 9.

Tools and Equipment Safety Considerations None None

Surry 2014-301 Emerg Exposure Auth.

2 of 5 Initial Conditions You are the Station Emergency Manager.

Unit 1 experienced a LBLOCA today at 1330 hrs. An Alert was declared at 1340 based on EAL identifier FA1.1 due to loss of RCS barrier.

All notifications have been made.

The following unit conditions exist:

o RMT is currently in service.

o 1-SI-P-1A experienced excessive seal leakage and was spraying water on the motor. The pump has been secured.

o 1-SI-P-1B is in service at this time.

Maintenance has two mechanics standing by to repair the seal for 1-SI-P-1A. Both men are between the ages of 40-45.

The calculated estimated TEDE dose is 12 Rem per individual.

You are currently performing step 15 of EPIP-1.03.

The Radiological Assessment Director (RAD) has performed EPIP-4.04 through step 9 as required and is waiting on authorization from you for emergency exposure.

Initiating Cues Here is the completed, up through step 9, EPIP-4.04 from the RAD. I need you to approve or disapprove the emergency exposure for the two mechanics. When you finish the actions necessary to accomplish this, please inform me.

Notes Fill out copies of EPIP-1.01 through step 8, and EPIP-1.03 through step 15. FA1.1 is the EAL identifier.

Use todays date. Alert declared at 1340 due to a LBLOCA. Two-mechanics between the ages of 40-45 are prepared to repair a seal leak on 1-SI-P-1A and are waiting on approval from the SEM for emergency exposure.

The estimated dose to each individual is 12 Rem TEDE. Use the name of the SRO being evaluated in the SM name spots in EPIP-1.01 (step 3), EPIP-1.03 (step 1), and EPIP-4.04 (step 1).

Fill out EPIP 4.04 through step 9. Fill out two (2) Attachment 3 forms with name of individual and exposure. Both forms should be approved by the RAD with Final authorization by the Shift manager left blank.

Surry 2014-301 Emerg Exposure Auth.

3 of 5 PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST Notes to the Evaluator Task critical elements are bolded and denoted by an asterisk (*).

Have copies of all procedures (EPIP-1.01, 1.03 and 4.04) available upon request.

Role play as Radiological Assessment Director.

START TIME: _________________

STEP 1:

AUTHORIZES EMERGENCY EXPOSURE:

STANDARD:

a) Reviews EPIP-4.04 and notes that the limit to save valuable equipment is 10 Rem TEDE.

b) Determines from initiating conditions and review of EPIP-4.04, ATTACHMENT 3 (12 REM) that both operators would exceed the maximum limit of Dose to protect equipment.

c)

  • Does not authorize (DISAPPROVES) emergency exposure for the two mechanics.

EVALUATORS NOTE:

COMMENTS:

_______ SAT

_______ UNSAT STEP 2:

Report completion of Task.

COMMENTS:

JPM COMPLETE STOP TIME: ___________________________

Comments: __________________________________________________________________________________

Operator Directions Handout (TO BE READ TO APPLICANT BY EXAMINER)

Task Task is to be performed in the simulator.

Directions The evaluator will explain the initial conditions of the task to be performed and will provide the initiating cue. Ensure you indicate to the evaluator when you understand your assigned task.

Initial Conditions You are the Station Emergency Manager.

Unit 1 experienced a LBLOCA today at 1330 hrs. An Alert was declared at 1340 based on EAL identifier FA1.1 due to loss of RCS barrier.

All notifications have been made.

The following unit conditions exist:

o RMT is currently in service.

o 1-SI-P-1A experienced excessive seal leakage and was spraying water on the motor. The pump has been secured.

o 1-SI-P-1B is in service at this time.

Maintenance has two mechanics standing by to repair the seal for 1-SI-P-1A. Both men are between the ages of 40-45.

The calculated estimated TEDE dose is 12 Rem per individual.

You are currently performing step 15 of EPIP-1.03.

The Radiological Assessment Director (RAD) has performed EPIP-4.04 through step 9 as required and is waiting on authorization from you for emergency exposure.

Initiating Cues Here is the completed, up through step 9, EPIP-4.04 from the RAD. I need you to approve or disapprove the emergency exposure for the two mechanics. When you finish the actions necessary to accomplish this, please inform me.

Operator Directions Handout (TO BE GIVEN TO APPLICANT)

Initial Conditions You are the Station Emergency Manager.

Unit 1 experienced a LBLOCA today at 1330 hrs. An Alert was declared at 1340 based on EAL identifier FA1.1 due to loss of RCS barrier.

All notifications have been made.

The following unit conditions exist:

o RMT is currently in service.

o 1-SI-P-1A experienced excessive seal leakage and was spraying water on the motor. The pump has been secured.

o 1-SI-P-1B is in service at this time.

Maintenance has two mechanics standing by to repair the seal for 1-SI-P-1A. Both men are between the ages of 40-45.

The calculated estimated TEDE dose is 12 Rem per individual.

You are currently performing step 15 of EPIP-1.03.

The Radiological Assessment Director (RAD) has performed EPIP-4.04 through step 9 as required and is waiting on authorization from you for emergency exposure.

Initiating Cues Here is the completed, up through step 9, EPIP-4.04 from the RAD. I need you to approve or disapprove the emergency exposure for the two mechanics. When you finish the actions necessary to accomplish this, please inform me.

Surry 2014-301 Calculate Rad Dose Page 1 of 9 U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission Surry Power Station SR2014301 Administrative Job Performance Measure G2.3.4 (RO 3.2 / SRO 3.7)

Applicant________________________________

Start Time___________________

Examiner_______________________________

Date ___________________________________

Stop Time___________________

Title Calculate Dose and Best Work Method K/A: G2.3.4 Knowledge of radiation exposure limits under normal or emergency conditions. (3.2/3.7)

Applicability Estimated Time Actual Time ALL 30 Minutes Conditions Task is to be PERFORMED in the classroom.

Standards Determines the maximum allowable time for opening 1-RH-MOV-1700 is 6 minutes.

Initial Conditions:

Unit 1 has experienced a small break LOCA with a safety injection.

The Operating Team is attempting to place the Residual Heat Removal System in service, but they are unable to open 1-RH-MOV-1700 from the Main Control Room.

You have been tasked with entering Containment and locally opening 1-RH-MOV-1700.

Your allowable dose limit for this job is 1800 mr.

General area radiation levels have been manually estimated based on installed radiation monitor readings.

Survey maps of the Unit 1 Containment are available, showing dose rates and one way travel time to reach the valve via the chosen route.

Health Physics personnel are currently unavailable to provide assistance for dose determination.

Surry 2014-301 Calculate Rad Dose Page 2 of 9 On the 36 elevation, travel time (one way) is all the way to 1-RH-MOV-1700. Calculate dose received on travel on the 36 based on pathway dose and not dose rate in loop room-time to walk across loop room floor to 1-RH-MOV-1700 is negligible.

Initiating Cues You have been directed to determine:

1. The maximum time you will have to open 1-RH-MOV-1700 without exceeding your allowable dose.

Terminating Cues Determines the maximum time for opening 1-RH-MOV-1700 without exceeding dose limits.

Tools and Equipment Calculator Survey Data VPAP-2101 Safety Considerations None Notes

Surry 2014-301 Calculate Rad Dose Page 3 of 9 PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST Notes to the Evaluator Task critical elements are bolded and denoted by an asterisk (*).

Provide survey map to candidate.

START TIME:__________________

STEP 1:

Calculate path exposure to 1-RH-MOV-1700.

STANDARD:

___ 1.

(3 R/HR)(1000 MR/R)(1 HR/60 MIN)(1 MIN)(2 TRIPS) = 100 MR.

(Personnel Hatch to Stairway)

___ 2.

(3 R/HR)(1000 MR/R)(1 HR/60 MIN)(3 MIN)(2 TRIPS) = 300 MR.

(Stairway)

___ 3.

(12 R/HR)(1000 MR/R)(1 HR/60 MIN)(2 MIN)(2 TRIPS) = 800 MR.

(Stairway on -36 to valve)

___ 4.

(100 MR)+(300 MR)+(800MR) =

EVALUATOR'S NOTES: Total exposure via this path: 1200 mr. (acceptable band - 1699-1701 mr). THIS IS A CRITICAL STEP COMMENTS:

_______ SAT

_______ UNSAT STEP 2:

Calculate remaining allowable exposure at valve.

STANDARD:

__ 1.

Allowable Dose to open the valve - (1800 MR) - (1200 MR) =

  • 600 MR EVALUATOR'S NOTES:

Total allowable dose: 600 MR. THIS IS A CRITICAL STEP COMMENTS:

_______ SAT

_______ UNSAT

Surry 2014-301 Calculate Rad Dose Page 4 of 9 STEP 3:

Determine the maximum allowable time the operator has to open 1-RH-MOV-1700.

STANDARD:

___ 1.

(600 MR)(HR/6R)(1R/1000 MR)(1 HR/60 MIN) =

  • 6 MIN.

(Personnel Hatch to Stairway)

EVALUATOR'S NOTES: Determines maximum allowable time to operate the valve is 6 minutes. THIS IS A CRITICAL STEP COMMENTS:

_______ SAT

_______ UNSAT STOP TIME:

Operator Directions Handout (TO BE READ TO APPLICANT BY EXAMINER)

Task Task is to be performed in the classroom.

Directions The evaluator will explain the initial conditions of the task to be performed and will provide the initiating cue. Ensure you indicate to the evaluator when you understand your assigned task.

Initial Conditions:

Unit 1 has experienced a small break LOCA with a safety injection.

The Operating Team is attempting to place the Residual Heat Removal System in service, but they are unable to open 1-RH-MOV-1700 from the Main Control Room.

You have been tasked with entering Containment and locally opening 1-RH-MOV-1700.

Your allowable dose limit for this job is 1800 mr.

General area radiation levels have been manually estimated based on installed radiation monitor readings.

Survey maps of the Unit 1 Containment are available, showing dose rates and one way travel time to reach the valve via the chosen route.

Health Physics personnel are currently unavailable to provide assistance for dose determination.

On the 36 elevation, travel time (one way) is all the way to 1-RH-MOV-1700. Calculate dose received on travel on the 36 based on pathway dose and not dose rate in loop room-time to walk across loop room floor to 1-RH-MOV-1700 is negligible.

Initiating Cues You have been directed to determine:

2. The maximum time you will have to open 1-RH-MOV-1700 without exceeding your allowable dose.

Operator Directions Handout (TO BE GIVEN TO APPLICANT)

Task Task is to be performed in the classroom.

Initial Conditions:

Unit 1 has experienced a small break LOCA with a safety injection.

The Operating Team is attempting to place the Residual Heat Removal System in service, but they are unable to open 1-RH-MOV-1700 from the Main Control Room.

You have been tasked with entering Containment and locally opening 1-RH-MOV-1700.

Your allowable dose limit for this job is 1800 mr.

General area radiation levels have been manually estimated based on installed radiation monitor readings.

Survey maps of the Unit 1 Containment are available, showing dose rates and one way travel time to reach the valve via the chosen route.

Health Physics personnel are currently unavailable to provide assistance for dose determination.

On the 36 elevation, travel time (one way) is all the way to 1-RH-MOV-1700. Calculate dose received on travel on the 36 based on pathway dose and not dose rate in loop room-time to walk across loop room floor to 1-RH-MOV-1700 is negligible.

Initiating Cues You have been directed to determine:

1. The maximum time you will have to open 1-RH-MOV-1700 without exceeding your allowable dose.

Surry 2014-301 Obtain Data for EPIP-2.01 Page 1 of 9 U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission Surry Power Station SR2014301 Administrative Job Performance Measure G 2.4.39 (RO 3.8 / SRO 3.7)

Applicant________________________________

Start Time___________________

Examiner_______________________________

Date ___________________________________

Stop Time___________________

Title Obtain Required information in accordance with EPIP-2.01, Notification of State and Local Governments.

K/A: G2.4.39 - Knowledge of RO responsibilities in emergency plan implementation.

Applicability Estimated Time Actual Time RO/SRO 12 Minutes Conditions Task may be PERFORMED in classroom or Simulator.

A simulated GENERAL EMERGENCY is in progress.

Standards Determines Meteorological data in accordance with EPIP-2.01, Notification of State and Local Governments.

Initiating Cues Nuclear Shift Manager direction.

Terminating Cues EPIP-2.01 steps 16-21 complete.

Procedures EPIP-2.01, Revision 43 Tools and Equipment Safety Considerations None None

Surry 2014-301 Obtain Data for EPIP-2.01 Page 2 of 9 Initial Conditions You are an extra Reactor Operator assisting the shift.

A General Emergency was declared one-half hour ago due to a LBLOCA.

Initial Notifications to the State and Local governments were made on time.

Initial Notification to the NRC was also made on time.

PCS is inoperable.

The Corporate Emergency Response Center reports that their link to our MET tower is inoperable.

Initiating Cues I am the Nuclear Shift Manager and you are the RO / BOP. You are to acquire the following MET data in accordance with EPIP-2.01 and give that information to the State and Local Emergency Communicator.

1) Temperature
2) Average Wind Direction
3) Wind Speed
4) Stability class Notes

Surry 2014-301 Obtain Data for EPIP-2.01 Page 3 of 9 PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST Simulator Set-up Enter the following Meter Overrides for MET PANEL Recorder Name Variable Name Initial Value Final Value Recorder Reading Wind Dir Upper MET_WIND_DIR_UPR 0.6111111 0

0o Wind Dir Lower MET_WIND_DIR_LWR 0.6111111 0

0o Wind Speed Upper MET_WIND_SPD_UPR 0.23 0.5 50 mph Wind Speed Lower MET_WIND_SPD_LWR 0.23 0.2 20 mph Ambient Temp.

MET_TEMP 0.651852 0.763 90 oF Delta Temp MET_DELTAT 1.0 0.22

-1.1 Wind Dir Backup MET_WIND_DIR_BKP 0.611111 0.67 361.8 oF Wind Spd Backup MET_WIND_SPD_BKP 0.23 0.45 45 mph Sigma Theta MET_WIND-MET_SIGMA_THETA 0.28 0.4 20o When complete the Recorders should look as shown below.

Surry 2014-301 Obtain Data for EPIP-2.01 Page 4 of 9 Notes to the Evaluator.

Task critical elements are bolded and denoted by an asterisk (*).

START TIME: _________.

STEP 1:

Determines EPIP-2.01 steps 16 provides procedural guidance for obtaining MET data.

STANDARD:

a) Continuous Action Page directs RO to go to step 16.

EVALUATORS NOTE:

Candidate can also identify step 16 by review of procedure.

COMMENTS:

_______ SAT

_______ UNSAT STEP 2:

Notes: (Prior to Step 16)

Data may be obtained from MET panel charts, PCS, the computer modem or local data logger (Described in 0-AP-20.03, LOSS OF METEOROLOGICAL MONITORING INSTRUMENTATION).

Both the PCS EMCOMM feature and PCS Point Group #39, contains meteorological information averaged over the previous 15 minutes STANDARD:

a) Reads and acknowledges the Notes.

EVALUATORS NOTE:

If asked: PCS is inoperable, you are to use the MET Data Recorder.

COMMENTS:

_______ SAT

_______ UNSAT

Surry 2014-301 Obtain Data for EPIP-2.01 Page 5 of 9 STEP 3:

Check ON-SITE METEOROLOGICAL INFORMATION - AVAILABLE. (Step 16)

STANDARD:

a) Determines that METEOROLOGICAL INFORMATION is available.

b) Initials Step 16.

EVALUATORS NOTE:

If asked: MET information is available on site.

COMMENTS:

_______ SAT

_______ UNSAT STEP 4:

Get current on-site meteorological information as requested. (Step 17)

STANDARD:

a) Candidate may obtain the information in any order.

b) Initials Step 17.

COMMENTS:

_______ SAT

_______ UNSAT

Surry 2014-301 Obtain Data for EPIP-2.01 Page 6 of 9 STEP 5:

Get Temperature from Main Tower Temperature Indicator. (Step 18)

STANDARD:

a) Determines from MET Tower Primary Signal Recorder that Temperature is 90 oF.

b) Records Temperature 90.0 oF on data sheet.

c) Initials Step 18.

EVALUATORS NOTE:

Data sheet is provided to record indications, but candidate can write value on other paper.

COMMENTS:

_______ SAT

_______ UNSAT STEP 6:

Notes: (Prior to Step 19)

Primary source of wind speed is the Main Tower Lower Level indicator.

Alternate sources are (1) Backup Tower, and (2) Main Tower Upper Level.

The Dose Assessment Team may direct the use of meteorological data from the Main Tower Upper Level, based on the nature of the release.

STANDARD:

a) Acknowledges Notes.

EVALUATORS NOTE:

If asked: The Dose Asessment Team has not made any requests.

COMMENTS:

_______ SAT

_______ UNSAT

Surry 2014-301 Obtain Data for EPIP-2.01 Page 7 of 9 STEP 7:

GET WIND SPEED (Step 19)

STANDARD:

a) Determines from MET Tower Primary Signal Recorder that Wind Speed is 20mph.

b) Records Wind Speed 20.0 mph on data sheet.

c) Initials Step 19 EVALUATORS NOTE:

Note prior to Step 19 identifies the correct source for Wind Speed.

Data sheet is provided to record indications, but candidate can write value on other paper COMMENTS:

_______ SAT

_______ UNSAT STEP 7:

Notes: (Prior to Step 20)

An approximate average wind direction for the previous 15 minutes should be determined.

Primary source of wind direction is the Main Tower Lower Level indicator.

Alternate sources are (1) Backup Tower, and (2) Main Tower Upper Level.

STANDARD:

a) Candidate reads and acknowledges Notes.

EVALUATORS NOTE:

If asked: Time Compression: 15 minutes has been met.

COMMENTS:

_______ SAT

_______ UNSAT

Surry 2014-301 Obtain Data for EPIP-2.01 Page 8 of 9 STEP 8:

GET AVERAGE WIND DIRECTION FROM PCS. (Step 20)

STANDARD:

a) Determines PCS is NOT Available.

b) Performs RNO gets Average Wind Direction from MET Recorder.

c) Records Wind Direction 0.0 reading on data sheet.

c) Initials step.

EVALUATORS NOTE:

Note prior to Step 20 identifies Primary source and Alternate source.

Data sheet is provided to record indications, but candidate can write value on other paper.

COMMENTS:

_______ SAT

_______ UNSAT STEP 9:

Notes: (Prior to Step 21)

Main Tower Delta T is the preferred source of stability class. Sigma Theta (Backup Tower) is the secondary source.

The value closer to G should be used if unable to distinguish Delta T or Sigma Theta value.

Numerical ranges presented below for Delta T and Sigma Theta are less than the range of the chart recorder and indicator in the Control Room. Indications are not expected to read outside the ranges found on these tables.

STANDARD:

a) Candidate reads and acknowledges Notes.

EVALUATORS NOTE:

COMMENTS:

_______ SAT

_______ UNSAT

Surry 2014-301 Obtain Data for EPIP-2.01 Page 9 of 9 STEP 10:

DETERMINE STABILITY CLASS. (Step 21)

STANDARD:

a) Candidate determines Stability class using Delta T. Delta T is -1.1 oF from MET Tower Primary Recorder.

b) Records Stability Class B on data sheet.

c) Initials Step.

EVALUATORS NOTE:

Note prior to step 21 identifies the correct column (Delta T) to use.

Data sheet is provided to record indications, but candidate can write value on other paper.

COMMENTS:

_______ SAT

_______ UNSAT

Surry 2014-301 Obtain Data for EPIP-2.01 Page 10 of 9 STEP 11:

Provides MET data to Emergency Communicator.

Temperature 90.0 oF Wind Speed 20.0 mph Wind Direction 0.0 Stability Class B

STANDARD:

a)

  • Provides MET Data as shown above. This is a critical step.

EVALUATORS NOTE:

Accept data as Emergency Communicator COMMENTS:

JPM COMPLETE

_______ SAT

_______ UNSAT STOP TIME: ___________________________

Comments: __________________________________________________________________________________

Surry 2014-301 Obtain Data for EPIP-2.01 Operator Directions Handout (TO BE READ TO APPLICANT BY EXAMINER)

Directions The evaluator will explain the initial conditions of the task to be performed and will provide the initiating cue. Ensure you indicate to the evaluator when you understand your assigned task.

Initial Conditions You are an extra Reactor Operator assisting the shift.

A General Emergency was declared one-half hour ago due to a LBLOCA.

Initial Notifications to the State and Local governments were made on time.

Initial Notification to the NRC was also made on time.

PCS is inoperable.

The Corporate Emergency Response Center reports that their link to our MET tower is inoperable.

Initiating Cues I am the Nuclear Shift Manager and you are the RO / BOP. You are to acquire the following MET data in accordance with EPIP-2.01 and give that information to the State and Local Emergency Communicator.

1) Temperature
2) Average Wind Direction
3) Wind Speed
4) Stability class

Surry 2014-301 Obtain Data for EPIP-2.01 Operator Directions Handout (TO BE GIVEN TO APPLICANT)

Initial Conditions You are an extra Reactor Operator assisting the shift.

A General Emergency was declared one-half hour ago due to a LBLOCA.

Initial Notifications to the State and Local governments were made on time.

Initial Notification to the NRC was also made on time.

PCS is inoperable.

The Corporate Emergency Response Center reports that their link to our MET tower is inoperable.

Initiating Cues I am the Nuclear Shift Manager and you are the RO / BOP. You are to acquire the following MET data in accordance with EPIP-2.01 and give that information to the State and Local Emergency Communicator.

1) Temperature
2) Average Wind Direction
3) Wind Speed
4) Stability class Data Sheet Temperature Wind Speed Wind Direction Stability Class

Surry 2014-301 Determine Classification and PAR Page 1 of U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission Surry Power Station SR2014301 Administrative Job Performance Measure 2.4.41(RO 2.9 / SRO 3.7)

Applicant________________________________

Start Time___________________

Examiner_______________________________

Date ___________________________________

Stop Time___________________

Title CLASSIFY AN EVENT AND DETERMINE THE REQUIRED PAR ACTIONS K/A: G2.4.41 - Knowledge of the emergency action level thresholds and classifications. (2.9/4.6)

Applicability Est Completion Time Actual Time SRO ONLY 20 Minutes (Portions **TC**)

Conditions Task is to be PERFORMED in the SIMULATOR or CLASSROOM.

A simulated GENERAL EMERGENCY is in progress.

Standards Evaluate a given set of plant conditions and determine that a General Emergency exists in accordance with EPIP-1.01 and the EAL table, and then determine that the appropriate PAR for that General Emergency is PAR B.

Initiating Cues Significant event notification.

EPIP-1.01, Emergency Manager Controlling Procedure.

Terminating Cues EPIP-1.06, Step 8 Completed.

Procedures EPIP-1.01, Emergency Manager Controlling Procedure, Revision 56.

EPIP-1.06, Protective Action Recommendations, Revision 10.

Tools and Equipment Safety Considerations None None

Surry 2014-301 Determine Classification and PAR Page 2 of MAKE SURE YOU PROVIDE THE CORRECT CUE SHEET (PAGE 1, LAST PAGE OF THIS JPM) FOR THE PORTION OF THE TASK TO BE PERFORMED!!!!

Initial Conditions You are the Nuclear Shift Manager. An event is in progress with plant conditions as follows:

The station has experienced a loss of offsite power due to grid collapse. The system operator reports 16 hours1.851852e-4 days <br />0.00444 hours <br />2.645503e-5 weeks <br />6.088e-6 months <br /> for power restoration to Surrys switchyard.

Both units are currently at Hot Shutdown.

When attempting to load the AAC diesel on the 1J bus, the 1J bus faulted and electricians have determined that extensive damage has occurred to the buswork with repairs estimated to take 4 days.

  1. 1 EDG tripped on overspeed during start-up. Mechanics reset the overspeed, and when started, the diesel experienced extremely high vibrations and casing penetration by a piston, and was subsequently tripped locally.

All radiation monitors indicate pre-event radiation levels.

Unit 1 team is currently performing the actions of ECA-0.0, Loss of All AC power.

Unit 2 team is completing the actions of ES-0.1, Reactor Trip Response.

Initiating Cues Here is a copy of EPIP 1.01, you are directed to classify this event in accordance with EPIP-1.01 and inform me of your classification as soon as it has been made.

This portion of the JPM is TIME CRITICAL.

Surry 2014-301 Determine Classification and PAR Page 1 of 18 Performance Checklist Notes to the Evaluator.

Task critical elements are denoted by an asterisk (*). If substeps of a critical element also have an asterisk (*),

then only those asterisked substeps are critical to performance of that task element.

Critical step sequencing requirements: 1 before 3.

START TIME: _________

Evaluators note-candidate may choose to make EAL classification straight from EAL tables and NOT implement steps of EPIP-1.01. Steps are given here as guidance.

Critical task time ends when classification determined regardless of determination method.

Caution and Note prior to step 1.

CAUTION: Declaration of the highest emergency class for which an Emergency Action Level is exceeded shall be made.

NOTE:

The PCS is potentially unreliable in the event of an earthquake. Therefore, PCS parameters should be evaluated for accuracy should an earthquake occur.

Standards (a)

Acknowledges CAUTION and NOTE Evaluators Note Evaluator's Comments

_______ SAT

_______ UNSAT

Surry 2014-301 Determine Classification and PAR Page 2 of 18 EAL STEP 1:

EVALUATE EMERGENCY ACTION LEVELS:

a) Determine event category using the applicable Emergency Action Level Matrix:

Hot Conditions (RCS > 200 °F)

Cold Conditions (RCS 200 °F) b) Review EAL associated with event category c) Use Control Room monitors, PCS, and outside reports to get indications of emergency conditions listed in the EAL Matrix d) Verify EAL - CURRENTLY EXCEEDED e) Initiate a chronological log of events Standards (a)

Refers to the HOT chart (b)

Determines event category to be Loss of Power.

(c)

Refers to given conditions to determine EAL applicability (d)

DETERMINES EAL SG1.1 GENERAL EMERGENCY to be met.

(e)

Initiates (or verbalizes) a chronological log of events.

Evaluators Note: If candidate makes EAL determination at this step, record stop time.

Evaluator's Comments STOP TIME: ___________

TIME CRITIAL-15 minutes

_______ SAT

_______ UNSAT

Surry 2014-301 Determine Classification and PAR Page 3 of 18 EAL Step 2:

RECORD EAL IDENTIFIER, TIME EMERGENCY DECLARED AND SM/SEM NAME.

Standards (a)

Determines that event is a General Emergency based on EAL SG1.1 (Loss of all offsite and onsite power to Unit 1 Emergency Busses H and J-This is a critical step.

(b)

Classifies event as a GENERAL EMERGENCY-This is a critical step.

Evaluators Note: If candidate makes EAL determination at this step, record stop time.

Evaluator's Comments STOP TIME: ___________

TIME CRITIAL-15 minutes

_______ SAT

_______ UNSAT EAL Step 3:

ANNOUNCE THE FOLLOWING DECLARATIONS:

Station Emergency Manager position Emergency Classification EAL Time Declared Standards (a)

Makes announcement Evaluators Note If candidate makes incorrect classification end the JPM at this point.

Evaluator's Comments

_______ SAT

_______ UNSAT

Surry 2014-301 Determine Classification and PAR Page 4 of 18 EVALUATOR:

Take EPIP-1.01 into your possession at this time.

HANDOUT PAGE 2 of OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS AT THIS TIME.

Initial Conditions A simulated GENERAL EMERGENCY is in progress.

You are the Nuclear Shift Manager. A GENERAL EMERGENCY has been declared on SG1.1.

EPIP-1.05, Response to General Emergency, Step 3 has been completed.

The State and Local Communicator has determined wind direction to be (from) 180° and speed to be 17 mph.

There are no known impediments making evacuation dangerous.

A dose assessment has not been made.

All available radiation monitors indicate pre-event trends.

Initiating Cues Here's a copy of EPIP-1.06, Protective Action Recommendations. You are to complete EPIP-1.06, Protective Action Recommendations in its entirety.

When you finish the actions necessary to accomplish this, please inform me.

This portion of the JPM is TIME CRITICAL.

Notes to the Evaluator.

TIME CRITICAL REQUIREMENT:

This PAR must be identified and relayed to S&L communicators within 15 minutes.

START TIME:

PAR Step 1:

Procedure Step 1 INITIATE PROCEDURE.

Standards Fills in Name, Time and Date on Step 1.

Evaluator's Comments

_______ SAT

_______ UNSAT PAR Step 2:

Procedure Step 1 USE ATTACHMENT 1, PROTECTIVE ACTION RECOMMENDATION MATRIX, TO DETERMINE INITIAL PAR Standards (a)

Goes to Attachment 1.

Evaluator's Comments

_______ SAT

_______ UNSAT

Surry 2014-301 Determine Classification and PAR Page 5 of 18 PAR Step 3:

- Flowchart block 1-Known impediments make evacuation dangerous.

Standards

- Determines there are no known impediments that make evacuation dangerous.

Evaluator's Comments

_______ SAT

_______ UNSAT PAR Step 4:

- Flowchart block 2-Radiological release in progress or has occurred related to the event. (YES or NO).

Standards

- Determines that no radiological release in progress.

Evaluator's Comments

_______ SAT

_______ UNSAT

Surry 2014-301 Determine Classification and PAR Page 6 of 18 PAR Step 5:

- Flowchart-Evacuate 2 miles radius and 5 miles downwind.

Standards Determines that PAR B is required-This is a critical step.

Evaluator's Comments

_______ SAT

_______ UNSAT

Surry 2014-301 Determine Classification and PAR Page 7 of 18 PAR Step 6 Evaluators note - Candidate will now return to step 3 of the procedure (attachment 1 items complete)

Notes prior to step 3-ATTACHMENT 2, AFFECTED SECTOR(S) MAP, is to be used for all PAR developments from this procedure. ATTACHMENT 2, AFFECTED SECOTR(S) MAP is not to be used for PARs developed IAW EPIP-4.07, PROTECTECTIVE MEASURES.

Standards

- Acknowledges notes CUES

- None Evaluator's Comments

_______ SAT

_______ UNSAT PAR Step 7 Procedure Step 3 IMPLEMENT ATTACHMENT 2, AFFECTED SECTOR(S) MAP:

a) Record time wind data acquired.

b) Record average wind direction from, in degrees and compass point.

c) Record average wind speed in mph.

d) Record affected sectors.

e) Mark affected sectors on map (use any writing implement available, e.g.,

pen, pencil, highlighter etc.)

f)

GO TO Step 6 Standards Completes attachment 2 as follows:

  • At (now) wind direction from 180° (S), Wind Speed 17 mph, Sectors RAB.

- Using attachment 5 (as per the note), determines that affected sectors are R, A, B.

CUES

- If asked: Met data obtained at JPM start time.

Evaluator's Comments

_______ SAT

_______ UNSAT

Surry 2014-301 Determine Classification and PAR Page 8 of 18 PAR Step 8 Procedure Step 6 COMPLETE ATTACHMENT 3, PROTECTIVE ACTION RECOMMENDATION FORM:

a) Protective Action Recommendation:

1) Mark appropriate PAR box(s)
2) Record Mile radius and Miles downwind
3) Record Downwind Sectors b) Remarks/Approval Information:
1) Record Remarks (optional)
2) Approve PAR (sign report)
3) Record date and time report approved Standards Completes item 1 of attachment 3 by marking EVACUATE 2 mile radius (360°) and 5 miles downwind in the following sectors R, A, B -

this is a critical step.

Completes item 2 by signing and entering the current time and date.

Evaluators Note None CUES If asked: None Evaluator's Comments

_______ SAT

_______ UNSAT

Surry 2014-301 Determine Classification and PAR Page 9 of 18 PAR Step 9 Procedure Step 7 - HAVE EMERGENCY COMMUNICATORS NOTIFY OFF-SITE AUTHORITIES OF PAR:

Virginia Emergency Operations Center notified IAW:

EPIP-1.06, PROTECTIVE ACTION RECOMMENDATIONS OR EPIP-4.07, PROTECTIVE MEASURES NRC notified IAW EPIP-2.02, NOTIFICATION OF NRC (notification made from Control Room or TSC, when activated)

NRC notified IAW EPIP-4.33, HEALTH PHYSICS NETWORK COMMUNICATIONS (notifications made from TSC or LEOF/CEOF only after NRC requests HPN be established)

Standards (a)

Directs State and Local EC to notify Virginia EOC - this is a critical step.

(b)

Directs NRC EC.

CUES Tell SRO: State and Local EC will transmit PAR to Virginia EOC.

Tell SRO: NRC EC will notify NRC of PAR.

If asked: HPN has not been requested yet.

Evaluator's Note This step must be complete within 15 minutes of start of task.

Record Time: ______

Evaluator's Comments

_______ SAT

_______ UNSAT

Surry 2014-301 Determine Classification and PAR Page 10 of 18 PAR Step 10 Procedure Step 8 -

CHECK IF CURRENT PROTECTIVE ACTION RECOMMENDATION - INITIAL PAR.

Standards Determines this is current PAR from CUES If Asked: This is the initial PAR.

Evaluator's Comments

_______ SAT

_______ UNSAT PAR Step 11 Procedure Step 9 -

HAVE RADIOLOGICAL ASSESSMENT DIRECTOR (RAD) IMPLEMENT EPIP-4.07, PROTECTIVE MEASURES [RADIOLOGICAL ASSESSMENT COORDINATOR (RAC) IF IN LEOF/CEOF]

Standards Tells Evaluator to Initiate EPIP-4.07.

CUES Tell SRO: EPIP-4.07 has been initiated.

Evaluator's Comments

_______ SAT

_______ UNSAT PAR Step 12 CAUTION prior to step 10 Previously issued Protective Action Recommendations should not be reduced until the threat is fully under control and after consulting with Commonwealth of Virginia emergency response organization Standards SRO Acknowledges the Caution.

CUES Evaluator's Comments

_______ SAT

_______ UNSAT PAR Step 13 NOTE prior to step 10

_______ SAT

Surry 2014-301 Determine Classification and PAR Page 11 of 18 A Shelter-in-Place recommendation may supersede a Radiological Evacuation recommendation based on known impediments.

Standards SRO Acknowledges the Note.

CUES Evaluator's Comments

_______ UNSAT PAR Step 14 Procedure Step 10 Standards (a)

Determines that no conditions at this time necessitate a change to the current PAR.

CUES If asked: HP does not recommend a radiological based PAR or implementation of Potassium Iodide strategies.

If asked: Met data remains as previously reported.

Evaluator's Comments

_______ SAT

_______ UNSAT

Surry 2014-301 Determine Classification and PAR Page 12 of 18 PAR Step 15 Procedure Step 11 - CHECK EMERGENCY - TERMINATED Standards (a)

Asks Evaluator if Emergency is terminated.

(b)

Asks Evaluator if RAD/RAC recommends a PAR change.

(c)

Determines Procedure is completed until conditions change.

CUES If asked: Emergency classification is still in effect.

If asked: RAD/RAC does not recommend a PAR change at this time.

Evaluator's Comments STOP TIME:

_______ SAT

_______ UNSAT

Surry 2014-301 Determine Classification and PAR Page 13 of 18 KEY

Surry 2014-301 Determine Classification and PAR Page 14 of 18 Evaluator's Summary CLASSIFY AN EVENT AND DETERMINE THE REQUIRED PAR ACTIONS

Surry 2014-301 Determine Classification and PAR Page 15 of 18 PAGE 1 Operator Directions Handout (TO BE READ TO APPLICANT BY EXAMINER)

Directions The evaluator will explain the initial conditions of the task to be performed and will provide the initiating cue. Ensure you indicate to the evaluator when you understand your assigned task.

Initial Conditions You are the Nuclear Shift Manager. An event is in progress with plant conditions as follows:

The station has experienced a loss of offsite power due to grid collapse. The system operator reports 16 hours1.851852e-4 days <br />0.00444 hours <br />2.645503e-5 weeks <br />6.088e-6 months <br /> for power restoration to Surrys switchyard.

Both units are currently at Hot Shutdown.

When attempting to load the AAC diesel on the 1J bus, the 1J bus faulted and electricians have determined that extensive damage has occurred to the buswork with repairs estimated to take 4 days.

  1. 1 EDG tripped on overspeed during start-up. Mechanics reset the overspeed, and when started, the diesel experienced extremely high vibrations and casing penetration by a piston, and was subsequently tripped locally.

All radiation monitors indicate pre-event radiation levels.

Unit 1 team is currently performing the actions of ECA-0.0, Loss of All AC power.

Unit 2 team is completing the actions of ES-0.1, Reactor Trip Response.

Initiating Cues Here is a copy of EPIP 1.01, you are directed to classify this event in accordance with EPIP-1.01 and inform me of your classification as soon as it has been made.

This portion of the JPM is TIME CRITICAL.

Surry 2014-301 Determine Classification and PAR Page 16 of 18 PAGE 2 Operator Directions Handout (TO BE READ TO APPLICANT BY EXAMINER)

Initial Conditions A simulated GENERAL EMERGENCY is in progress.

You are the Nuclear Shift Manager. A GENERAL EMERGENCY has been declared on SG1.1.

EPIP-1.05, Response to General Emergency, Step 3 has been completed.

The State and Local Communicator has determined wind direction to be (from) 180° and speed to be 17 mph.

There are no known impediments making evacuation dangerous.

A dose assessment has not been made.

All available radiation monitors indicate pre-event trends.

Initiating Cues Here's a copy of EPIP-1.06, Protective Action Recommendations. You are to complete EPIP-1.06, Protective Action Recommendations in its entirety.

When you finish the actions necessary to accomplish this, please inform me.

This portion of the JPM is TIME CRITICAL.

PAGE 2 Operator Directions Handout (TO BE GIVEN TO APPLICANT)

Initial Conditions

  • A simulated GENERAL EMERGENCY is in progress.

You are the Nuclear Shift Manager. A GENERAL EMERGENCY has been declared on SG1.1.

EPIP-1.05, Response to General Emergency, Step 3 has been completed.

The State and Local Communicator has determined wind direction to be (from) 180° and speed to be 17 mph.

There are no known impediments making evacuation dangerous.

A dose assessment has not been made.

All available radiation monitors indicate pre-event trends.

Initiating Cues Here's a copy of EPIP-1.06, Protective Action Recommendations. You are to complete EPIP-1.06, Protective Action Recommendations in its entirety.

When you finish the actions necessary to accomplish this, please inform me.

  • This portion of the JPM is TIME CRITICAL.

PAGE 1 Operator Directions Handout (TO BE GIVEN TO APPLICANT)

Initial Conditions You are the Nuclear Shift Manager. An event is in progress with plant conditions as follows:

The station has experienced a loss of offsite power due to grid collapse. The system operator reports 16 hours1.851852e-4 days <br />0.00444 hours <br />2.645503e-5 weeks <br />6.088e-6 months <br /> for power restoration to Surrys switchyard.

Both units are currently at Hot Shutdown.

When attempting to load the AAC diesel on the 1J bus, the 1J bus faulted and electricians have determined that extensive damage has occurred to the buswork with repairs estimated to take 4 days.

  1. 1 EDG tripped on overspeed during start-up. Mechanics reset the overspeed, and when started, the diesel experienced extremely high vibrations and casing penetration by a piston, and was subsequently tripped locally.

All radiation monitors indicate pre-event radiation levels.

Unit 1 team is currently performing the actions of ECA-0.0, Loss of All AC power.

Unit 2 team is completing the actions of ES-0.1, Reactor Trip Response.

Initiating Cues Here is a copy of EPIP 1.01, you are directed to classify this event in accordance with EPIP-1.01 and inform me of your classification as soon as it has been made.

This portion of the JPM is TIME CRITICAL

Surry 2014-301 Quadrant Power Tilt Calculation Page 1 of 9 U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission Surry Power Station SR14301 Administrative Job Performance Measure G2.1.7 Applicant________________________________

Start Time___________________

Examiner_______________________________

Date ___________________________________

Stop Time___________________

Title Perform a Quadrant Power Tilt Calculation.

K/A: G.2.1.7 Ability to evaluate plant performance and make operational judgments based on operating characteristics, reactor behavior, and instrument interpretation.

Applicability Estimated Time Actual Time RO/SRO(D)/SRO(U) 15 Minutes Conditions Task is to be PERFORMED in the classroom.

Standards Correctly calculates Quadrant Power Tilt for given core conditions on the Calculation of Excore Quadrant Power Tilt Ratios, Attachment 6 of 0-AP-1.00, Rod Control Malfunction.

Initiating Cues A dropped rod has occurred on Unit 1.

A Quadrant Power Tilt Calculation needs to be performed as directed by 0-AP-1.00. Rod Control System Malfunction.

When you have determined the Quadrant Power Tilt, inform the examiner.

Terminating Cues Applicant has completed the QPTR Calculation.

Tools and Equipment Calculator NIS Setpoints and Power Range Currents Data Sheet Safety Considerations None

Surry 2014-301 Quadrant Power Tilt Calculation Page 2 of 9 Initial Conditions:

Unit 1 operating at 100% power.

o Control Rod D-10, Control Bank B, Group 1 dropped and is currently indicating 0 steps.

Initiating Cues Control Rod D-10, Control Bank B, has dropped on Unit 1.

A Quadrant Power Tilt Calculation needs to be performed as directed by 0-AP-1.00, Rod Control System Malfunction, Step 15.

The Shift Manager directs you to perform the Quadrant Power Tilt Calculation in accordance with Attachment 6, Calculation of Excore Quadrant Power Tilt Ratios.

You are to perform these calculations to 4 significant digits.

You are provided a copy of the Power Range Currents from the NIS Data Book providing Normalized Values.

When you have determined the Quadrant Power Tilt, inform the examiner.

Notes Actual detector currents taken from the Power Range NIs:

N-41 Upper Detector Current 120.5 N-41 Lower Detector Current 124.2 N-42 Upper Detector Current 96.5 N-42 Lower Detector Current 94.23 N-43 Upper Detector Current 114.7 N-43 Lower Detector Current 115.5 N-44 Upper Detector Current 119.1 N-44 Lower Detector Current 121.8

Surry 2014-301 Quadrant Power Tilt Calculation Page 3 of 9 PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST Notes to the Evaluator Task critical elements are bolded and denoted by an asterisk (*).

At the completion of the JPM all SRO Candidates will have a Follow-Up question.

START TIME: ____________

STEP 1:

Acknowledges NOTE prior to Step 1 of Att. 6.

Calculations for QPTR should be carried out to four places to the right of the decimal place to provide accuracy and consistency of results.

_______ SAT

_______ UNSAT STEP 2:

[Step 1, Att. 6]

a) Record Reactor Power, Date, and Time in appropriate blocks.

b) Initials Step 1.

STANDARD:

Records 100% for Reactor Power block, Current Date in Date block, Time in Time block.

EVALUATORS NOTE:

If Asked: Current Reactor Power is 100%.

If Asked: Use todays date.

If Asked: Use current time.

COMMENTS:

_______ SAT

_______ UNSAT STEP 3:

[Step 2, Att. 6]

a) Transcribes information from data sheets onto 0-AP-1.00, Attachment 6, Calculation of Excore Quadrant Power Tilt Ratios, Step 2 Table.

STANDARD:

Places PR NI currents and Normalized Currents in appropriate location on Calculation of Excore Quadrant Power Tilt Ratios.

COMMENTS:

_______ SAT

_______ UNSAT

Surry 2014-301 Quadrant Power Tilt Calculation Page 4 of 9 STEP 4:

[STEP 3, Att. 6]

a) Performs calculations to obtain normalized values for Upper Detectors.

STANDARD:

a) Divides Upper Detector current by Normalized currents for each detector.

EVALUATOR S NOTE:

(See attached Calculation of Excore Quadrant Power Tilt Ratios for calculations.)

COMMENTS:

_______ SAT

_______ UNSAT STEP 5:

[STEP 3, Att. 6]

a) Performs calculations to obtain Sum of normalized values for Upper Detectors.

STANDARD:

a) Adds Upper Detector Normalized currents for all Upper detectors EVALUATOR S NOTE:

(See attached Calculation of Excore Quadrant Power Tilt Ratios for calculations.

COMMENTS:

_______ SAT

_______ UNSAT STEP 6:

[STEP 3, Att. 6]

a) Performs calculations to obtain normalized values for Lower Detectors.

STANDARD:

a) Divides Lower Detector current by Normalized currents for each detector.

EVALUATOR S NOTE:

(See attached Calculation of Excore Quadrant Power Tilt Ratios for calculations.)

COMMENTS:

_______ SAT

_______ UNSAT

Surry 2014-301 Quadrant Power Tilt Calculation Page 5 of 9 STEP 7:

[Step 3, Att. 6]

a) Performs calculations to obtain Sum of normalized values for Lower Detectors.

STANDARD:

a) Adds Lower Detector Normalized currents for all Lower Detectors.

b) Initials Step 3 of Attachment 6.

EVALUATOR S NOTE:

(See attached Calculation of Excore Quadrant Power Tilt Ratios for calculations.)

COMMENTS:

_______ SAT

_______ UNSAT STEP 8:

[Step 4, Att. 6]

a) Records the Number of Detectors in use.

b) Initials Step 4.

STANDARD:

a) Records the Number of Detectors in Step 4; b) Initials Step 4.

EVALUATOR S NOTE:

(See attached Calculation of Excore Quadrant Power Tilt Ratios for calculations.)

If Asked: All 4 Detectors are used.

COMMENTS:

_______ SAT

_______ UNSAT STEP 9:

[Step 5, Att. 6]

a) Calculates the average upper and lower detector current values.

STANDARD:

a) Transcribes Upper and Lower detector Sum of Normalized Values from Step 3 of Attachment 6.

b) Divides each Sum by the number of Detectors in use.

c) Initials Step 5.

EVALUATOR S NOTE:

(See attached Calculation of Excore Quadrant Power Tilt Ratios for calculations.)

COMMENTS:

_______ SAT

_______ UNSAT

Surry 2014-301 Quadrant Power Tilt Calculation Page 6 of 9 STEP 10: [Step 6, Att. 6]

a) From Step 3, Record the following values.

STANDARD:

a) Records the Maximum Normalized Upper Detector Current from Step 3 (N41 value of 1.0143.)

b) Records the Maximum Normalized Lower Detector Current From Step 3 (N41 value of 1.0393.)

c) Initials Step 6 of Attachment 6.

EVALUATOR S NOTE:

(See attached Calculation of Excore Quadrant Power Tilt Ratios for calculations.)

COMMENTS:

_______ SAT

_______ UNSAT STEP 11: [Step 7, Att. 6]

a) Calculates the maximum upper and lower Excore Quadrant Power Tilt Ratios.

STANDARD:

a) Divides Maximum Upper channel current by the Average Upper Detector currents to determine the Upper Excore Quadrant Power Tilt Ratio.

b) Divides Maximum Lower channel current by the Average Lower Detector current to determine the Lower Excore Quadrant Power Tilt Ratio.

c) Initials Step 7 of Attachment 6.

EVALUATOR S NOTE:

(See attached Calculation of Excore Quadrant Power Tilt Ratios for calculations.)

COMMENTS:

_______ SAT

_______ UNSAT STEP 12: [Step 8, Att. 6]

a) Calculates Tilt %.

STANDARD:

a) Calculates Tilt % for Upper channels.

b) Caculates % Tilt for Lower channels.

c) Initials Step 8 of Attachment 6.

EVALUATOR S NOTE:

(See attached Calculation of Excore Quadrant Power Tilt Ratios for calculations.)

COMMENTS:

_______ SAT

_______ UNSAT

Surry 2014-301 Quadrant Power Tilt Calculation Page 7 of 9 STEP 13: Determines final Quadrant Power Tilt Value.

STANDARD:

a) Determines final Quadrant Power Tilt Value from above calculations to be 1.0898 or 8.98% Tilt based on the Lower Channels. (Range 8.6% - 9%; 8.6% based on rounding of NI current values; 9% based on rounding 8.98% to 9%)

b) Notifies Examiner, Task Complete.

EVALUATOR NOTES:

COMMENTS:

_______ SAT

_______ UNSAT STOP TIME:

EVALUATOR NOTE: Proceed to Follow-up question for SRO Candidates.

Surry 2014-301 Quadrant Power Tilt Calculation Page 8 of 9

Surry 2014-301 Quadrant Power Tilt Calculation Page 9 of 9

Surry 2014-301 Quadrant Power Tilt Calculation Operator Directions Handout (TO BE READ TO APPLICANT BY EXAMINER)

Task Task is to be performed in the classroom.

Perform a Quadrant Power Tilt calculation.

Directions The evaluator will explain the initial conditions of the task to be performed and will provide the initiating cue. Ensure you indicate to the evaluator when you understand your assigned task.

Initial Conditions:

Unit 1 operating at 100% power.

o Control Rod D-10, Control Bank B, Group 1 dropped and is currently indicating 0 steps.

Initiating Cues Control Rod D-10, Control Bank B, has dropped on Unit 1.

A Quadrant Power Tilt Calculation needs to be performed as directed by 0-AP-1.00, Rod Control System Malfunction, Step 15.

The Shift Manager directs you to perform a Quadrant Power Tilt Calculation in accordance with Attachment 6, Calculation of Excore Quadrant Power Tilt Ratios.

You are provided a copy of the Power Range Currents from the NIS Data Book providing Normalized Values.

When you have determined the Quadrant Power Tilt, inform the examiner.

Actual detector currents taken from the Power Range NIs:

N-41 Upper Detector Current 120.5 N-41 Lower Detector Current 124.2 N-42 Upper Detector Current 96.5 N-42 Lower Detector Current 94.23 N-43 Upper Detector Current 114.7 N-43 Lower Detector Current 115.5 N-44 Upper Detector Current 119.1 N-44 Lower Detector Current 121.8

Surry 2014-301 Quadrant Power Tilt Calculation SRO ONLY ANSWER KEY NOT FOR TRAINEE QPTR FOLLOW-UP Question With the calculated Quadrant Power Tilt, what are the Tech Spec actions (if any)?

ANSWER: TS 3.12.B.6 requires:

3.12.B.6.a Within 2 hours2.314815e-5 days <br />5.555556e-4 hours <br />3.306878e-6 weeks <br />7.61e-7 months <br /> either hot channel factors shall be determined and power level adjusted to meet the requirement OR 3.12.B.6.b Power level to be reduced from Rated Power 2% for each percent of Quadrant Power Tilt. Therefore for a QPTR of 9% power must be reduced 18%. The high neutron flux trip setpoint shall also be reduced within the following 4 hours4.62963e-5 days <br />0.00111 hours <br />6.613757e-6 weeks <br />1.522e-6 months <br />.

Surry 2014-301 Quadrant Power Tilt Calculation SRO ONLY Candidate QPTR FOLLOW-UP Question With the calculated Quadrant Power Tilt, what are the Tech Spec actions (if any)?

Operator Directions Handout (TO BE GIVEN TO APPLICANT)

Initial Conditions:

Unit 1 operating at 100% power.

o Control Rod D-10, Control Bank B, Group 1 dropped and is currently indicating 0 steps.

Initiating Cues Control Rod D-10, Control Bank B, has dropped on Unit 1.

A Quadrant Power Tilt Calculation needs to be performed as directed by 0-AP-1.00, Rod Control System Malfunction, Step 15.

The Shift Manager directs you to perform a Quadrant Power Tilt Calculation in accordance with Attachment 6, Calculation of Excore Quadrant Power Tilt Ratios.

You are provided a copy of the Power Range Currents from the NIS Data Book providing Normalized Values.

When you have determined the Quadrant Power Tilt, inform the examiner.

Actual detector currents taken from the Power Range NIs:

N-41 Upper Detector Current 120.5 N-41 Lower Detector Current 124.2 N-42 Upper Detector Current 96.5 N-42 Lower Detector Current 94.23 N-43 Upper Detector Current 114.7 N-43 Lower Detector Current 115.5 N-44 Upper Detector Current 119.1 N-44 Lower Detector Current 121.8

Surry Unit 1 NI Calibration Data Power Range Currents N41 N42 N43 N44 DELTA FLUX @

100%

I (Top)

µamps I (Bottom)

µamps I (Top)

µamps I (Bottom)

µamps I (Top)

µamps I (Bottom)

µamps I (Top)

µamps I (Bottom)

µamps 0

118.8 119.5 118.5 119.3 119.1 119.5 119.1 119.5 DELTA FLUX @

120%

I (Top)

µamps I (Bottom)

µamps I (Top)

µamps I (Bottom)

µamps I (Top)

µamps I (Bottom)

µamps I (Top)

µamps I (Bottom)

µamps 0

142.5 143.4 142.2 143.1 142.9 143.5 142.9 143.4 8

148.6 137.2 148.3 137.0 149.1 137.3 149.1 137.2

- 24 124.2 161.8 123.9 161.5 124.5 161.9 124.6 161.9 Data based on flux map number S1C26M15A Computer and Recorder Constants Recorder = K0411 = K0412 = K0413 = K0414 = 18.647 Performed / Verified By: __________/ __________ Date: _______

LaFrance Davis 7/21/14

Surry 2014-301 Auth Fuel Move U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission Surry Power Station SR2014301 Administrative Job Performance Measure G2.1.40 Applicant________________________________

Start Time___________________

Examiner_______________________________

Date ___________________________________

Stop Time___________________

Title Authorize Fuel Movement K/A: G2.1.40 Knowledge of refueling administrative procedures (2.8/3.9)

Applicability Estimated Time Actual Time SRO(I)/SRO(U) 20 Minutes Conditions Task is to be PERFORMED in the simulator.

Standards Correctly identify all plant conditions that do not support fuel movement in accordance with 1-OSP-ZZ-004 attachment 8, given a specific set of plant conditions.

Terminating Cues 1-OSP-ZZ-004, attachment 8 assessment complete.

Procedures 1-OSP-ZZ-004, Unit 1 Safety Systems Status List For Cold Shutdown/Refueling Conditions, Revision 47.

Tools and Equipment Safety Considerations None None

Surry 2014-301 Auth Fuel Move Initiating Cues It is a Monday DAYSHIFT.

Unit One is in refueling shutdown with the head and upper internals removed. A request from the refueling supervisor has been made to authorize fuel movement (core offload) in accordance with 1-OSP-ZZ-004 attachment 8.

Current conditions are as follows (items not observable from the control room):

o Refueling containment integrity is set and verified by the shift manager.

o Cavity level is 26.5.

o RHR pump discharge and cavity boron is currently 2404 ppm (sampled 30 minutes ago).

o The reactor was shutdown 122 hours0.00141 days <br />0.0339 hours <br />2.017196e-4 weeks <br />4.6421e-5 months <br /> ago.

o Both station batteries are operable and split out.

o Both trains of SFP cooling are available with one in service.

o All make-up flowpaths to the SFP are available.

o 1-RM-Q7, CTMT PARTC ALERT/FAILURE and 1-RM-R7, 1-RM-RI-159 have just alarmed.

o A RHR pump in service to the A HX. B RHR pump and HX are tagged out for maintenance.

Headset communications between the MCR and the manipulator crane have been verified.

You are to authorize fuel movement after completing attachment 8, if conditions allow. If conditions do not allow, you are to list ALL issues present that must be resolved to allow fuel movement to commence.

Terminating Cues Applicant has completed the attachment and discussed results and problems with examiner.

Tools and Equipment 1-OSP-ZZ-004, Attachment 8 Technical Specifications Simulator Safety Considerations None Notes

Surry 2014-301 Auth Fuel Move PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST Simulator Set-up Recall a CSD IC (IC 274 Protected) or (IC35 25% Cold Cal) and ensure that RHR pump discharge and RCS temperatures are below 140 oF.

Align HHSI and fill pressurizer to 56.5% cold cal if necessary.

Fail Rad Monitor 1-RM-159 HI by inserting Malf RM0202 Fail NI-32 low NO0102-Severity -1 Tagout 1-RH-P-1B and place a red magnet above control switch.

Notes to the Evaluator Task critical elements are bolded and denoted by an asterisk (*).

START TIME: _________________

Evaluators note-determination of items to be in non-compliance that actually are in compliance constitutes a critical step failure.

STEP 1:

Refueling Containment Integrity set.

Remarks:

IAW 1-OP-FH-001 STANDARD:

_____ Recalls (or refers to) turnover statement that refuel integrity is SET.

_____ Initials in D block for Refueling Containment Integrity set EVALUATOR NOTES:

If asked: The shift manager has verified that refueling integrity is set as directed by 1-OP-FH-001.

COMMENTS:

_______ SAT

_______ UNSAT

Surry 2014-301 Auth Fuel Move STEP 2:

Radiation Monitors Operable:

Manipulator Crane 1 operable Containment Gaseous 1 operable Containment Particulate 0 operable SFP Bridge 1 operable Vent-Vent Gaseous 1 operable Vent-Vent Particulate 1 operable Remarks:

Alarms 1-RM-Q7, and 1-RM-R7 will both be lit.

STANDARD:

Examines each radiation monitor and verifies normal readings.

  • CRITICAL TASK-TRAINEE DETERMINES RADIATION MONITOR 1-RM-RI-159 OPERABILITY PREVENTS FUEL MOVEMENT.

EVALUATOR NOTES:

If asked: Radiation monitors are as they appear.

COMMENTS:

_______ SAT

_______ UNSAT

Surry 2014-301 Auth Fuel Move STEP 3:

Source Range Detectors (audible indication in CTMT must be verified operable) 2 operable Remarks: None STANDARD:

Observes normal indication on NI-31 Determines that NI-32 is reading erroneously.

  • CRITICAL TASK-TRAINEE DETERMINES TWO SOURCE RANGE NIs ARE NOT OPERABLE.

EVALUATOR NOTES:

If directed: the operating team will implement 1-AP-4.00 (NI Malfunction).

If asked: there is NO audible count rate in containment.

Determination that audible count rate does not exist is not a critical step as the source range failure is the cause of the lack of audible count rate.

COMMENTS:

_______ SAT

_______ UNSAT STEP 4:

Cavity level > 23 feet.

Remarks:

OU-SU-201, should be maintained as high as possible. No fuel movement permitted if < 23 feet in Cavity STANDARD:

Recalls (or refers to) turnover statement that cavity level is 26.5.

Determines that adequate cavity level exists to support fuel movement.

EVALUATOR NOTES:

If asked: cavity level has been verified at 26.5.

COMMENTS:

_______ SAT

_______ UNSAT

Surry 2014-301 Auth Fuel Move STEP 5:

RHR pump and Heat Exchanger:

Cavity Level > 23 feet 1 operable Cavity Level < 23 feet 2 operable STANDARD:

Recalls (or refers to) turnover statement that cavity level is 26.5.

Observes 1 RHR pump in operation and one tagged out.

Determines that with present cavity level and operable RHR pump, fuel movement can commence.

EVALUATOR NOTES:

If asked: cavity level has been verified at 26.5.

COMMENTS:

_______ SAT

_______ UNSAT STEP 6:

Direct communication between the Control Room and Manipulator Crane Remarks: When changing core geometry STANDARD:

Recalls (or refers to) turnover statement that communications have been established.

Determines that communication capability allows for fuel movement.

EVALUATOR NOTES:

If asked: operator is in the MCR equipped with a headset in communication with the refueling team.

COMMENTS:

_______ SAT

_______ UNSAT

Surry 2014-301 Auth Fuel Move STEP 7:

RCS Boron concentration-2350 PPM (Admin limit)

Remarks:

RCS must be sampled at least once every 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> if the head is unbolted (Not required if defueled and cavity is drained below flange level. (Ref 2.3.15)

STANDARD:

Recalls (or refers to) turnover statement that RHR pump discharge and cavity boron is currently 2404 ppm (sampled 30 minutes ago).

Determines that current boron concentration allows for fuel movement.

EVALUATOR NOTES:

If asked: RHR pump discharge and cavity boron is currently 2404 ppm (sampled 30 minutes ago).

COMMENTS:

_______ SAT

_______ UNSAT STEP 8:

RHR Temperature: 140 °F Remarks: None STANDARD:

Observes RHR pump discharge temperature and determines that current RCS temperature allows for fuel movement.

EVALUATOR NOTES:

If asked: All RCS loops are isolated and drained.

If asked: All CETCs have been disconnected.

COMMENTS:

_______ SAT

_______ UNSAT

Surry 2014-301 Auth Fuel Move STEP 9:

Reactor shutdown greater than 100 hours0.00116 days <br />0.0278 hours <br />1.653439e-4 weeks <br />3.805e-5 months <br /> Remarks: For movement of irradiated fuel STANDARD:

Recalls (or refers to) turnover statement that unit has been shutdown 122 hours0.00141 days <br />0.0339 hours <br />2.017196e-4 weeks <br />4.6421e-5 months <br />.

Determines that sufficient time from shutdown exists to allow fuel movement.

EVALUATOR NOTES:

If asked: The reactor was shutdown 122 hours0.00141 days <br />0.0339 hours <br />2.017196e-4 weeks <br />4.6421e-5 months <br /> ago.

COMMENTS:

_______ SAT

_______ UNSAT

Surry 2014-301 Auth Fuel Move STEP 10:

Control Room and Relay Room Emergency Ventilation-2 Trains Remarks: None STANDARD:

Examines current configuration of MCR/ESGR ventilation and determines that all fans are available.

Determines that current MCR/ESGR Emergency Ventilation configuration allows for fuel movement by observing the configuration of 1-VS-F-41/42 and 2-VS-F-41/42.

EVALUATOR NOTES:

If asked: Conditions are as they appear.

COMMENTS:

_______ SAT

_______ UNSAT STEP 11:

Control Room Chillers-3 minimum Remarks: Operable IAW power supply requirements of TS 3.23 STANDARD:

Examines current configuration of MCR chillers and determines that all chillers are available.

Determines that current MCR Chiller configuration allows for fuel movement by observing the configuration of 1-VS-E-4A, B, C, D, E.

EVALUATOR NOTES:

If asked: Conditions are as they appear.

COMMENTS:

_______ SAT

_______ UNSAT

Surry 2014-301 Auth Fuel Move STEP 12:

MCR/ESGR AHU-8 minimum Remarks: None STANDARD:

Examines current configuration of MCR/ESGR air handlers and determines that all Air Handling Units are operable.

Determines that current MCR/ESGR air handler configuration allows for fuel movement EVALUATOR NOTES:

If asked: Conditions are as they appear.

COMMENTS:

_______ SAT

_______ UNSAT STEP 13:

120 Volt Vital Buses-2 minimum Remarks: None STANDARD:

Observes that all vital busses are energized and NO UPS/Battery charger alarms are LIT.

Recalls (or refers to) turnover statement that all vital bus UPS are in a normal EVALUATOR NOTES:

If asked: All vital bus UPS are in a normal configuration.

If asked: Both station batteries are operable and split out.

COMMENTS:

_______ SAT

_______ UNSAT

Surry 2014-301 Auth Fuel Move STEP 14:

SFP Cooling-1 train available Remarks: None STANDARD:

Observes that one spent fuel cooling pump is in service.

_____ Recalls (or refers to) turnover statement that both trains of SFP cooling are available with one in service.

EVALUATOR NOTES:

If asked: both trains of SFP cooling are available with one in service.

COMMENTS:

_______ SAT

_______ UNSAT STEP 16:

SFP makeup borated water source-1 source available Remarks: None STANDARD:

Recalls (or refers to) turnover statement that all make-up flowpaths to the SFP are available.

EVALUATOR NOTES:

If asked: All make-up flowpaths to the SFP are available.

COMMENTS:

_______ SAT

_______ UNSAT

Surry 2014-301 Auth Fuel Move STEP 17:

Reports to Shift Manager that task is complete STANDARD:

Reports that fuel movement CANNOT commence until the following problems are resolved:

1-RM-RI-158 must be returned to operable status.

NI-32 must be returned to operable status EVALUATOR NOTES:

None COMMENTS:

_______ SAT

_______ UNSAT STOP TIME_______________________________________:

Operator Directions Handout (TO BE READ TO APPLICANT BY EXAMINER)

Task Task is to be performed in the simulator.

Determine if current plant conditions support fuel movement..

Directions The evaluator will explain the initial conditions of the task to be performed and will provide the initiating cue. Ensure you indicate to the evaluator when you understand your assigned task.

Initial Conditions:

Unit 1 is at Refueling Shutdown.

The containment refueling SRO has called the control room for permission to commence core offload.

Initiating Cues It is a Monday DAYSHIFT.

Unit One is in refueling shutdown with the head and upper internals removed. A request from the refueling supervisor has been made to authorize fuel movement (core offload) in accordance with 1-OSP-ZZ-004 attachment 8.

Current conditions are as follows (items not observable from the control room):

o Refueling containment integrity is set and verified by the shift manager.

o Cavity level is 26.5.

o RHR pump discharge and cavity boron is currently 2404 ppm (sampled 30 minutes ago).

o The reactor was shutdown 122 hours0.00141 days <br />0.0339 hours <br />2.017196e-4 weeks <br />4.6421e-5 months <br /> ago.

o Both station batteries are operable and split out.

o Both trains of SFP cooling are available with one in service.

o All make-up flowpaths to the SFP are available.

o 1-RM-Q7, CTMT PARTC ALERT/FAILURE and 1-RM-R7, 1-RM-RI-159 have just alarmed.

o A RHR pump in service to the A HX. B RHR pump and HX are tagged out for maintenance.

Headset communications between the MCR and the manipulator crane have been verified.

You are to authorize fuel movement after completing attachment 8, if conditions allow. If conditions do not allow, you are to list ALL issues present that must be resolved to allow fuel movement to commence.

Operator Directions Handout (TO BE GIVEN TO APPLICANT)

Initial Conditions:

Unit 1 is at Refueling Shutdown.

The containment refueling SRO has called the control room for permission to commence core offload.

Initiating Cues It is a Monday DAYSHIFT.

Unit One is in refueling shutdown with the head and upper internals removed. A request from the refueling SRO has been made to authorize fuel movement (core offload) in accordance with 1-OSP-ZZ-004 attachment 8.

Current conditions are as follows (items not observable from the control room):

o Refueling containment integrity is set and verified by the shift manager.

o Cavity level is 26.5.

o RHR pump discharge and cavity boron is currently 2404 ppm (sampled 30 minutes ago).

o The reactor was shutdown 122 hours0.00141 days <br />0.0339 hours <br />2.017196e-4 weeks <br />4.6421e-5 months <br /> ago.

o Both station batteries are operable and split out.

o Both trains of SFP cooling are available with one in service.

o All make-up flowpaths to the SFP are available.

o 1-RM-Q7, CTMT PARTC ALERT/FAILURE and 1-RM-R7, 1-RM-RI-159 have just alarmed.

o A RHR pump in service to the A HX. B RHR pump and HX are tagged out for maintenance.

Headset communications between the MCR and the manipulator crane have been verified.

You are to authorize fuel movement after completing attachment 8, if conditions allow. If conditions do not allow, you are to list ALL issues present that must be resolved to allow fuel movement to commence.

Surry 2014-301 OPT Review Page 1 of 10 U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission Surry Power Station SR14301 Administrative Job Performance Measure G2.2.12 Applicant________________________________

Start Time___________________

Examiner_______________________________

Date ___________________________________

Stop Time___________________

Title Review 1-OPT-FW-006, Auxiliary Feedwater MOV Test.

K/A: G.2.2.12 - Knowledge of surveillance procedures. RO: 3.7/ SRO: 4.1 Applicability Estimated Time Actual Time RO/SRO(D)/SRO(U) 10 Minutes Conditions Task is to be PERFORMED in the CLASSROOM.

Standards Review 1-OPT-FW-006, Auxiliary Feedwater MOV Test.

Initiating Cues 1-OPT-FW-006 has been completed by the previous shift.

You are to review the completed OPT for accuracy and completeness.

Document any issues identified during review and operability requirements, if any, on the answer sheet provided.

When you have completed the review, inform your examiner.

Terminating Cues 1-OPT-FW-006 review complete.

Tools and Equipment Copy of 1-OPT-FW-006 Safety Considerations None

Surry 2014-301 OPT Review Page 2 of 14 Initial Conditions:

Unit 1 at 100% power.

Initiating Cues 1-OPT-FW-006 has been completed by the previous shift.

You are to review the completed OPT for accuracy and completeness.

Document any issues identified during review and operability requirements, if any, on the answer sheet provided.

When you have completed the review, inform your examiner.

Surry 2014-301 OPT Review Page 3 of 14 PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST Notes to the Evaluator Task critical elements are bolded and denoted by an asterisk (*).

At the completion of the JPM all SRO Candidates will have a Follow-Up question.

START TIME: ____________

STEP 1:

Reviews Scheduled PT Cover Sheet.

STANDARD:

a) Reviews the following:

Reviews Schedule Date, Drop Dead Date, Actual Start Date & Time, and Actual Finish Date & time.

Determines that PT was performed on the Schedule Start Date.

Determines that PT was completed prior to the Drop Dead date.

Identifies check mark correct in Completed by DDD in Maximo, YES blank.

Identifies that Satisfactory blank is checked.

Identifies Departmental Signature on appropriate blank.

EVALUATOR NOTES:

If asked, it is desired to perform this Review now.

COMMENTS:

_______ SAT

_______ UNSAT

Surry 2014-301 OPT Review Page 4 of 14 STEP 2:

Reviews Initial Conditions and Precautions and Limitations.

STANDARD:

Identifies Initial Condition 3.1 initialed.

Identifies Precautions and limitations 4.1 through 4.5 initialed.

EVALUATOR NOTES: NONE COMMENTS:

_______ SAT

_______ UNSAT STEP 3:

Reviews section 6.1, Work Preparation, of section 6.0, INSTRUCTIONS.

STANDARD:

Identifies correct use of N/A for Step 6.1.1.

EVALUATOR NOTES: NONE COMMENTS:

_______ SAT

_______ UNSAT STEP 4:

Reviews section 6.2, Testing 1-FW-MOV-151E, SG A AFW Flow Isol.

STANDARD:

a) Step 6.2.1: Cycle 1-FW-MOV-151E and verify full stroke. Record the time required to close and to open the MOV.

Identifies Close and Open times within the Acceptable Range.

b) Step 6.2.2: Return 1-FW-MOV-151E to position specified by Shift Supervision. Circle as left position.

Identifies Open circled.

Identifies Return to position correctly verified by initial in verification blank.

c) Step 6.2.3: record the stopwatch SQC No. and Cal Due Date.

Identifies SQC No. and Cal Due Date blanks filled out appropriately.

EVALUATOR NOTES: NONE COMMENTS:

_______ SAT

_______ UNSAT

Surry 2014-301 OPT Review Page 5 of 14 STEP 5:

Reviews section 6.3, Testing 1-FW-MOV-151F, SG A AFW Flow Isol.

STANDARD:

a) Step 6.3.1: Cycle 1-FW-MOV-151F and verify full stroke. Record the time required to close and to open the MOV.

Identifies Close and Open times within the Acceptable Range.

b) Step 6.3.2: Return 1-FW-MOV-151F to position specified by Shift Supervision. Circle as left position.

  • Identifies Neither Open or Closed circled.
  • Identifies Return to position verification initial missing in verification blank.

c) Step 6.3.3: record the stopwatch SQC No. and Cal Due Date.

Identifies SQC No. and Cal Due Date blanks filled out appropriately.

EVALUATOR NOTES:

Acknowledge that return to position open/closed not circled, and verification initial missing.

Have the Candidate continue with the PT review.

COMMENTS:

_______ SAT

_______ UNSAT STEP 6:

Reviews section 6.4, Testing 1-FW-MOV-151C, SG B AFW Flow Isol.

STANDARD:

a) Step 6.4.1: Cycle 1-FW-MOV-151C and verify full stroke. Record the time required to close and to open the MOV.

Identifies Close and Open times within the Acceptable Range.

b) Step 6.4.2: Return 1-FW-MOV-151C to position specified by Shift Supervision. Circle as left position.

Identifies Open circled.

Identifies Return to position correctly verified by initial in verification blank.

c) Step 6.4.3: record the stopwatch SQC No. and Cal Due Date.

Identifies SQC No. and Cal Due Date blanks filled out appropriately.

EVALUATOR NOTES: NONE COMMENTS:

_______ SAT

_______ UNSAT

Surry 2014-301 OPT Review Page 6 of 14 STEP 7:

Reviews section 6.5, Testing 1-FW-MOV-151D, SG B AFW Flow Isol.

STANDARD:

a) Step 6.5.1: Cycle 1-FW-MOV-151D and verify full stroke. Record the time required to close and to open the MOV.

Identifies Close and Open times within the Acceptable Range.

b) Step 6.5.2: Return 1-FW-MOV-151D to position specified by Shift Supervision. Circle as left position.

  • Identifies Open Not circled.

Identifies Return to position correctly verified by initial in verification blank.

c) Step 6.5.3: record the stopwatch SQC No. and Cal Due Date.

Identifies SQC No. filled in appropriately.

  • Identifies Cal Date Due Date: is blank.

EVALUATOR NOTES:

Acknowledge Open not circled, and Cal Date Due: is blank.

Have the Candidate continue the PT Review.

COMMENTS:

_______ SAT

_______ UNSAT STEP 8:

Reviews section 6.6, Testing 1-FW-MOV-151A, SG C AFW Flow Isol.

STANDARD:

a) Step 6.6.1: Cycle 1-FW-MOV-151A and verify full stroke. Record the time required to close and to open the MOV.

Identifies Close and Open times within the Acceptable Range.

b) Step 6.6.2: Return 1-FW-MOV-151A to position specified by Shift Supervision. Circle as left position.

Identifies Open circled.

Identifies Return to position correctly verified by initial in verification blank.

c) Step 6.6.3: record the stopwatch SQC No. and Cal Due Date.

Identifies SQC No. and Cal Due Date blanks filled out appropriately.

EVALUATOR NOTES: NONE COMMENTS:

_______ SAT

_______ UNSAT

Surry 2014-301 OPT Review Page 7 of 14 STEP 9:

Reviews section 6.7, Testing 1-FW-MOV-151B, SG C AFW Flow Isol.

STANDARD:

a) Step 6.7.1: Cycle 1-FW-MOV-151B and verify full stroke. Record the time required to close and to open the MOV.

Identifies Close and Open times within the Acceptable Range.

b) Step 6.7.2: Return 1-FW-MOV-151B to position specified by Shift Supervision. Circle as left position.

Identifies Open circled.

Identifies Return to position correctly verified by initial in verification blank.

c) Step 6.7.3: record the stopwatch SQC No. and Cal Due Date.

Identifies SQC No. and Cal Due Date blanks filled out appropriately.

EVALUATOR NOTES: NONE COMMENTS:

_______ SAT

_______ UNSAT STEP 10: reviews Section 7.0 Follow-On.

STANDARD:

Verifies Step 7.1.1 initialed.

Verifies Step 7.1.2 initialed.

Verifies Satisfactory checked.

EVALUATOR NOTES: NONE COMMENTS:

_______ SAT

_______ UNSAT

Surry 2014-301 OPT Review Page 8 of 14 STEP 11:

Reviews Section 7.2 Follow-On Tasks.

STANDARD:

  • Identifies inappropriate N/A of Step 7.2.3. (N/A should stop at Step 7.2.2), and Step 7.2.3 should be initialed.

EVALUATOR NOTES:

Acknowledge inappropriate N/A of Step 7.2.3.

Have the candidate continue review of the PT.

COMMENTS:

_______ SAT

_______ UNSAT STEP 12:

Reviews Section 7.3 Notification, Documentation, and Procedure Closeout.

STANDARD:

Identifies initial for Step 7.3.1.

Identifies Both Names listed in Table.

Identifies Signature and date at bottom of page.

EVALUATOR NOTES: NONE Candidate must identify 4/5 of the incorrect items (80%) to be satisfactory.

COMMENTS:

_______ SAT

_______ UNSAT STOP TIME: ________

Notes:

EVALUATOR NOTE: Proceed to Follow-up question for SRO Candidates.

Surry 2014-301 OPT Review Page 9 of 14 ANSWER KEY NOT FOR TRAINEE 1-OPT-FW-006 REVIEW

1.

Step 6.3.2 - Identifies Neither Open or Closed circled.

2.

Step 6.3.2 - Identifies Return to position verification initial missing in verification blank.

3.

Step 6.5.2 - Identifies Open not circled.

4.

Step 6.5.3 - Identifies Cal Date Due Date is blank.

5.

Step 7.2.3 - Identifies inappropriate N/A of Step 7.2.3 Candidate must identify 4/5 of the incorrect items (80%) to be satisfactory.

Surry 2014-301 OPT Review Page 10 of 14 EVALUATORS REFERENCE COPY Operator Directions Handout (TO BE READ TO APPLICANT BY EXAMINER)

Task Task is to be performed in the Classroom.

Directions The evaluator will explain the initial conditions of the task to be performed and will provide the initiating cue. Ensure you indicate to the evaluator when you understand your assigned task.

Initial Conditions:

Unit 1 at 100% power.

Initiating Cues 1-OPT-FW-006 has been completed by the previous shift.

You are to review the completed OPT for accuracy and completeness.

Document any issues identified during review and operability requirements, if any, on the answer sheet provided.

When you have completed the review, inform your examiner.

Surry 2014-301 OPT Review Page 11 of 14 SRO ONLY ANSWER KEY NOT FOR TRAINEE 1-OPT-FW-006 FOLLOW-UP Question 1-OPT-FW-006 has been completed and the following MOV had a Close stroke time outside the Acceptable range:

Stroke Time Reference Acceptable Range 1-FW-MOV-151C, SG B AFW ISOL 28.2 sec 20.0 sec 17.0 - 23.0 sec What actions are required by Technical Specifications?

ANSWER: TS 3.6.C.3 require two redundant flowpaths, including system piping, headers, valves, and control board indication required for operation.

TS 3.6.G.1 requires a 72 hour8.333333e-4 days <br />0.02 hours <br />1.190476e-4 weeks <br />2.7396e-5 months <br /> clock to restore to OPERABLE status.

Surry 2014-301 OPT Review Page 12 of 14 SRO ONLY Candidate 1-OPT-FW-006 FOLLOW-UP Question 1-OPT-FW-006 has been completed and the following MOV had a Close stroke time outside the Acceptable range:

Stroke Time Reference Acceptable Range 1-FW-MOV-151C, SG B AFW ISOL 28.2 sec 20.0 sec 17.0 - 23.0 sec What actions are required by Technical Specifications?

Operator Directions Handout (TO BE GIVEN TO APPLICANT)

Initial Conditions:

Unit 1 at 100% power.

Initiating Cues 1-OPT-FW-006 has been completed by the previous shift.

You are to review the completed OPT for accuracy and completeness.

Document any issues identified during review and operability requirements, if any, on the answer sheet provided.

When you have completed the review, inform your examiner.

ANSWER SHEET 1-OPT-FW-006 REVIEW

Surry 2014-301 Emerg Exposure Auth.

1 of 5 U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission Surry Power Station SR2014301 Administrative Job Performance Measure G2.3.4 (RO 3.2 / SRO 3.7)

Applicant________________________________

Start Time___________________

Examiner_______________________________

Date ___________________________________

Stop Time___________________

Title Authorize Emergency Exposure in accordance with EPIP-4.04, Emergency Exposure Limits.

K/A: G2.3.4 Knowledge of radiation exposure limits under normal or emergency conditions.

Applicability Estimated Time Actual Time SRO(D)/SRO(U) 5 Minutes Conditions Task may be PERFORMED in the Classroom.

Unit has experienced a LBLOCA.

Standards Emergency Exposure Denied IAW EPIP-4.04.

Initiating Cues Nuclear Shift Manager Direction.

Terminating Cues EPIP-4.04, Emergency Exposure Limits, step 9.0 completed.

Procedures EPIP-1.01, Revision 56.

EPIP-1.03, Revision 22.

EPIP-4.04, Revision 9.

Tools and Equipment Safety Considerations None None

Surry 2014-301 Emerg Exposure Auth.

2 of 5 Initial Conditions You are the Station Emergency Manager.

Unit 1 experienced a LBLOCA today at 1330 hrs. An Alert was declared at 1340 based on EAL identifier FA1.1 due to loss of RCS barrier.

All notifications have been made.

The following unit conditions exist:

o RMT is currently in service.

o 1-SI-P-1A experienced excessive seal leakage and was spraying water on the motor. The pump has been secured.

o 1-SI-P-1B is in service at this time.

Maintenance has two mechanics standing by to repair the seal for 1-SI-P-1A. Both men are between the ages of 40-45.

The calculated estimated TEDE dose is 12 Rem per individual.

You are currently performing step 15 of EPIP-1.03.

The Radiological Assessment Director (RAD) has performed EPIP-4.04 through step 9 as required and is waiting on authorization from you for emergency exposure.

Initiating Cues Here is the completed, up through step 9, EPIP-4.04 from the RAD. I need you to approve or disapprove the emergency exposure for the two mechanics. When you finish the actions necessary to accomplish this, please inform me.

Notes Fill out copies of EPIP-1.01 through step 8, and EPIP-1.03 through step 15. FA1.1 is the EAL identifier.

Use todays date. Alert declared at 1340 due to a LBLOCA. Two-mechanics between the ages of 40-45 are prepared to repair a seal leak on 1-SI-P-1A and are waiting on approval from the SEM for emergency exposure.

The estimated dose to each individual is 12 Rem TEDE. Use the name of the SRO being evaluated in the SM name spots in EPIP-1.01 (step 3), EPIP-1.03 (step 1), and EPIP-4.04 (step 1).

Fill out EPIP 4.04 through step 9. Fill out two (2) Attachment 3 forms with name of individual and exposure. Both forms should be approved by the RAD with Final authorization by the Shift manager left blank.

Surry 2014-301 Emerg Exposure Auth.

3 of 5 PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST Notes to the Evaluator Task critical elements are bolded and denoted by an asterisk (*).

Have copies of all procedures (EPIP-1.01, 1.03 and 4.04) available upon request.

Role play as Radiological Assessment Director.

START TIME: _________________

STEP 1:

AUTHORIZES EMERGENCY EXPOSURE:

STANDARD:

a) Reviews EPIP-4.04 and notes that the limit to save valuable equipment is 10 Rem TEDE.

b) Determines from initiating conditions and review of EPIP-4.04, ATTACHMENT 3 (12 REM) that both operators would exceed the maximum limit of Dose to protect equipment.

c)

  • Does not authorize (DISAPPROVES) emergency exposure for the two mechanics.

EVALUATORS NOTE:

COMMENTS:

_______ SAT

_______ UNSAT STEP 2:

Report completion of Task.

COMMENTS:

JPM COMPLETE STOP TIME: ___________________________

Comments: __________________________________________________________________________________

Operator Directions Handout (TO BE READ TO APPLICANT BY EXAMINER)

Task Task is to be performed in the simulator.

Directions The evaluator will explain the initial conditions of the task to be performed and will provide the initiating cue. Ensure you indicate to the evaluator when you understand your assigned task.

Initial Conditions You are the Station Emergency Manager.

Unit 1 experienced a LBLOCA today at 1330 hrs. An Alert was declared at 1340 based on EAL identifier FA1.1 due to loss of RCS barrier.

All notifications have been made.

The following unit conditions exist:

o RMT is currently in service.

o 1-SI-P-1A experienced excessive seal leakage and was spraying water on the motor. The pump has been secured.

o 1-SI-P-1B is in service at this time.

Maintenance has two mechanics standing by to repair the seal for 1-SI-P-1A. Both men are between the ages of 40-45.

The calculated estimated TEDE dose is 12 Rem per individual.

You are currently performing step 15 of EPIP-1.03.

The Radiological Assessment Director (RAD) has performed EPIP-4.04 through step 9 as required and is waiting on authorization from you for emergency exposure.

Initiating Cues Here is the completed, up through step 9, EPIP-4.04 from the RAD. I need you to approve or disapprove the emergency exposure for the two mechanics. When you finish the actions necessary to accomplish this, please inform me.

Operator Directions Handout (TO BE GIVEN TO APPLICANT)

Initial Conditions You are the Station Emergency Manager.

Unit 1 experienced a LBLOCA today at 1330 hrs. An Alert was declared at 1340 based on EAL identifier FA1.1 due to loss of RCS barrier.

All notifications have been made.

The following unit conditions exist:

o RMT is currently in service.

o 1-SI-P-1A experienced excessive seal leakage and was spraying water on the motor. The pump has been secured.

o 1-SI-P-1B is in service at this time.

Maintenance has two mechanics standing by to repair the seal for 1-SI-P-1A. Both men are between the ages of 40-45.

The calculated estimated TEDE dose is 12 Rem per individual.

You are currently performing step 15 of EPIP-1.03.

The Radiological Assessment Director (RAD) has performed EPIP-4.04 through step 9 as required and is waiting on authorization from you for emergency exposure.

Initiating Cues Here is the completed, up through step 9, EPIP-4.04 from the RAD. I need you to approve or disapprove the emergency exposure for the two mechanics. When you finish the actions necessary to accomplish this, please inform me.

Surry 2014-301 Calculate Rad Dose Page 1 of 9 U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission Surry Power Station SR2014301 Administrative Job Performance Measure G2.3.4 (RO 3.2 / SRO 3.7)

Applicant________________________________

Start Time___________________

Examiner_______________________________

Date ___________________________________

Stop Time___________________

Title Calculate Dose and Best Work Method K/A: G2.3.4 Knowledge of radiation exposure limits under normal or emergency conditions. (3.2/3.7)

Applicability Estimated Time Actual Time ALL 30 Minutes Conditions Task is to be PERFORMED in the classroom.

Standards Determines the maximum allowable time for opening 1-RH-MOV-1700 is 6 minutes.

Initial Conditions:

Unit 1 has experienced a small break LOCA with a safety injection.

The Operating Team is attempting to place the Residual Heat Removal System in service, but they are unable to open 1-RH-MOV-1700 from the Main Control Room.

You have been tasked with entering Containment and locally opening 1-RH-MOV-1700.

Your allowable dose limit for this job is 1800 mr.

General area radiation levels have been manually estimated based on installed radiation monitor readings.

Survey maps of the Unit 1 Containment are available, showing dose rates and one way travel time to reach the valve via the chosen route.

Health Physics personnel are currently unavailable to provide assistance for dose determination.

Surry 2014-301 Calculate Rad Dose Page 2 of 9 On the 36 elevation, travel time (one way) is all the way to 1-RH-MOV-1700. Calculate dose received on travel on the 36 based on pathway dose and not dose rate in loop room-time to walk across loop room floor to 1-RH-MOV-1700 is negligible.

Initiating Cues You have been directed to determine:

1. The maximum time you will have to open 1-RH-MOV-1700 without exceeding your allowable dose.

Terminating Cues Determines the maximum time for opening 1-RH-MOV-1700 without exceeding dose limits.

Tools and Equipment Calculator Survey Data VPAP-2101 Safety Considerations None Notes

Surry 2014-301 Calculate Rad Dose Page 3 of 9 PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST Notes to the Evaluator Task critical elements are bolded and denoted by an asterisk (*).

Provide survey map to candidate.

START TIME:__________________

STEP 1:

Calculate path exposure to 1-RH-MOV-1700.

STANDARD:

___ 1.

(3 R/HR)(1000 MR/R)(1 HR/60 MIN)(1 MIN)(2 TRIPS) = 100 MR.

(Personnel Hatch to Stairway)

___ 2.

(3 R/HR)(1000 MR/R)(1 HR/60 MIN)(3 MIN)(2 TRIPS) = 300 MR.

(Stairway)

___ 3.

(12 R/HR)(1000 MR/R)(1 HR/60 MIN)(2 MIN)(2 TRIPS) = 800 MR.

(Stairway on -36 to valve)

___ 4.

(100 MR)+(300 MR)+(800MR) =

EVALUATOR'S NOTES: Total exposure via this path: 1200 mr. (acceptable band - 1699-1701 mr). THIS IS A CRITICAL STEP COMMENTS:

_______ SAT

_______ UNSAT STEP 2:

Calculate remaining allowable exposure at valve.

STANDARD:

__ 1.

Allowable Dose to open the valve - (1800 MR) - (1200 MR) =

  • 600 MR EVALUATOR'S NOTES:

Total allowable dose: 600 MR. THIS IS A CRITICAL STEP COMMENTS:

_______ SAT

_______ UNSAT

Surry 2014-301 Calculate Rad Dose Page 4 of 9 STEP 3:

Determine the maximum allowable time the operator has to open 1-RH-MOV-1700.

STANDARD:

___ 1.

(600 MR)(HR/6R)(1R/1000 MR)(1 HR/60 MIN) =

  • 6 MIN.

(Personnel Hatch to Stairway)

EVALUATOR'S NOTES: Determines maximum allowable time to operate the valve is 6 minutes. THIS IS A CRITICAL STEP COMMENTS:

_______ SAT

_______ UNSAT STOP TIME:

Operator Directions Handout (TO BE READ TO APPLICANT BY EXAMINER)

Task Task is to be performed in the classroom.

Directions The evaluator will explain the initial conditions of the task to be performed and will provide the initiating cue. Ensure you indicate to the evaluator when you understand your assigned task.

Initial Conditions:

Unit 1 has experienced a small break LOCA with a safety injection.

The Operating Team is attempting to place the Residual Heat Removal System in service, but they are unable to open 1-RH-MOV-1700 from the Main Control Room.

You have been tasked with entering Containment and locally opening 1-RH-MOV-1700.

Your allowable dose limit for this job is 1800 mr.

General area radiation levels have been manually estimated based on installed radiation monitor readings.

Survey maps of the Unit 1 Containment are available, showing dose rates and one way travel time to reach the valve via the chosen route.

Health Physics personnel are currently unavailable to provide assistance for dose determination.

On the 36 elevation, travel time (one way) is all the way to 1-RH-MOV-1700. Calculate dose received on travel on the 36 based on pathway dose and not dose rate in loop room-time to walk across loop room floor to 1-RH-MOV-1700 is negligible.

Initiating Cues You have been directed to determine:

2. The maximum time you will have to open 1-RH-MOV-1700 without exceeding your allowable dose.

Operator Directions Handout (TO BE GIVEN TO APPLICANT)

Task Task is to be performed in the classroom.

Initial Conditions:

Unit 1 has experienced a small break LOCA with a safety injection.

The Operating Team is attempting to place the Residual Heat Removal System in service, but they are unable to open 1-RH-MOV-1700 from the Main Control Room.

You have been tasked with entering Containment and locally opening 1-RH-MOV-1700.

Your allowable dose limit for this job is 1800 mr.

General area radiation levels have been manually estimated based on installed radiation monitor readings.

Survey maps of the Unit 1 Containment are available, showing dose rates and one way travel time to reach the valve via the chosen route.

Health Physics personnel are currently unavailable to provide assistance for dose determination.

On the 36 elevation, travel time (one way) is all the way to 1-RH-MOV-1700. Calculate dose received on travel on the 36 based on pathway dose and not dose rate in loop room-time to walk across loop room floor to 1-RH-MOV-1700 is negligible.

Initiating Cues You have been directed to determine:

1. The maximum time you will have to open 1-RH-MOV-1700 without exceeding your allowable dose.

Surry 2014-301 Obtain Data for EPIP-2.01 Page 1 of 9 U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission Surry Power Station SR2014301 Administrative Job Performance Measure G 2.4.39 (RO 3.8 / SRO 3.7)

Applicant________________________________

Start Time___________________

Examiner_______________________________

Date ___________________________________

Stop Time___________________

Title Obtain Required information in accordance with EPIP-2.01, Notification of State and Local Governments.

K/A: G2.4.39 - Knowledge of RO responsibilities in emergency plan implementation.

Applicability Estimated Time Actual Time RO/SRO 12 Minutes Conditions Task may be PERFORMED in classroom or Simulator.

A simulated GENERAL EMERGENCY is in progress.

Standards Determines Meteorological data in accordance with EPIP-2.01, Notification of State and Local Governments.

Initiating Cues Nuclear Shift Manager direction.

Terminating Cues EPIP-2.01 steps 16-21 complete.

Procedures EPIP-2.01, Revision 43 Tools and Equipment Safety Considerations None None

Surry 2014-301 Obtain Data for EPIP-2.01 Page 2 of 9 Initial Conditions You are an extra Reactor Operator assisting the shift.

A General Emergency was declared one-half hour ago due to a LBLOCA.

Initial Notifications to the State and Local governments were made on time.

Initial Notification to the NRC was also made on time.

PCS is inoperable.

The Corporate Emergency Response Center reports that their link to our MET tower is inoperable.

Initiating Cues I am the Nuclear Shift Manager and you are the RO / BOP. You are to acquire the following MET data in accordance with EPIP-2.01 and give that information to the State and Local Emergency Communicator.

1) Temperature
2) Average Wind Direction
3) Wind Speed
4) Stability class Notes

Surry 2014-301 Obtain Data for EPIP-2.01 Page 3 of 9 PERFORMANCE CHECKLIST Simulator Set-up Enter the following Meter Overrides for MET PANEL Recorder Name Variable Name Initial Value Final Value Recorder Reading Wind Dir Upper MET_WIND_DIR_UPR 0.6111111 0

0o Wind Dir Lower MET_WIND_DIR_LWR 0.6111111 0

0o Wind Speed Upper MET_WIND_SPD_UPR 0.23 0.5 50 mph Wind Speed Lower MET_WIND_SPD_LWR 0.23 0.2 20 mph Ambient Temp.

MET_TEMP 0.651852 0.763 90 oF Delta Temp MET_DELTAT 1.0 0.22

-1.1 Wind Dir Backup MET_WIND_DIR_BKP 0.611111 0.67 361.8 oF Wind Spd Backup MET_WIND_SPD_BKP 0.23 0.45 45 mph Sigma Theta MET_WIND-MET_SIGMA_THETA 0.28 0.4 20o When complete the Recorders should look as shown below.

Surry 2014-301 Obtain Data for EPIP-2.01 Page 4 of 9 Notes to the Evaluator.

Task critical elements are bolded and denoted by an asterisk (*).

START TIME: _________.

STEP 1:

Determines EPIP-2.01 steps 16 provides procedural guidance for obtaining MET data.

STANDARD:

a) Continuous Action Page directs RO to go to step 16.

EVALUATORS NOTE:

Candidate can also identify step 16 by review of procedure.

COMMENTS:

_______ SAT

_______ UNSAT STEP 2:

Notes: (Prior to Step 16)

Data may be obtained from MET panel charts, PCS, the computer modem or local data logger (Described in 0-AP-20.03, LOSS OF METEOROLOGICAL MONITORING INSTRUMENTATION).

Both the PCS EMCOMM feature and PCS Point Group #39, contains meteorological information averaged over the previous 15 minutes STANDARD:

a) Reads and acknowledges the Notes.

EVALUATORS NOTE:

If asked: PCS is inoperable, you are to use the MET Data Recorder.

COMMENTS:

_______ SAT

_______ UNSAT

Surry 2014-301 Obtain Data for EPIP-2.01 Page 5 of 9 STEP 3:

Check ON-SITE METEOROLOGICAL INFORMATION - AVAILABLE. (Step 16)

STANDARD:

a) Determines that METEOROLOGICAL INFORMATION is available.

b) Initials Step 16.

EVALUATORS NOTE:

If asked: MET information is available on site.

COMMENTS:

_______ SAT

_______ UNSAT STEP 4:

Get current on-site meteorological information as requested. (Step 17)

STANDARD:

a) Candidate may obtain the information in any order.

b) Initials Step 17.

COMMENTS:

_______ SAT

_______ UNSAT

Surry 2014-301 Obtain Data for EPIP-2.01 Page 6 of 9 STEP 5:

Get Temperature from Main Tower Temperature Indicator. (Step 18)

STANDARD:

a) Determines from MET Tower Primary Signal Recorder that Temperature is 90 oF.

b) Records Temperature 90.0 oF on data sheet.

c) Initials Step 18.

EVALUATORS NOTE:

Data sheet is provided to record indications, but candidate can write value on other paper.

COMMENTS:

_______ SAT

_______ UNSAT STEP 6:

Notes: (Prior to Step 19)

Primary source of wind speed is the Main Tower Lower Level indicator.

Alternate sources are (1) Backup Tower, and (2) Main Tower Upper Level.

The Dose Assessment Team may direct the use of meteorological data from the Main Tower Upper Level, based on the nature of the release.

STANDARD:

a) Acknowledges Notes.

EVALUATORS NOTE:

If asked: The Dose Asessment Team has not made any requests.

COMMENTS:

_______ SAT

_______ UNSAT

Surry 2014-301 Obtain Data for EPIP-2.01 Page 7 of 9 STEP 7:

GET WIND SPEED (Step 19)

STANDARD:

a) Determines from MET Tower Primary Signal Recorder that Wind Speed is 20mph.

b) Records Wind Speed 20.0 mph on data sheet.

c) Initials Step 19 EVALUATORS NOTE:

Note prior to Step 19 identifies the correct source for Wind Speed.

Data sheet is provided to record indications, but candidate can write value on other paper COMMENTS:

_______ SAT

_______ UNSAT STEP 7:

Notes: (Prior to Step 20)

An approximate average wind direction for the previous 15 minutes should be determined.

Primary source of wind direction is the Main Tower Lower Level indicator.

Alternate sources are (1) Backup Tower, and (2) Main Tower Upper Level.

STANDARD:

a) Candidate reads and acknowledges Notes.

EVALUATORS NOTE:

If asked: Time Compression: 15 minutes has been met.

COMMENTS:

_______ SAT

_______ UNSAT

Surry 2014-301 Obtain Data for EPIP-2.01 Page 8 of 9 STEP 8:

GET AVERAGE WIND DIRECTION FROM PCS. (Step 20)

STANDARD:

a) Determines PCS is NOT Available.

b) Performs RNO gets Average Wind Direction from MET Recorder.

c) Records Wind Direction 0.0 reading on data sheet.

c) Initials step.

EVALUATORS NOTE:

Note prior to Step 20 identifies Primary source and Alternate source.

Data sheet is provided to record indications, but candidate can write value on other paper.

COMMENTS:

_______ SAT

_______ UNSAT STEP 9:

Notes: (Prior to Step 21)

Main Tower Delta T is the preferred source of stability class. Sigma Theta (Backup Tower) is the secondary source.

The value closer to G should be used if unable to distinguish Delta T or Sigma Theta value.

Numerical ranges presented below for Delta T and Sigma Theta are less than the range of the chart recorder and indicator in the Control Room. Indications are not expected to read outside the ranges found on these tables.

STANDARD:

a) Candidate reads and acknowledges Notes.

EVALUATORS NOTE:

COMMENTS:

_______ SAT

_______ UNSAT

Surry 2014-301 Obtain Data for EPIP-2.01 Page 9 of 9 STEP 10:

DETERMINE STABILITY CLASS. (Step 21)

STANDARD:

a) Candidate determines Stability class using Delta T. Delta T is -1.1 oF from MET Tower Primary Recorder.

b) Records Stability Class B on data sheet.

c) Initials Step.

EVALUATORS NOTE:

Note prior to step 21 identifies the correct column (Delta T) to use.

Data sheet is provided to record indications, but candidate can write value on other paper.

COMMENTS:

_______ SAT

_______ UNSAT

Surry 2014-301 Obtain Data for EPIP-2.01 Page 10 of 9 STEP 11:

Provides MET data to Emergency Communicator.

Temperature 90.0 oF Wind Speed 20.0 mph Wind Direction 0.0 Stability Class B

STANDARD:

a)

  • Provides MET Data as shown above. This is a critical step.

EVALUATORS NOTE:

Accept data as Emergency Communicator COMMENTS:

JPM COMPLETE

_______ SAT

_______ UNSAT STOP TIME: ___________________________

Comments: __________________________________________________________________________________

Surry 2014-301 Obtain Data for EPIP-2.01 Operator Directions Handout (TO BE READ TO APPLICANT BY EXAMINER)

Directions The evaluator will explain the initial conditions of the task to be performed and will provide the initiating cue. Ensure you indicate to the evaluator when you understand your assigned task.

Initial Conditions You are an extra Reactor Operator assisting the shift.

A General Emergency was declared one-half hour ago due to a LBLOCA.

Initial Notifications to the State and Local governments were made on time.

Initial Notification to the NRC was also made on time.

PCS is inoperable.

The Corporate Emergency Response Center reports that their link to our MET tower is inoperable.

Initiating Cues I am the Nuclear Shift Manager and you are the RO / BOP. You are to acquire the following MET data in accordance with EPIP-2.01 and give that information to the State and Local Emergency Communicator.

1) Temperature
2) Average Wind Direction
3) Wind Speed
4) Stability class

Surry 2014-301 Obtain Data for EPIP-2.01 Operator Directions Handout (TO BE GIVEN TO APPLICANT)

Initial Conditions You are an extra Reactor Operator assisting the shift.

A General Emergency was declared one-half hour ago due to a LBLOCA.

Initial Notifications to the State and Local governments were made on time.

Initial Notification to the NRC was also made on time.

PCS is inoperable.

The Corporate Emergency Response Center reports that their link to our MET tower is inoperable.

Initiating Cues I am the Nuclear Shift Manager and you are the RO / BOP. You are to acquire the following MET data in accordance with EPIP-2.01 and give that information to the State and Local Emergency Communicator.

1) Temperature
2) Average Wind Direction
3) Wind Speed
4) Stability class Data Sheet Temperature Wind Speed Wind Direction Stability Class

Surry 2014-301 Determine Classification and PAR Page 1 of U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission Surry Power Station SR2014301 Administrative Job Performance Measure 2.4.41(RO 2.9 / SRO 3.7)

Applicant________________________________

Start Time___________________

Examiner_______________________________

Date ___________________________________

Stop Time___________________

Title CLASSIFY AN EVENT AND DETERMINE THE REQUIRED PAR ACTIONS K/A: G2.4.41 - Knowledge of the emergency action level thresholds and classifications. (2.9/4.6)

Applicability Est Completion Time Actual Time SRO ONLY 20 Minutes (Portions **TC**)

Conditions Task is to be PERFORMED in the SIMULATOR or CLASSROOM.

A simulated GENERAL EMERGENCY is in progress.

Standards Evaluate a given set of plant conditions and determine that a General Emergency exists in accordance with EPIP-1.01 and the EAL table, and then determine that the appropriate PAR for that General Emergency is PAR B.

Initiating Cues Significant event notification.

EPIP-1.01, Emergency Manager Controlling Procedure.

Terminating Cues EPIP-1.06, Step 8 Completed.

Procedures EPIP-1.01, Emergency Manager Controlling Procedure, Revision 56.

EPIP-1.06, Protective Action Recommendations, Revision 10.

Tools and Equipment Safety Considerations None None

Surry 2014-301 Determine Classification and PAR Page 2 of MAKE SURE YOU PROVIDE THE CORRECT CUE SHEET (PAGE 1, LAST PAGE OF THIS JPM) FOR THE PORTION OF THE TASK TO BE PERFORMED!!!!

Initial Conditions You are the Nuclear Shift Manager. An event is in progress with plant conditions as follows:

The station has experienced a loss of offsite power due to grid collapse. The system operator reports 16 hours1.851852e-4 days <br />0.00444 hours <br />2.645503e-5 weeks <br />6.088e-6 months <br /> for power restoration to Surrys switchyard.

Both units are currently at Hot Shutdown.

When attempting to load the AAC diesel on the 1J bus, the 1J bus faulted and electricians have determined that extensive damage has occurred to the buswork with repairs estimated to take 4 days.

  1. 1 EDG tripped on overspeed during start-up. Mechanics reset the overspeed, and when started, the diesel experienced extremely high vibrations and casing penetration by a piston, and was subsequently tripped locally.

All radiation monitors indicate pre-event radiation levels.

Unit 1 team is currently performing the actions of ECA-0.0, Loss of All AC power.

Unit 2 team is completing the actions of ES-0.1, Reactor Trip Response.

Initiating Cues Here is a copy of EPIP 1.01, you are directed to classify this event in accordance with EPIP-1.01 and inform me of your classification as soon as it has been made.

This portion of the JPM is TIME CRITICAL.

Surry 2014-301 Determine Classification and PAR Page 1 of 18 Performance Checklist Notes to the Evaluator.

Task critical elements are denoted by an asterisk (*). If substeps of a critical element also have an asterisk (*),

then only those asterisked substeps are critical to performance of that task element.

Critical step sequencing requirements: 1 before 3.

START TIME: _________

Evaluators note-candidate may choose to make EAL classification straight from EAL tables and NOT implement steps of EPIP-1.01. Steps are given here as guidance.

Critical task time ends when classification determined regardless of determination method.

Caution and Note prior to step 1.

CAUTION: Declaration of the highest emergency class for which an Emergency Action Level is exceeded shall be made.

NOTE:

The PCS is potentially unreliable in the event of an earthquake. Therefore, PCS parameters should be evaluated for accuracy should an earthquake occur.

Standards (a)

Acknowledges CAUTION and NOTE Evaluators Note Evaluator's Comments

_______ SAT

_______ UNSAT

Surry 2014-301 Determine Classification and PAR Page 2 of 18 EAL STEP 1:

EVALUATE EMERGENCY ACTION LEVELS:

a) Determine event category using the applicable Emergency Action Level Matrix:

Hot Conditions (RCS > 200 °F)

Cold Conditions (RCS 200 °F) b) Review EAL associated with event category c) Use Control Room monitors, PCS, and outside reports to get indications of emergency conditions listed in the EAL Matrix d) Verify EAL - CURRENTLY EXCEEDED e) Initiate a chronological log of events Standards (a)

Refers to the HOT chart (b)

Determines event category to be Loss of Power.

(c)

Refers to given conditions to determine EAL applicability (d)

DETERMINES EAL SG1.1 GENERAL EMERGENCY to be met.

(e)

Initiates (or verbalizes) a chronological log of events.

Evaluators Note: If candidate makes EAL determination at this step, record stop time.

Evaluator's Comments STOP TIME: ___________

TIME CRITIAL-15 minutes

_______ SAT

_______ UNSAT

Surry 2014-301 Determine Classification and PAR Page 3 of 18 EAL Step 2:

RECORD EAL IDENTIFIER, TIME EMERGENCY DECLARED AND SM/SEM NAME.

Standards (a)

Determines that event is a General Emergency based on EAL SG1.1 (Loss of all offsite and onsite power to Unit 1 Emergency Busses H and J-This is a critical step.

(b)

Classifies event as a GENERAL EMERGENCY-This is a critical step.

Evaluators Note: If candidate makes EAL determination at this step, record stop time.

Evaluator's Comments STOP TIME: ___________

TIME CRITIAL-15 minutes

_______ SAT

_______ UNSAT EAL Step 3:

ANNOUNCE THE FOLLOWING DECLARATIONS:

Station Emergency Manager position Emergency Classification EAL Time Declared Standards (a)

Makes announcement Evaluators Note If candidate makes incorrect classification end the JPM at this point.

Evaluator's Comments

_______ SAT

_______ UNSAT

Surry 2014-301 Determine Classification and PAR Page 4 of 18 EVALUATOR:

Take EPIP-1.01 into your possession at this time.

HANDOUT PAGE 2 of OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS AT THIS TIME.

Initial Conditions A simulated GENERAL EMERGENCY is in progress.

You are the Nuclear Shift Manager. A GENERAL EMERGENCY has been declared on SG1.1.

EPIP-1.05, Response to General Emergency, Step 3 has been completed.

The State and Local Communicator has determined wind direction to be (from) 180° and speed to be 17 mph.

There are no known impediments making evacuation dangerous.

A dose assessment has not been made.

All available radiation monitors indicate pre-event trends.

Initiating Cues Here's a copy of EPIP-1.06, Protective Action Recommendations. You are to complete EPIP-1.06, Protective Action Recommendations in its entirety.

When you finish the actions necessary to accomplish this, please inform me.

This portion of the JPM is TIME CRITICAL.

Notes to the Evaluator.

TIME CRITICAL REQUIREMENT:

This PAR must be identified and relayed to S&L communicators within 15 minutes.

START TIME:

PAR Step 1:

Procedure Step 1 INITIATE PROCEDURE.

Standards Fills in Name, Time and Date on Step 1.

Evaluator's Comments

_______ SAT

_______ UNSAT PAR Step 2:

Procedure Step 1 USE ATTACHMENT 1, PROTECTIVE ACTION RECOMMENDATION MATRIX, TO DETERMINE INITIAL PAR Standards (a)

Goes to Attachment 1.

Evaluator's Comments

_______ SAT

_______ UNSAT

Surry 2014-301 Determine Classification and PAR Page 5 of 18 PAR Step 3:

- Flowchart block 1-Known impediments make evacuation dangerous.

Standards

- Determines there are no known impediments that make evacuation dangerous.

Evaluator's Comments

_______ SAT

_______ UNSAT PAR Step 4:

- Flowchart block 2-Radiological release in progress or has occurred related to the event. (YES or NO).

Standards

- Determines that no radiological release in progress.

Evaluator's Comments

_______ SAT

_______ UNSAT

Surry 2014-301 Determine Classification and PAR Page 6 of 18 PAR Step 5:

- Flowchart-Evacuate 2 miles radius and 5 miles downwind.

Standards Determines that PAR B is required-This is a critical step.

Evaluator's Comments

_______ SAT

_______ UNSAT

Surry 2014-301 Determine Classification and PAR Page 7 of 18 PAR Step 6 Evaluators note - Candidate will now return to step 3 of the procedure (attachment 1 items complete)

Notes prior to step 3-ATTACHMENT 2, AFFECTED SECTOR(S) MAP, is to be used for all PAR developments from this procedure. ATTACHMENT 2, AFFECTED SECOTR(S) MAP is not to be used for PARs developed IAW EPIP-4.07, PROTECTECTIVE MEASURES.

Standards

- Acknowledges notes CUES

- None Evaluator's Comments

_______ SAT

_______ UNSAT PAR Step 7 Procedure Step 3 IMPLEMENT ATTACHMENT 2, AFFECTED SECTOR(S) MAP:

a) Record time wind data acquired.

b) Record average wind direction from, in degrees and compass point.

c) Record average wind speed in mph.

d) Record affected sectors.

e) Mark affected sectors on map (use any writing implement available, e.g.,

pen, pencil, highlighter etc.)

f)

GO TO Step 6 Standards Completes attachment 2 as follows:

  • At (now) wind direction from 180° (S), Wind Speed 17 mph, Sectors RAB.

- Using attachment 5 (as per the note), determines that affected sectors are R, A, B.

CUES

- If asked: Met data obtained at JPM start time.

Evaluator's Comments

_______ SAT

_______ UNSAT

Surry 2014-301 Determine Classification and PAR Page 8 of 18 PAR Step 8 Procedure Step 6 COMPLETE ATTACHMENT 3, PROTECTIVE ACTION RECOMMENDATION FORM:

a) Protective Action Recommendation:

1) Mark appropriate PAR box(s)
2) Record Mile radius and Miles downwind
3) Record Downwind Sectors b) Remarks/Approval Information:
1) Record Remarks (optional)
2) Approve PAR (sign report)
3) Record date and time report approved Standards Completes item 1 of attachment 3 by marking EVACUATE 2 mile radius (360°) and 5 miles downwind in the following sectors R, A, B -

this is a critical step.

Completes item 2 by signing and entering the current time and date.

Evaluators Note None CUES If asked: None Evaluator's Comments

_______ SAT

_______ UNSAT

Surry 2014-301 Determine Classification and PAR Page 9 of 18 PAR Step 9 Procedure Step 7 - HAVE EMERGENCY COMMUNICATORS NOTIFY OFF-SITE AUTHORITIES OF PAR:

Virginia Emergency Operations Center notified IAW:

EPIP-1.06, PROTECTIVE ACTION RECOMMENDATIONS OR EPIP-4.07, PROTECTIVE MEASURES NRC notified IAW EPIP-2.02, NOTIFICATION OF NRC (notification made from Control Room or TSC, when activated)

NRC notified IAW EPIP-4.33, HEALTH PHYSICS NETWORK COMMUNICATIONS (notifications made from TSC or LEOF/CEOF only after NRC requests HPN be established)

Standards (a)

Directs State and Local EC to notify Virginia EOC - this is a critical step.

(b)

Directs NRC EC.

CUES Tell SRO: State and Local EC will transmit PAR to Virginia EOC.

Tell SRO: NRC EC will notify NRC of PAR.

If asked: HPN has not been requested yet.

Evaluator's Note This step must be complete within 15 minutes of start of task.

Record Time: ______

Evaluator's Comments

_______ SAT

_______ UNSAT

Surry 2014-301 Determine Classification and PAR Page 10 of 18 PAR Step 10 Procedure Step 8 -

CHECK IF CURRENT PROTECTIVE ACTION RECOMMENDATION - INITIAL PAR.

Standards Determines this is current PAR from CUES If Asked: This is the initial PAR.

Evaluator's Comments

_______ SAT

_______ UNSAT PAR Step 11 Procedure Step 9 -

HAVE RADIOLOGICAL ASSESSMENT DIRECTOR (RAD) IMPLEMENT EPIP-4.07, PROTECTIVE MEASURES [RADIOLOGICAL ASSESSMENT COORDINATOR (RAC) IF IN LEOF/CEOF]

Standards Tells Evaluator to Initiate EPIP-4.07.

CUES Tell SRO: EPIP-4.07 has been initiated.

Evaluator's Comments

_______ SAT

_______ UNSAT PAR Step 12 CAUTION prior to step 10 Previously issued Protective Action Recommendations should not be reduced until the threat is fully under control and after consulting with Commonwealth of Virginia emergency response organization Standards SRO Acknowledges the Caution.

CUES Evaluator's Comments

_______ SAT

_______ UNSAT PAR Step 13 NOTE prior to step 10

_______ SAT

Surry 2014-301 Determine Classification and PAR Page 11 of 18 A Shelter-in-Place recommendation may supersede a Radiological Evacuation recommendation based on known impediments.

Standards SRO Acknowledges the Note.

CUES Evaluator's Comments

_______ UNSAT PAR Step 14 Procedure Step 10 Standards (a)

Determines that no conditions at this time necessitate a change to the current PAR.

CUES If asked: HP does not recommend a radiological based PAR or implementation of Potassium Iodide strategies.

If asked: Met data remains as previously reported.

Evaluator's Comments

_______ SAT

_______ UNSAT

Surry 2014-301 Determine Classification and PAR Page 12 of 18 PAR Step 15 Procedure Step 11 - CHECK EMERGENCY - TERMINATED Standards (a)

Asks Evaluator if Emergency is terminated.

(b)

Asks Evaluator if RAD/RAC recommends a PAR change.

(c)

Determines Procedure is completed until conditions change.

CUES If asked: Emergency classification is still in effect.

If asked: RAD/RAC does not recommend a PAR change at this time.

Evaluator's Comments STOP TIME:

_______ SAT

_______ UNSAT

Surry 2014-301 Determine Classification and PAR Page 13 of 18 KEY

Surry 2014-301 Determine Classification and PAR Page 14 of 18 Evaluator's Summary CLASSIFY AN EVENT AND DETERMINE THE REQUIRED PAR ACTIONS

Surry 2014-301 Determine Classification and PAR Page 15 of 18 PAGE 1 Operator Directions Handout (TO BE READ TO APPLICANT BY EXAMINER)

Directions The evaluator will explain the initial conditions of the task to be performed and will provide the initiating cue. Ensure you indicate to the evaluator when you understand your assigned task.

Initial Conditions You are the Nuclear Shift Manager. An event is in progress with plant conditions as follows:

The station has experienced a loss of offsite power due to grid collapse. The system operator reports 16 hours1.851852e-4 days <br />0.00444 hours <br />2.645503e-5 weeks <br />6.088e-6 months <br /> for power restoration to Surrys switchyard.

Both units are currently at Hot Shutdown.

When attempting to load the AAC diesel on the 1J bus, the 1J bus faulted and electricians have determined that extensive damage has occurred to the buswork with repairs estimated to take 4 days.

  1. 1 EDG tripped on overspeed during start-up. Mechanics reset the overspeed, and when started, the diesel experienced extremely high vibrations and casing penetration by a piston, and was subsequently tripped locally.

All radiation monitors indicate pre-event radiation levels.

Unit 1 team is currently performing the actions of ECA-0.0, Loss of All AC power.

Unit 2 team is completing the actions of ES-0.1, Reactor Trip Response.

Initiating Cues Here is a copy of EPIP 1.01, you are directed to classify this event in accordance with EPIP-1.01 and inform me of your classification as soon as it has been made.

This portion of the JPM is TIME CRITICAL.

Surry 2014-301 Determine Classification and PAR Page 16 of 18 PAGE 2 Operator Directions Handout (TO BE READ TO APPLICANT BY EXAMINER)

Initial Conditions A simulated GENERAL EMERGENCY is in progress.

You are the Nuclear Shift Manager. A GENERAL EMERGENCY has been declared on SG1.1.

EPIP-1.05, Response to General Emergency, Step 3 has been completed.

The State and Local Communicator has determined wind direction to be (from) 180° and speed to be 17 mph.

There are no known impediments making evacuation dangerous.

A dose assessment has not been made.

All available radiation monitors indicate pre-event trends.

Initiating Cues Here's a copy of EPIP-1.06, Protective Action Recommendations. You are to complete EPIP-1.06, Protective Action Recommendations in its entirety.

When you finish the actions necessary to accomplish this, please inform me.

This portion of the JPM is TIME CRITICAL.

PAGE 2 Operator Directions Handout (TO BE GIVEN TO APPLICANT)

Initial Conditions

  • A simulated GENERAL EMERGENCY is in progress.

You are the Nuclear Shift Manager. A GENERAL EMERGENCY has been declared on SG1.1.

EPIP-1.05, Response to General Emergency, Step 3 has been completed.

The State and Local Communicator has determined wind direction to be (from) 180° and speed to be 17 mph.

There are no known impediments making evacuation dangerous.

A dose assessment has not been made.

All available radiation monitors indicate pre-event trends.

Initiating Cues Here's a copy of EPIP-1.06, Protective Action Recommendations. You are to complete EPIP-1.06, Protective Action Recommendations in its entirety.

When you finish the actions necessary to accomplish this, please inform me.

  • This portion of the JPM is TIME CRITICAL.

PAGE 1 Operator Directions Handout (TO BE GIVEN TO APPLICANT)

Initial Conditions You are the Nuclear Shift Manager. An event is in progress with plant conditions as follows:

The station has experienced a loss of offsite power due to grid collapse. The system operator reports 16 hours1.851852e-4 days <br />0.00444 hours <br />2.645503e-5 weeks <br />6.088e-6 months <br /> for power restoration to Surrys switchyard.

Both units are currently at Hot Shutdown.

When attempting to load the AAC diesel on the 1J bus, the 1J bus faulted and electricians have determined that extensive damage has occurred to the buswork with repairs estimated to take 4 days.

  1. 1 EDG tripped on overspeed during start-up. Mechanics reset the overspeed, and when started, the diesel experienced extremely high vibrations and casing penetration by a piston, and was subsequently tripped locally.

All radiation monitors indicate pre-event radiation levels.

Unit 1 team is currently performing the actions of ECA-0.0, Loss of All AC power.

Unit 2 team is completing the actions of ES-0.1, Reactor Trip Response.

Initiating Cues Here is a copy of EPIP 1.01, you are directed to classify this event in accordance with EPIP-1.01 and inform me of your classification as soon as it has been made.

This portion of the JPM is TIME CRITICAL